x103 03/e cover p - jagrepair.comjagrepair.com/images/autorepairphotos/jagxk2003.pdf · the first...
TRANSCRIPT
BY APPOINTMENT TOHER MAJESTY QUEEN ELIZABETH II
MANUFACTURERS OF DAIMLER AND JAGUAR CARSJAGUAR CARS LIMITED COVENTRY
BY APPOINTMENT TOHER MAJESTY QUEEN ELIZABETH
THE QUEEN MOTHERMANUFACTURERS OF DAIMLER AND JAGUAR CARS
JAGUAR CARS LIMITED COVENTRY
BY APPOINTMENT TOHIS ROYAL HIGHNESS THE PRINCE OF WALES
MANUFACTURERS OF DAIMLER AND JAGUAR CARSJAGUAR CARS LIMITED COVENTRY
Jaguar Cars Limited
XK Range2003 Model YearElectrical Guide
Published by Parts and Service Communications
Publication Part Number – JJM 10 38 14 / 30
Jaguar XK Range 2003
1DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002
Table of Contents
Table of Contents: Figures ................................................................................................................... 2 – 3
Abbreviations and Acronyms ............................................................................................................... 4
Introduction ........................................................................................................................................ 5
Component Index ............................................................................................................................... 6
Component Index ............................................................................................................................... 7 – 9
Symbols and Codes ........................................................................................................................... 10 – 13
User Instructions ............................................................................................................................... 14 – 15
Network Configuration ...................................................................................................................... 16
Main Power Distribution ................................................................................................................... 17
Harness Layout ................................................................................................................................. 18 – 19
Ground Point Location ...................................................................................................................... 20
Relay and Fuse Box Location .............................................................................................................. 21
Control Module Location ................................................................................................................... 22 – 23
Control Module Pin Identification ...................................................................................................... 24 – 29
Electrical Guide Figures and Data ............................................................................ follows after page 29(pages are numbered by Figure number)
Appendix (SCP and CAN messages) ............................................................ follows after Figures and Data
Jaguar XK Range 2003
2 DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002
Table of Contents: Figures
FIGURESFig. Description Variant
01 Power Distribution01.1 ............ Main Power Distribution ............................................................................ All Vehicles01.2 ............ Battery Power Distribution: Part 1 .............................................................. All Vehicles01.3 ............ Battery Power Distribution: Part 2 .............................................................. All Vehicles01.4 ............ Ignition Switched Power Distribution: I (Accessory) ..................................... All Vehicles01.5 ............ Ignition Switched Power Distribution: II (Run) ............................................. All Vehicles01.6 ............ Engine Management Switched Power Distribution ...................................... All Vehicles
02 Ground Distribution02.1 ............ Ignition Switched Ground Distribution ....................................................... All Vehicles
03 Battery; Starter; Generator03.1 ............ Battery; Starter; Generator ......................................................................... All Vehicles
04 Engine Management04.1 ............ 4.2L V8 Engine Management: Part 1 ........................................................... All Vehicles04.2 ............ 4.2L V8 Engine Management: Part 2 ........................................................... All Vehicles
05 Transmission05.1 ............ Automatic Transmission ............................................................................. All Vehicles
06 Chassis06.1 ............ Dynamic Stability Control .......................................................................... All Vehicles06.2 ............ Power Assisted Steering ............................................................................. All Vehicles06.3 ............ Suspension Adaptive Damping ................................................................... Adaptive Damping Vehicles06.4 ............ Adaptive Speed Control ............................................................................. Adaptive Speed Control Vehicles
07 Climate Control07.1 ............ Climate Control: Part 1 .............................................................................. All Vehicles07.2 ............ Climate Control: Part 2 .............................................................................. All Vehicles
08 Instrumentation; Audible Warnings08.1 ............ Instrument Clusters ................................................................................... All Vehicles08.2 ............ Audible Warnings ...................................................................................... All Vehicles
09 Exterior Lighting09.1 ............ Exterior Lighting: Front .............................................................................. Non HID Headlamp Vehicles09.2 ............ Exterior Lighting: Front – HID .................................................................... HID Headlamp Vehicles09.3 ............ Exterior Lighting: Rear ................................................................................ All Vehicles09.4 ............ Headlamp Leveling .................................................................................... Headlamp Leveling Vehicles
10 Interior Lighting10.1 ............ Interior Lighting ......................................................................................... All Vehicles10.2 ............ Dimmer-Controlled Lighting ....................................................................... All Vehicles
Jaguar XK Range 2003
3DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002
Table of Contents: Figures
FIGURESFig. Description Variant
11 Steering Column; Mirrors11.1 ............ Steering Column Movement ....................................................................... All Vehicles11.2 ............ Mirror Movement ...................................................................................... All Vehicles11.3 ............ Interior and Exterior Mirrors Tint; Fold-Back Mirrors .................................. All Vehicles
12 Seat Systems12.1 ............ Driver Seat: Memory .................................................................................. Memory Seat Vehicles12.2 ............ Driver Seat: Non Memory .......................................................................... Non Memory Seat Vehicles12.3 ............ Passenger Seat: 5-Way Movement .............................................................. 5-Way Movement Vehicles12.4 ............ Passenger Seat: 3-Way Movement .............................................................. 3-Way Movement Vehicles
13 Locking / Security13.1 ............ Central Locking .......................................................................................... All Vehicles13.2 ............ Security System ......................................................................................... All Vehicles
14 Wash / Wipe System14.1 ............ Wash / Wipe System .................................................................................. All Vehicles
15 Window Lifts; Convertible Top15.1 ............ Window Lifts ............................................................................................. All Vehicles15.2 ............ Convertible Top ......................................................................................... Convertible Vehicles
16 In-Car Entertainment16.1 ............ In-Car Entertainment: Standard .................................................................. Standard ICE Vehicles16.2 ............ In-Car Entertainment: Premium ................................................................. Premium ICE Vehicles
17 Communications; Navigation17.1 ............ Telephone System: ROW ........................................................................... ROW Vehicles17.2 ............ Telephone System: NAS (Early Production Vehicles) .................................... Early Production NAS Vehicles17.3 ............ Telephone System: NAS (Later Production Vehicles) .................................... Later Production NAS Vehicles17.4 ............ Navigation System ..................................................................................... Navigation Vehicles17.5 ............ Navigation System with TV and VICS .......................................................... Japan Navigation Vehicles
18 Occupant Safety18.1 ............ Advanced Restraints System: Part 1 ............................................................ All Vehicles18.2 ............ Advanced Restraints System: Part 2 ............................................................ All Vehicles
19 Driver Assist19.1 ............ Parking Aid System .................................................................................... Parking Aid Vehicles
20 Ancillaries20.1 ............ Ancillaries: Horns; Cigar Lighters; ............................................................... All Vehicles
Accessory Connectors; Garage Door Opener
21 Vehicle Multiplex Systems21.1 ............ Networks .................................................................................................. All Vehicles21.2 ............ Serial Data Link ......................................................................................... All Vehicles
Jaguar XK Range 2003
4 DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002
Abbreviations and Acronyms
The following abbreviations and acronyms are used throughout this Electrical Guide:
A/C Air ConditioningA/CCM Air Conditioning Control Module
ACP Audio Control Protocol NetworkAPP SENSOR Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor
APP1 Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor Element 1APP2 Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor Element 2
B+ Battery VoltageBANK 1 RH Cylinder Bank (Cylinders 1, 3, 5, 7)BANK 2 LH Cylinder Bank (Cylinders 2, 4, 6, 8)
BPM Body Processor ModuleCAN Controller Area Network
CKP SENSOR Crankshaft Position SensorCM Control Module
CMP SENSOR / 1 Camshaft Position Sensor / RH BankCMP SENSOR / 2 Camshaft Position Sensor / LH Bank
COUPE Coupe VehiclesCONV. Convertible Vehicles
DSC Dynamic Stability ControlECM Engine Control Module
ECT SENSOR Engine Coolant Temperature SensorEFT SENSOR Engine Fuel Temperature Sensor
EGR Exhaust Gas RecirculationEOT SENSOR Engine Oil Temperature Sensor
EVAP CANISTER CLOSE VALVE Evaporative Emission Canister Close ValveEVAP CANISTER PURGE VALVE Evaporative Emission Canister Purge Valve
FTP SENSOR Fuel Tank Pressure SensorGPS Global Positioning SystemHID High Intensity Discharge
HO2 SENSOR 1 / 1 Heated Oxygen Sensor – RH Bank / UpstreamHO2 SENSOR 1 / 2 Heated Oxygen Sensor – RH Bank / DownstreamHO2 SENSOR 2 / 1 Heated Oxygen Sensor – LH Bank / UpstreamHO2 SENSOR 2 / 2 Heated Oxygen Sensor – LH Bank / Downstream
IAT SENSOR Intake Air Temperature SensorIC Instrument Cluster
ICE In-Car Entertainment SystemIMT VALVE / 1 Intake Manifold Tuning Valve / TopIMT VALVE / 2 Intake Manifold Tuning Valve / Bottom
IP SENSOR Injection Pressure SensorKS / 1 Knock Sensor / RH BankKS / 2 Knock Sensor / LH Bank
LH Left HandLHD Left Hand Drive
MAF SENSOR Mass Air Flow SensorMAP SENSOR Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor
N/A Normally AspiratedNAS North American Specification
PATS Passive Anti-Theft SystemPWM Pulse Width Modulated
RH Right HandRHD Right Hand Drive
ROW Rest of WorldSCP Standard Corporate Protocol Network
TCM Transmission Control ModuleTP SENSOR Throttle Position Sensor
TP1 Throttle Position Sensor Element 1TP2 Throttle Position Sensor Element 2
TURN Turn SignalTV TelevisionV8 V8 Engine
VICS Vehicle Information Control SystemVVT VALVE / 1 Variable Valve Timing Valve / Bank 1VVT VALVE / 2 Variable Valve Timing Valve / Bank 2
+ve Positive–ve Negative
Jaguar XK Range 2003
5DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002
Introduction
Electrical Guide Format
This Electrical Guide is made up of two major sections. The first section, at the front of the book, provides general information for and aboutthe use of the book, and information and illustrations to aid in the understanding of the Jaguar XK-TYPE electrical / electronic systems, aswell as the location and identification of components.
The second section includes the Figures, which are the basis of the book. Each Figure is identified by a Figure Number (i.e. Fig. 01.1) andTitle, and is accompanied by a page of data containing information specific to that Figure.
It is recommended that the user read through the front section of the book to develop a familiarity with the layout of the book and with thesystem of symbols and abbreviations used. The Table of Contents should help to guide the user.
Vehicle Identification Numbers (VIN)
VIN ranges are presented throughout the book in the following manner:
VIN 123456 indicates “up to VIN 123456”; VIN 123456 indicates “from VIN 123456 on”.
Jaguar XK Range Electrical System Architecture
The vehicle electrical system is a ground side switched system. The ignition switch switches ground circuits on / off to complete system circuitsand apply power. Circuits that require ignition switch position control are supplied with “ignition switched grounds”. Both power grounds(high current consumers) and logic grounds (electronic switching circuits) are used throughout the system.
Three data networks are employed in the vehicle: a high speed Controller Area Network (CAN) for the engine, drive train and related systems,a Standard Corporate Protocol network (SCP) for the body systems, and an Audio Control Protocol network (ACP) for certain In-CarEntertainment and Telephone functions. Any vehicle subsystem depicted on the figures with the CAN or SCP included uses data derivedfrom the network, or transmits data via the network to achieve control. Messages for both networks are cataloged in the Appendix of thisbook. In addition to the two networks, the vehicle uses a serial data bus (ISO) for diagnostics, security sounder operation and for theprogramming of certain control modules.
XK RANGE INSTRUMENT PANEL
Jaguar XK Range 2003
6 DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002
Component Index
Accelerometer – Front Vertical ............................................... Fig. 06.3
Accelerometer – Lateral (Front) .............................................. Fig. 06.3
Accelerometer – Rear Vertical ................................................ Fig. 06.3
Accessory Connector – Fascia ................................................ Fig. 20.1
Accessory Connector – Trunk ................................................. Fig. 20.1
Accessory Relay ..................................................................... Fig. 01.4
Active Brake Booster Solenoid (Active Brake Booster) ............. Fig. 06.1
Adaptive Damping Control Module ........................................ Fig. 06.3
Adaptive Damping Control Module ........................................ Fig. 21.2
Adaptive Speed Control Control Module ................................ Fig. 06.4............................................................................................. Fig. 21.1
Adaptive Speed Limit Switch .................................................. Fig. 04.2............................................................................................. Fig. 10.2
Air Cleaner Solenoid Valve ..................................................... Fig. 04.2
Air Conditioning Compressor Clutch ...................................... Fig. 04.2
Air Conditioning Compressor Clutch Relay ............................. Fig. 04.2
Air Conditioning Control Module ........................................... Fig. 07.1............................................................................................. Fig. 07.2............................................................................................. Fig. 21.2
Air Conditioning Control Panel .............................................. Fig. 07.1............................................................................................. Fig. 10.2
Air Conditioning Isolate Relay ................................................ Fig. 07.1
Air Conditioning Pressure Sensor ........................................... Fig. 04.2
Ambient Temperature Sensor ................................................. Fig. 07.1
Antenna Motor ...................................................................... Fig. 16.1............................................................................................. Fig. 16.2
APP Sensor ............................................................................ Fig. 04.1
Aspirator Assembly ................................................................ Fig. 07.1
Audible Warning Speaker (Column Switchgear) ...................... Fig. 08.2
Auto Tilt Switch (Column Switchgear) ..................................... Fig. 11.1
Battery .................................................................................. Fig. 01.1............................................................................................. Fig. 03.1
Blower Air Intakes ................................................................. Fig. 07.1
Blower Motors ....................................................................... Fig. 07.2
Blower Motor Relays .............................................................. Fig. 07.2
Body Processor Module ......................................................... Fig. 01.1............................................................................................. Fig. 03.1............................................................................................. Fig. 05.1............................................................................................. Fig. 08.2............................................................................................. Fig. 09.1............................................................................................. Fig. 09.2............................................................................................. Fig. 09.3............................................................................................. Fig. 10.1............................................................................................. Fig. 11.1............................................................................................. Fig. 11.2............................................................................................. Fig. 11.3............................................................................................. Fig. 12.1............................................................................................. Fig. 12.2............................................................................................. Fig. 12.3............................................................................................. Fig. 12.4............................................................................................. Fig. 13.1............................................................................................. Fig. 13.2............................................................................................. Fig. 14.1............................................................................................. Fig. 15.1............................................................................................. Fig. 15.2............................................................................................. Fig. 20.1............................................................................................. Fig. 21.1............................................................................................. Fig. 21.2
Brake Cancel Switch .............................................................. Fig. 04.2
Brake Fluid Reservoir ............................................................. Fig. 06.1
Brake On / Off Switch ............................................................ Fig. 04.2............................................................................................. Fig. 06.3............................................................................................. Fig. 09.3
Brake Pressure Sensor ............................................................ Fig. 06.1
CD Auto-Changer .................................................................. Fig. 16.1............................................................................................. Fig. 16.2............................................................................................. Fig. 17.4
Cellular Phone Control Module .............................................. Fig. 17.1............................................................................................. Fig. 17.2............................................................................................. Fig. 17.3
Center Console Switch Pack ................................................... Fig. 09.1............................................................................................. Fig. 09.2............................................................................................. Fig. 09.3
Cigar Lighter .......................................................................... Fig. 10.2............................................................................................. Fig. 20.1
CKP Sensor ............................................................................ Fig. 04.1
CMP Sensors ......................................................................... Fig. 04.1
Column Joy Stick (Column Switchgear) ................................... Fig. 11.1
Convertible Top Switch .......................................................... Fig. 10.2
Convertible Top Switches ....................................................... Fig. 15.2
Cooling Fans .......................................................................... Fig. 04.2
Cooling Fan Module .............................................................. Fig. 04.2
Cooling Fans Fuse Box ........................................................... Fig. 01.1
Damper Solenoids ................................................................. Fig. 06.3
Data Link Connector .............................................................. Fig. 21.1............................................................................................. Fig. 21.2
Dimmer Control (Column Switchgear) .................................... Fig. 10.2
Dimmer Module .................................................................... Fig. 10.2
Diode (BT29) – Trunk Switch .................................................. Fig. 10.1
Dip Beam Relay ..................................................................... Fig. 09.1............................................................................................. Fig. 09.2
Door Ajar Switch – Driver ...................................................... Fig. 10.1............................................................................................. Fig. 11.1............................................................................................. Fig. 11.2............................................................................................. Fig. 13.1............................................................................................. Fig. 13.2
Door Ajar Switch – Passenger ................................................. Fig. 10.1............................................................................................. Fig. 13.1............................................................................................. Fig. 13.2
Door Control Module – Driver ............................................... Fig. 10.1............................................................................................. Fig. 11.1............................................................................................. Fig. 11.2............................................................................................. Fig. 11.3............................................................................................. Fig. 12.1............................................................................................. Fig. 13.1............................................................................................. Fig. 13.2............................................................................................. Fig. 15.1............................................................................................. Fig. 15.2............................................................................................. Fig. 21.1
Door Control Module – Passenger .......................................... Fig. 10.1............................................................................................. Fig. 13.1............................................................................................. Fig. 13.2............................................................................................. Fig. 15.1............................................................................................. Fig. 15.2............................................................................................. Fig. 21.1
Door Lock Actuators .............................................................. Fig. 13.1
Door Lock Switch – Passenger ................................................ Fig. 15.1
Door Lock Switches – Driver .................................................. Fig. 10.1............................................................................................. Fig. 13.1............................................................................................. Fig. 13.2............................................................................................. Fig. 15.1
Door Locking Relay ................................................................ Fig. 13.1
Door Memory Switch Pack – Driver ........................................ Fig. 11.1............................................................................................. Fig. 11.2
Door Mirrors ......................................................................... Fig. 07.2............................................................................................. Fig. 11.3
Door Mirror Heaters Relay ..................................................... Fig. 07.2
Door Mirror Motors ............................................................... Fig. 11.2
Driver Dual Airbag Igniters ..................................................... Fig. 18.1
Driver Seat Position Switch .................................................... Fig. 18.1
Driver Side Fuse Box .............................................................. Fig. 01.1............................................................................................. Fig. 01.2............................................................................................. Fig. 01.5
DSC Control Switch (Center Console Switch Pack) .................. Fig. 06.1
Jaguar XK Range 2003
7DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002
Dynamic Stability Control Control Module ............................. Fig. 06.1............................................................................................. Fig. 06.4............................................................................................. Fig. 21.1
ECM Cooling Fan ................................................................... Fig. 04.1
ECT Sensor ............................................................................ Fig. 04.1
EFT Sensor ............................................................................. Fig. 04.1
EGR Valve ............................................................................. Fig. 04.1
Electronic Road Pricing Module ............................................. Fig. 20.1
Engine Compartment Fuse Box .............................................. Fig. 01.1............................................................................................. Fig. 01.3............................................................................................. Fig. 01.5............................................................................................. Fig. 07.2............................................................................................. Fig. 09.1............................................................................................. Fig. 09.2............................................................................................. Fig. 13.2............................................................................................. Fig. 14.1............................................................................................. Fig. 20.1
Engine Compartment Security Switch ..................................... Fig. 13.2
Engine Control Module .......................................................... Fig. 03.1............................................................................................. Fig. 04.1............................................................................................. Fig. 04.2............................................................................................. Fig. 06.4............................................................................................. Fig. 13.2............................................................................................. Fig. 21.1............................................................................................. Fig. 21.2
Engine Coolant Level Switch .................................................. Fig. 08.1
Engine Management Fuse Box ................................................ Fig. 01.1............................................................................................. Fig. 01.3............................................................................................. Fig. 01.6
EOT Sensor ........................................................................... Fig. 04.1
Evap Canister Close Valve ...................................................... Fig. 04.1
Evap Canister Purge Valve ...................................................... Fig. 04.1
Evaporator / Heater Matrix Assembly ..................................... Fig. 07.1
External Trunk Release Switch ................................................ Fig. 13.1
Footwell Lamps ..................................................................... Fig. 10.1
Forward Alert Switch ............................................................. Fig. 06.4............................................................................................. Fig. 10.2
Front Fog Lamps .................................................................... Fig. 09.1............................................................................................. Fig. 09.2
Front Fog Relay ..................................................................... Fig. 09.1............................................................................................. Fig. 09.2
Front Lamp Units (NON-HID) ................................................ Fig. 09.1
FTP Sensor ............................................................................ Fig. 04.1
Fuel Fill Flap Solenoid ............................................................ Fig. 13.1
Fuel Injectors ......................................................................... Fig. 04.2
Fuel Level Sensor ................................................................... Fig. 08.1
Fuel Pump ............................................................................. Fig. 04.2
Fuel Pump Module ................................................................ Fig. 04.2
Garage Door Opener (Roof Console) ...................................... Fig. 20.1
Gearshift Interlock Solenoid ................................................... Fig. 05.1
Generator .............................................................................. Fig. 03.1
Glass Breakage Sensor ( Roof Console) .................................... Fig. 13.2
Glove Box Lamp .................................................................... Fig. 10.1
GPS Antenna – Navigation ..................................................... Fig. 17.4............................................................................................. Fig. 17.5
Hand Set ............................................................................... Fig. 17.1
Hand Set Receiver ................................................................. Fig. 17.2............................................................................................. Fig. 17.3
Head Restraint Control Module – Driver ................................. Fig. 12.1............................................................................................. Fig. 12.2............................................................................................. Fig. 21.1
Head Restraint Control Module – Passenger ........................... Fig. 12.3............................................................................................. Fig. 12.4............................................................................................. Fig. 21.1
Head Restraint Motor – Driver ............................................... Fig. 12.1............................................................................................. Fig. 12.2
Head Restraint Motor – Passenger .......................................... Fig. 12.3............................................................................................. Fig. 12.4
Headlamp Leveling Actuators ................................................. Fig. 09.4
Headlamp Leveling Switch (Center Console Switch Pack) ........ Fig. 09.4
Heated Rear Window ............................................................ Fig. 07.2
Heated Rear Window Relay ................................................... Fig. 07.2
Heater Pump ......................................................................... Fig. 07.2
Heater Pump Relay ................................................................ Fig. 07.2
Heater Valve .......................................................................... Fig. 07.2
HID Headlamp Units ............................................................. Fig. 09.2............................................................................................. Fig. 09.4............................................................................................. Fig. 21.2
High Power Protection Module .............................................. Fig. 01.1............................................................................................. Fig. 03.1
High-Mounted Stop Lamp ...................................................... Fig. 09.3
HO2 Sensors ......................................................................... Fig. 04.1
HO2S Heater Relays .............................................................. Fig. 01.6
Horn Relay ............................................................................ Fig. 13.2............................................................................................. Fig. 20.1
Horn Switches (Steering Wheel) ............................................. Fig. 20.1
Horns .................................................................................... Fig. 13.2............................................................................................. Fig. 20.1
IAT Sensor 2 .......................................................................... Fig. 04.1
Ignition Coil Relay ................................................................. Fig. 04.2
Ignition Modules and Coils ..................................................... Fig. 04.2
Ignition Switch ....................................................................... Fig. 02.1............................................................................................. Fig. 03.1............................................................................................. Fig. 10.1............................................................................................. Fig. 11.1............................................................................................. Fig. 13.1
Impact Sensor – Front ............................................................ Fig. 18.1
Inclination Sensor .................................................................. Fig. 13.2
Inertia Switch ........................................................................ Fig. 02.1
Intercooler Coolant Pump ...................................................... Fig. 04.2
Interior Rear View Mirror ....................................................... Fig. 09.1............................................................................................. Fig. 09.2............................................................................................. Fig. 09.3............................................................................................. Fig. 11.3
IP Sensor ............................................................................... Fig. 04.1
J Gate Illumination Module .................................................... Fig. 05.1............................................................................................. Fig. 10.2............................................................................................. Fig. 21.1
Key Fob Antennas .................................................................. Fig. 13.1............................................................................................. Fig. 13.2
Key Transponder Module ....................................................... Fig. 03.1............................................................................................. Fig. 13.2............................................................................................. Fig. 21.2
Keylock Solenoid (Column Switchgear) ................................... Fig. 05.1
Knock Sensors ....................................................................... Fig. 04.1
Latch Control Valve ............................................................... Fig. 15.2
Lighting Stalk (Column Switchgear) ......................................... Fig. 09.1............................................................................................. Fig. 09.2............................................................................................. Fig. 09.3............................................................................................. Fig. 10.2............................................................................................. Fig. 11.3............................................................................................. Fig. 14.1
Component Index
Jaguar XK Range 2003
8 DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002
Linear Switch Module ............................................................ Fig. 05.1............................................................................................. Fig. 06.1............................................................................................. Fig. 21.1
MAF Sensor ........................................................................... Fig. 04.1
Main Beam Relay ................................................................... Fig. 09.1............................................................................................. Fig. 09.2
Main Control Valve ................................................................ Fig. 15.2
Major Instrument Cluster ....................................................... Fig. 03.1............................................................................................. Fig. 06.4............................................................................................. Fig. 07.1............................................................................................. Fig. 08.1............................................................................................. Fig. 09.3............................................................................................. Fig. 10.2............................................................................................. Fig. 11.2............................................................................................. Fig. 11.3............................................................................................. Fig. 13.2............................................................................................. Fig. 15.1............................................................................................. Fig. 15.2............................................................................................. Fig. 16.1............................................................................................. Fig. 16.2............................................................................................. Fig. 17.4............................................................................................. Fig. 17.5............................................................................................. Fig. 21.1
MAP Sensor ........................................................................... Fig. 04.1
Microphone (Telephone) ........................................................ Fig. 17.1............................................................................................. Fig. 17.2............................................................................................. Fig. 17.3
Minor Instrument Cluster ....................................................... Fig. 08.1............................................................................................. Fig. 10.2
Mirror Joy Stick (Driver Door Switch Pack) .............................. Fig. 11.2............................................................................................. Fig. 11.3
Navigation Control Module .................................................... Fig. 10.2............................................................................................. Fig. 17.4............................................................................................. Fig. 17.5
Navigation Display ................................................................. Fig. 10.2............................................................................................. Fig. 17.4............................................................................................. Fig. 17.5
Not-In-Park Switch ................................................................ Fig. 03.1............................................................................................. Fig. 05.1............................................................................................. Fig. 11.1............................................................................................. Fig. 11.2............................................................................................. Fig. 13.1
Number Plate Lamps ............................................................. Fig. 09.3
Occupancy Sensing Control Module ....................................... Fig. 18.2
Oil Pressure Switch ................................................................ Fig. 08.1
Parking Aid Control Module ................................................... Fig. 19.1............................................................................................. Fig. 21.2
Parking Aid Sensors ............................................................... Fig. 19.1
Parking Aid Sounder .............................................................. Fig. 19.1
Parking Brake Switch ............................................................. Fig. 08.1............................................................................................. Fig. 17.5
Passenger Airbag Deactivated Indicator Lamp ......................... Fig. 18.2
Passenger Door Control Module ............................................ Fig. 11.2
Passenger Dual Airbag Igniters ............................................... Fig. 18.2
Passenger Seat Weight Pressure Sensor .................................. Fig. 18.2
Passenger Seat Weight Sensing Control Module ...................... Fig. 18.2
Passenger Side Fuse Box ........................................................ Fig. 01.1............................................................................................. Fig. 01.2............................................................................................. Fig. 01.4
Pedal Force Switch (Active Brake Booster) .............................. Fig. 06.1
Pedal Travel Sensor (Active Brake Booster) ............................. Fig. 06.1
Position Alignment Switch ..................................................... Fig. 05.1
Power Amplifier .................................................................... Fig. 16.2............................................................................................. Fig. 17.4............................................................................................. Fig. 17.5
Power Assisted Steering Control Module ................................ Fig. 06.2
Power Assisted Steering Converter ......................................... Fig. 06.2
Powerwash Pump .................................................................. Fig. 14.1
Powerwash Relay ................................................................... Fig. 14.1
Puddle Lamps ........................................................................ Fig. 10.1
Quarter Down Relays ............................................................. Fig. 15.2
Quarter Light Lifts .................................................................. Fig. 15.2
Quarter Up Relays ................................................................. Fig. 15.2
Radio / Cassette Head Unit .................................................... Fig. 10.2............................................................................................. Fig. 16.1............................................................................................. Fig. 16.2............................................................................................. Fig. 17.4............................................................................................. Fig. 17.5
Radio Antenna ....................................................................... Fig. 16.1............................................................................................. Fig. 16.2
Radio Control Switches (Steering Wheel) ................................ Fig. 16.1............................................................................................. Fig. 16.2
Rain Sensing Module ............................................................. Fig. 14.1
Rain Sensor (Interior Rear View Mirror) .................................. Fig. 14.1
Reader / Exciter Coil (Column Switchgear) .............................. Fig. 03.1............................................................................................. Fig. 13.2
Rear Fog Relay ....................................................................... Fig. 09.3
Rear Interior Lamp ................................................................. Fig. 10.1
Restraints Control Module ..................................................... Fig. 18.1............................................................................................. Fig. 18.2............................................................................................. Fig. 21.2
Ride Height Sensors ............................................................... Fig. 09.4
Roof Console ......................................................................... Fig. 10.1............................................................................................. Fig. 10.2
Seat Back Latch Switch – Driver .............................................. Fig. 12.1............................................................................................. Fig. 12.2
Seat Back Latch Switch – Passenger ........................................ Fig. 12.3............................................................................................. Fig. 12.4
Seat Back Tilt Switch – Driver ................................................. Fig. 12.1............................................................................................. Fig. 12.2
Seat Back Tilt Switch – Passenger ........................................... Fig. 12.3............................................................................................. Fig. 12.4
Seat Belt Comfort Solenoid – Driver ....................................... Fig. 12.1............................................................................................. Fig. 12.2
Seat Belt Comfort Solenoid – Passenger .................................. Fig. 12.3............................................................................................. Fig. 12.4
Seat Belt Pretensioner Igniters ................................................ Fig. 18.1
Seat Belt Switch – Driver ........................................................ Fig. 12.1............................................................................................. Fig. 12.2............................................................................................. Fig. 18.1
Seat Belt Switch – Passenger ................................................... Fig. 12.3............................................................................................. Fig. 12.4............................................................................................. Fig. 18.1
Seat Control Module – Driver ................................................. Fig. 11.3............................................................................................. Fig. 12.1............................................................................................. Fig. 12.2............................................................................................. Fig. 21.1
Seat Control Module – Passenger ........................................... Fig. 11.3............................................................................................. Fig. 12.3............................................................................................. Fig. 12.4............................................................................................. Fig. 21.1
Seat Cushion Heater – Driver ................................................. Fig. 12.1............................................................................................. Fig. 12.2
Seat Cushion Heater – Passenger ............................................ Fig. 12.3............................................................................................. Fig. 12.4
Seat Heater Switch (Center Console Switch Pack) ................... Fig. 12.1............................................................................................. Fig. 12.2............................................................................................. Fig. 12.3............................................................................................. Fig. 12.4
Seat Lumbar Pump – Driver ................................................... Fig. 12.1............................................................................................. Fig. 12.2
Seat Lumbar Pump – Passenger .............................................. Fig. 12.3............................................................................................. Fig. 12.4
Component Index
Jaguar XK Range 2003
9DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002
Seat Motors – Driver .............................................................. Fig. 12.1............................................................................................. Fig. 12.2
Seat Motors – Passenger ........................................................ Fig. 12.3............................................................................................. Fig. 12.4
Security Active Indicator (J Gate Illumination Module) ............ Fig. 13.2
Security and Locking Control Module ..................................... Fig. 09.3............................................................................................. Fig. 11.3............................................................................................. Fig. 13.1............................................................................................. Fig. 13.2............................................................................................. Fig. 15.1............................................................................................. Fig. 15.2............................................................................................. Fig. 21.1
Security Sounder – Active ...................................................... Fig. 13.2............................................................................................. Fig. 21.2
Security Sounder – Passive ..................................................... Fig. 13.2
Side Airbag Igniters ................................................................ Fig. 18.1
Side Impact Sensors ............................................................... Fig. 18.1
Side Markers – Front .............................................................. Fig. 09.1............................................................................................. Fig. 09.2
Side Markers – Rear ............................................................... Fig. 09.3
Side Turn Signal Repeaters ..................................................... Fig. 09.1............................................................................................. Fig. 09.2
Solar Sensor .......................................................................... Fig. 07.1
Spatial Sensors ....................................................................... Fig. 18.2
Speakers – Door (Mid-Bass) .................................................... Fig. 16.1............................................................................................. Fig. 16.2
Speakers – Door (Tweeter) ..................................................... Fig. 16.2
Speakers – Fascia ................................................................... Fig. 16.1............................................................................................. Fig. 16.2
Speakers – Side Rear (Convertible) .......................................... Fig. 16.1............................................................................................. Fig. 16.2
Speakers – Side Rear Quarter (Coupe) .................................... Fig. 16.1............................................................................................. Fig. 16.2
Speaker – Rear (Coupe) .......................................................... Fig. 16.2
Squab Heater – Driver ........................................................... Fig. 12.1............................................................................................. Fig. 12.2
Squab Heater – Passenger ...................................................... Fig. 12.3............................................................................................. Fig. 12.4
Starter Motor ......................................................................... Fig. 03.1
Starter Relay .......................................................................... Fig. 03.1
Steering Angle Sensor ............................................................ Fig. 06.1
Steering Column Motors ........................................................ Fig. 11.1
Steering Wheel Speed Control Switches .................................. Fig. 04.2............................................................................................. Fig. 06.4
Stop Lamp Relay .................................................................... Fig. 04.2............................................................................................. Fig. 09.3
Switch Pack – Center Console ................................................ Fig. 10.2
Switch Pack – Driver Door Memory ........................................ Fig. 10.2............................................................................................. Fig. 12.1
Switch Pack – Driver Seat ....................................................... Fig. 12.1............................................................................................. Fig. 12.2
Switch Pack – Passenger Seat ................................................. Fig. 12.3............................................................................................. Fig. 12.4
Switch Pack – Driver Door ..................................................... Fig. 10.2
Switch Pack – Passenger Door ................................................ Fig. 10.2
Tail Lamp Relay ..................................................................... Fig. 09.3
Tail Lamp Units ..................................................................... Fig. 09.3
Telephone Antenna ............................................................... Fig. 17.1............................................................................................. Fig. 17.2............................................................................................. Fig. 17.3
Television Antennas ............................................................... Fig. 17.5
Television Antenna Amplifier ................................................. Fig. 17.5
Television Module ................................................................. Fig. 17.5
Throttle Motor ....................................................................... Fig. 04.1
Throttle Motor Relay .............................................................. Fig. 04.1
Top Down Relay .................................................................... Fig. 15.2
Top Up Relay ......................................................................... Fig. 15.2
TP Sensor .............................................................................. Fig. 04.1
Transit Isolation Device .......................................................... Fig. 01.1
Transmission Capacitor .......................................................... Fig. 05.1
Transmission Control Module ................................................ Fig. 03.1............................................................................................. Fig. 05.1............................................................................................. Fig. 06.4............................................................................................. Fig. 21.1
Transmission Mode Switch ..................................................... Fig. 05.1............................................................................................. Fig. 10.2
Trip Computer Switch Pack .................................................... Fig. 08.1............................................................................................. Fig. 10.2
Trip Cycle Switch (Column Switchgear) ................................... Fig. 08.1
Trunk and Fuel Fill Release Switches ...................................... Fig. 10.2............................................................................................. Fig. 13.1
Trunk Fuse Box ...................................................................... Fig. 01.1............................................................................................. Fig. 01.3............................................................................................. Fig. 01.4............................................................................................. Fig. 01.5............................................................................................. Fig. 04.2............................................................................................. Fig. 07.2............................................................................................. Fig. 09.3
Trunk Lamps ......................................................................... Fig. 10.1
Trunk Release Solenoid .......................................................... Fig. 13.1
Trunk Switch ......................................................................... Fig. 10.1............................................................................................. Fig. 13.1............................................................................................. Fig. 13.2
Valet Switch .......................................................................... Fig. 10.2............................................................................................. Fig. 13.1............................................................................................. Fig. 13.2
Vanity Lamps ......................................................................... Fig. 10.1
Vehicle Information Control Beacon Module .......................... Fig. 17.5
Vehicle Information Control Infrared Sensor .......................... Fig. 17.5
Vehicle Information Control Module ...................................... Fig. 17.5
Vent Assembly ....................................................................... Fig. 07.1
VVT Solenoid Valves .............................................................. Fig. 04.1
Wash / Wipe Stalk (Column Switchgear) ................................. Fig. 14.1
Wheel Speed Sensors ............................................................. Fig. 06.1
Window Lift Motors ............................................................... Fig. 15.1
Window Lift Switches ............................................................ Fig. 15.1
Windshield Heaters ............................................................... Fig. 07.2
Windshield Heater Relays ...................................................... Fig. 07.2
Windshield Wash Pump and Fluid Level Sensor ...................... Fig. 14.1
Wiper Fast / Slow Relay .......................................................... Fig. 14.1
Wiper Motor ......................................................................... Fig. 14.1
Wiper Run / Stop Relay .......................................................... Fig. 14.1
Yaw Rate and Lateral Acceleration Sensors Cluster ................. Fig. 06.1
Component Index
Jaguar XK Range 2003
10 DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002
Symbols and Codes
NOTE: In the examples shown on this page, an ‘X’ is used where a number would appear on an actual Figure.
Reference Symbols
Reference symbols are used for three purposes:
• to allow the user to complete the individual system circuit to power supply or ground
• to refer the user to a related circuit
• to identify control module inputs, outputs and signal grounds
Battery Power Supply
This symbol represents a direct battery power supply and refers the user to Figure 01.1, 01.2 or 01.3.
Ignition Switched Power Supply
This symbol represents ignition switched power supply and refers the user to Figure 01.1, 01.4, 01.5 or 01.6.
The suffix I indicates auxiliary power. Power is supplied in ignition switch key positions I (AUXILIARY) and II (IGNITION).
The suffix II indicates ignition power. Power is supplied in ignition switch key positions II (IGNITION) and III (ENGINE CRANK).
The suffix E indicates engine management switched power. Power is supplied in ignition switch key positions II (IGNITION) and III (ENGINECRANK) under ECM control.
Ignition Switched Ground
This symbol represents an ignition switched ground and refers the user to Figure 02.1.
This symbol without a suffix indicates CRANK. Ground is completed in ignition switch key position III (ENGINE CRANK).
The suffix I indicates auxiliary ground. Ground is completed in ignition switch key positions I (AUXILIARY) and II (IGNITION).
The suffix II indicates ignition ground. Ground is completed in ignition switch key positions II (IGNITION) and III (ENGINE CRANK).
Figure Number Reference Flag
This symbol refers the reader to a figure number only. It does not refer to a flag with the same number on a different figure.
As used in Figures 01.1 through 02.1, the reference flag refers the user to a continuation of the circuit. In this instance, the user matchesthe number to a Power Supply or Ground symbol to trace the circuit.
In most other cases, it is not necessary to refer to another figure for completion of a circuit, as the reference flags are used to indicate parallelcircuits and circuits that share components. Most of the circuits where this situation occurs are overlapped to avoid the necessity for cross-referencing to another figure. Exceptions to this rule are instances where signals are transmitted to or received from other system circuits.When circuits are not overlapped, they are noted by (CIRCUIT CONTINUED).
BPM Because the Body Processor Module appears numerous times, the abbreviation BPM is used in the reference flags on Figures 01.2and 02.1 in order to conserve space.
Control Module Input, Output, Data Link, Signal Ground and Network(s)
Input Power ground Sensor/signal supply V * ACP SCP
Output Battery voltage Sensor/signal ground ** CAN Serial and encoded data
These nine symbols are employed to assist the user in visualizing the ‘logic’ of circuits containing control modules. The symbols identify controlmodule input, output, data link, signal ground and network pins. These symbols are also employed on the corresponding data page.
* May also indicate Reference Voltage** May also indicate Reference Ground or Logic Ground.
Refer to Control Module Pin-Out Information.
X
XII
XE
XI
X XXI
XXII
XX.X BPM
I
O
P
B
+
–
A
C
S
D+
Jaguar XK Range 2003
11DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002
Symbols and Codes
Wiring Symbols
XX1XX1-X XX1-X
H
Wiring Harness Codes
AC Air Conditioning (Climate Control)AN Generator Suppression ModuleAS Generator to StarterBB Trunk Bridging LinkBC Main Power DistributionBL Trunk LidBT TrunkDD Door, DriverDP Door, PassengerEL Engine Management Side Marker LinkEM Engine ManagementFC FasciaFL LH Front WheelFR RH Front WheelIC In-Car EntertainmentIS Inclination Sensor LinkLF Left ForwardLL Power Steering LinkPI EngineQL Convertible LH Quarter Light LinkQR Convertible RH Quarter Light LinkRF RoofRH RearwardRL LH Rear WheelRR RH Rear WheelRT Radio TelephoneSA Starter to Generator LinkSC Column SwitchgearSD Seat, DriverSP Seat, PassengerSW Steering WheelTL Telephone
Wiring Color Codes
N Brown O OrangeB Black S SlateW White L LightK Pink U BlueG Green P PurpleR Red BRD BraidY Yellow
When a wire has two color code letters, the first letter indicates themain color and the subsequent letter indicates the tracer color.
Code Numbering
When numbering connectors, grounds and splices, Jaguar Engineer-ing uses a three-position format: AC001, AC002, etc. Because spaceis limited in this Electrical Guide, the codes have been shortened.Thus AC001-001 becomes AC1-1, AC002-001 becomes AC2-1, etc.
Splice
Simplified Splice
Bulb
Capacitor
Connector
Diode
Diode (in harness)
Eyelet and Stud
Fuse
Logic ground
Power ground
Hall effect sensor
Light emitting diode (LED)
Motor
Potentiometer
Pressure transducer
Resistor
Solenoid
Suppression Diode
Suppression Resistor
Thermistor
Transistor
Wire Continued
Zener Diode
Jaguar XK Range 2003
12 DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002
Symbols and Codes
Connectors
HARNESS CODE + CONNECTOR NUMBER + PIN NUMBER; for example: FC7-24 (pin number is separated by a dash)
Where the pin number differs from LHD to RHD, the connector number will be further identified by (LHD) or (RHD).
EXAMPLES:
FC7-24 FC7-24 (LHD)FC7-15 (RHD)
Harness code
Connector number
Pin number
Splices
HARNESS CODE + S (SPLICE) + SPLICE NUMBER; for example: RHS3 (no dash is used)
NOTE: In order to avoid unnecessary circuit complication, multiple splices (more than two wires) within components, in wires leading frominput components to multiple circuits and in harness ‘ground’ sides, are simplified so as not to show wires from other circuits.
EXAMPLES:
RHS3 RHS3
Harness code
Splice
Splice number SIMPLIFIED SPLICE
Fuses
All fuses are located in the fuse boxes. Each fuse is identified by an “F” number unique only to the fuse box in which it is located.
EXAMPLE:F19 15A
Grounds
HARNESS CODE + GROUND STUD NUMBER + EYELET STUD POSITION (A,B,C) + EYELET DESIGNATION (S,L,R)
Eyelet stud positionThere may be up to three eyelets on one stud. A, B and C are used to indicate the position of the eyelet on the stud: A – first (bottom),B – second (middle), C – third (top).
Eyelet designationTwo eyelet variations are used: a single eyelet and an eyelet pair. The single eyelet has a single ‘leg’, which is identified by an S; the eyeletpair has two ‘legs’, identified as L (left) or R (right).
S L R
SINGLE EYELET EYELET PAIR
LF1ARFC2S BT1CS
EXAMPLES:
Harness code
Ground stud number
Single leg eyelet
Harness code
Ground stud number
RH leg of eyelet
First eyelet on stud
Harness code
Ground stud number
Single leg eyelet
Third eyelet on stud
On figures where LHD and RHD circuits are combined and the ground designation differs from LHD to RHD, the RHD ground code is shownin parentheses. If the ground designation is the same for LHD and RHD, only one ground designation is used.
EXAMPLES:
EM2AR(EM1AR)
BT1ALLHD VehiclesRHD Vehicles
Same for LHD and RHD Vehicles
Jaguar XK Range 2003
13DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002
Symbols and Codes
Diodes
Harness diodes occur at connectors and are depicted as components and identified by a connector number.
EXAMPLE:
Relays
Individual relays located outside of fuse boxes have a separate relay connector (base) and a unique connector number, which is shown withinthe relay. The connector number is shown in the upper portion of the relay; the pin (terminal) number is shown adjacent to the pin. Relayslocated within fuse boxes do not have a separate relay connector and are identified by an “R” number unique only to the fuse box in whichthey are located. All relays use the ISO pin numbering system (1, 2, 3, 4, 5).
EXAMPLE:
BT29BT29-1 BT29-2
FC24
3
2
5
1
4 R5
3
1
5
2
AC20
3
2
5
1
AC20
8
7
10
6
INDIVIDUAL RELAY(CHANGE-OVER RELAY SHOWN)
FUSE BOX RELAY(NORMALLY OPEN RELAY SHOWN)
Certain relays are paired and share a modular connector. In this instance, the two relays share a common connector number, while the pinnumbers of the second relay are identified by the numbers 6 – 10.
EXAMPLE:
Networks
In most instances, networks are shown as a broken grey line to indicate that there is network communication between the depicted controlmodules. Refer to Figures 21.1 and 21.2 for circuit details.
EXAMPLE:
S
SIP5-2
IP5-120.2
20.2 20.2
IP10-1
IP10-2
S
SU
Y
U
Y20.2
SCP
MESSAGE(S)
MESSAGE(S)
MESSAGE(S)
MESSAGE(S)
CONTROL MODULE CONTROL MODULE
Component Depictions
EXAMPLE:
COMPLETE COMPONENTSAND CONTROL MODULES
INCOMPLETE COMPONENTS(EXCEPT CONTROL MODULES)
ASSEMBLIES ANDPOWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOXES
COMPONENTS WITHINTERNAL ELECTRONIC CIRCUIT
Jaguar XK Range 2003
14 DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002
User Instructions
Figure and Data Page Layout
Figure PagesEach Figure represents a specific electrical system of the vehicle. The Figures are arranged numerically by system (01 - Power Distribution,02 - Ground Distribution, etc.) with variations in the system identified by a numeral following a decimal point (01.1, 01.2, etc.). Referto the Table of Contents: Figures for a complete list of the Figures.
The Figures 01 - Power Distribution detail the distribution of power to each of the systems. Numbered reference symbols refer the userto a specific Figure and from a specific Figure back to the Power Distribution Figures. This method eliminates the need to include detailedPower Distribution information on each of the Figures. The reference symbols are defined on page 10.
Each Figure appears on a right-hand page with a corresponding Data page to the left. The Figure and Data pages are folding pages. The usermust fold out both pages in order to access all the information provided.
Data PagesThe Data page includes information to assist the user in identifying and locating components, connectors and grounds. This information issupplemented by the illustrations in this front section of the book.
When network data is required for the understanding of a particular circuit, the user is directed to the Appendix.
Most circuits that incorporate a control module include pinout information. The characteristics listed are approximately those that can beexpected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted. This informationis provided to assist the user in understanding circuit operation and should be used FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
Jaguar XK Range 2003
15DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002
User Instructions
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION FIGURE NUMBER COMPONENT, RELAY, CONNECTOR ANDGROUND INFORMATION
DATE OF ISSUE
DATA PAGE
FIGURE MODEL RANGE AND YEAR TITLE FIGURE NUMBER
KEY TO REFERENCE SYMBOLS VARIANT, VIN RANGE ANDDATE OF ISSUE
FIGURE PAGE
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network V Voltage (DC)O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network PWM Pulse Width ModulatedB+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D Serial and Encoded Data
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002
Fig. 03.1
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationBATTERY BT66 EYELET TRUNK / RH SIDE
BT67 EYELET
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC14 104-WAY / GREY PASSENGER SIDE FASCIA / AIRBAG BRACKET
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE EM80 134-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
GENERATOR PI50 3-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RIGHT FRONTST11 EYELET
HIGH POWER PROTECTION MODULE BT60 EYELET TRUNK / ADJACENT TO BATTERYBT61 EYELETBT62 EYELETBT63 EYELET
IGNITION SWITCH FC4 8-WAY / WHITE STEERING COLUMN
KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE FC22 20-WAY / GREEN ADJACENT TO DRIVER SIDE FUSE BOX
MAJOR INSTRUMENT CLUSTER FC25 26-WAY / BLACK FASCIAFC26 26-WAY / YELLOW
NOT-IN-PARK SWITCH FC87 3-WAY / WHITE GEAR SELECTOR ASSEMBLY
READER / EXCITER COIL (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) SC12 3-WAY / WHITE STEERING COLUMN / RH SIDE
STARTER MOTOR ST3 EYELET ENGINE BLOCKST10 EYELET
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE GB2 16-WAY / BLACK TRANSMISSION CONTROL VALVE ASSEMBLY
RELAYS
Relay Connector / Color LocationSTARTER RELAY EM50 / BROWN RH ENCLOSURE RELAYS
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description Location
EM1 20-WAY / WHITE / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO FASCIA HARNESS ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND BLOWER MOTOR
EM60 2-WAY / BLACK / STARTER LINK HARNESS TO ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BEHIND LEFT INNER FENDER HEAT SHIELD
PI1 57-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
SC1 12-WAY / WHITE / FASCIA HARNESS TO COLUMN SWITCH GEAR HARNESS RIGHT HAND SIDE OF STEERING COLUMN
GROUNDS
Ground LocationBT68 BATTERY GROUND STUD
FC2 RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST
FC3 TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE
FC4 LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
Body Processor Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicI FC14-32 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND (I) : GROUND
I FC14-33 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND (II) : GROUND
I FC14-41 ENGINE START REQUEST: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
I FC14-58 NOT-IN-PARK SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
I FC14-67 KEY-IN-IGNITION: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
O FC14-72 ENGINE START REQUEST: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
D FC14-73 SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE: ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
B+ FC14-80 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOGIC) : B+
S FC14-84 SCP –
S FC14-85 SCP +
D FC14-92 OK TO FUEL SIGNAL: ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
Engine Control Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicI EM80-06 ENGINE CRANK: B+
I EM80-10 INERTIA SWITCH: NORMALLY CLOSED / OPEN CIRCUIT WHEN ACTIVATED
I EM80-31 PARK / NEUTRAL SIGNAL: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
O EM80-41 STARTER RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
I EM80-79 GENERATOR FAULT; CHARGE WARNING:
C EM80-123 CAN –
C EM80-124 CAN +
Key Transponder Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicD FC22-07 READER / EXCITER COIL : ENCODED COMMUNICATION
D FC22-08 READER / EXCITER COIL : ENCODED COMMUNICATION
D FC22-09 OK TO FUEL: ENCODED COMMUNICATION
SG FC22-12 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND
I FC22-14 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND (II): GROUND
D FC22-17 SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE: ENCODED COMMUNICATION
Major Instrument Cluster
Pin Description and CharacteristicB+ FC25-01 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY: B+
SG FC25-04 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND
C FC25-11 CAN +
S FC25-13 SCP +
S FC25-14 SCP –
I FC25-15 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
PG FC25-16 POWER GROUND: GROUND
C FC25-23 CAN –
Transmission Control Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicO GB2-10 PARK / NEUTRAL SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar XK Range 2003
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V ACP
CAN Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2002Sensor/Signal Ground
SCPInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
B+1 8
II E
Fig. 01.1 I
O
+
—
A
C D
S
PFig. 01.1
9 52 Fig. 01.2
53 87 Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.6
Fig. 02.11 5
I I6 18
II II19 60
E E61 93
1 17I
G
Y21.1
21.1
EM80-124
EM80-123
BKFC87-1FC87-3FCS47
BK
FC3BR
I
II
III
OFC4-4
FC4-1GO
FC4-5
FC14-73
FC14-41
IGO
FC14-80
N15
1
BKFCS48
FC3BL
BK
500A
BT68
BBT67 BT66 BT60 BT63
BT61
BT62
R
B
B
250A
B
BT80
BST1
01.1
01.1
EM80-41
I
O
WRNW
G
79
WREM60-2
ST10
ST3
B 6
ST11
B
PI50-3
PI50-2
WU48II
WR
Y
WR
B
O
FC22-17
D WR D
WUFC22-14
FC14-72
GO
EM80-31
GI
STS1
B
P
73
PI50-1
YPI1-11EM80-79
I
B
FC14-33
RG8II
I
FC14-32
WR I15I
B
B
EM80-10
GU I7II P, N
OP, NG
GB2-10
EMS29
3II
O
GO
O
EM80-6 EM1-15
EM50
3
1
5
2
FC14-67
I
FC14-58
IYB
—
+C
C
I
G
YFC25-11
FC25-23
+
—
C
C
FC25-14
S
FC25-13
S Y
U—
+
S
SY
UFC14-84
FC14-85
—
+
21.1
21.1
FC25-15
R14
BFC25-16
FC4BR(FC2BR)
BKFC25-4
FC25-1
WG33II
FC3BL
FCS48
FCS49
B
BK
B
P
B
21.1
21.1
FC22-7
FC22-8SC1-4
SC1-3
O
OGSC12-2
SC12-1
B
B
D
D
O
OG
21.1
21.1
FC22-12
FC3BR
BKFCS47
BK
FC14-92FC22-9
D YB D
Battery; Starter; Generator Battery; Starter; Generator Fig. 03.1
All Vehicles
BATTERY HIGH POWERPROTECTION MODULE
KEY-IN
IGNITION SWITCH
READER / EXCITERCOIL
COLUMN SWITCHGEAR KEY TRANSPONDERMODULE
NOT-IN-PARKSWITCH
PASSIVEANTI-THEFT
SYSTEM
MAJORINSTRUMENT CLUSTER
TRANSMISSIONCONTROL MODULE
APPLIED ONLY WHENINERTIA SWITCH IS TRIPPED
PATS;GENERATOR
WARNING
ENGINESTART
REQUEST
ENGINECRANK
ENGINE CONTROLMODULE
VIA INERTIA SWITCH
SECURITYSTATUS
BODY PROCESSORMODULE
FAULT;CHARGE WARNING
GENERATOR
STARTER RELAY
FALSE BULKHEADSTUD CONNECTOR
STARTER MOTOR
OK TO FUEL
SECURITYACKNOWLEDGE
Jaguar XK Range 2003
16 DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002
Network Configuration
CAN
SCP
ACTIVESECURITY SOUNDER
(ROW ONLY)
KEY TRANSPONDERMODULE
RESTRAINTSCONTROL MODULE
PARKING AIDCONTROL MODULE
AIR CONDITIONINGCONTROL MODULE
ADAPTIVEDAMPING
CONTROL MODULE
LH HIDHEADLAMPUNIT
RH HIDHEADLAMP UNIT
TRANSMISSIONCONTROL MODULE
DYNAMICSTABILITY CONTROLCONTROL MODULE
ADAPTIVESPEED CONTROL
CONTROL MODULE
ENGINECONTROL MODULE
LINEAR SWITCHMODULE
J GATEILLUMINATION
MODULE
MAJORINSTRUMENT
CLUSTER
BODYPROCESSOR
MODULE
DRIVERHEAD RESTRAINT
CONTROL MODULE
DRIVER SEATCONTROL MODULE
DRIVER DOORCONTROL MODULE
SECURITY ANDLOCKING
CONTROL MODULE
PASSENGERHEAD RESTRAINT
CONTROL MODULE
PASSENGER SEATCONTROL MODULE
PASSENGER DOORCONTROL MODULE
SERIAL DATA LINK
DATA LINK CONNECTOR
SERIAL DATA LINK
CAN NETWORK
SCP NETWORK
NOTE: TYPICAL XK RANGE NETWORK CONFIGURATION (FULL OPTION SET).REFER TO FIGURES 21.1 AND 21.2 FOR CIRCUIT DETAILS.
Jaguar XK Range 2003
17DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002
Main Power Distribution
BT61
FC90FC93
EM70
LF14
BES40
EM70
BT80ST1
ST3
ST11LF70
FC90FC92
FC91FC91
BT79
BT65
BT60
BT64
BT68
BT67
BT66
BT62BT63
+
–
RHD
RHD
BES41
ENGINE COMPARTMENTFUSE BOX
ENGINE MANAGEMENTFUSE BOX (RHD)
DRIVER SIDE FUSE BOX (LHD)PASSENGER SIDE FUSE BOX (RHD)
TUNNEL STUD CONNECTOR
HIGH POWERPROTECTION MODULE
BATTERY
TRUNK FUSE BOX
GENERATOR
STARTERMOTOR
FALSE BULKHEAD STUD CONNECTOR
ENGINE MANAGEMENTFUSE BOX (LHD)
PASSENGER SIDE FUSE BOX (LHD)DRIVER SIDE FUSE BOX (RHD)
COOLING FANSFUSE BOX
Jaguar XK Range 2003
18 DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002
Harness Layout
PI1PI2
LF41
LF3LF40LF102
DD1
SD1 SP1
PT1RH1RH2RH9RH12RH13RH14
LF1LF2LF59LF60
SC1SC2SC3
SW1SW2SW10
RF1RF5RZ1
IC4 RH5 RH6
BT1BT2BT3BT58
BB1
BL1BT72 BT73
IC1IC2IC3
AC16AC12AC13AC14AC15
EM1EM2EM3 DP1
LF3
FC3FC4
FC6
RH2 RH1
BT1
BT2
BT3
FC5
FC1FC2
LF2
EM2 EM1
LF1
LF42
LHD
LL1 EL6EM60
FRONT OF VEHICLE
FL – LH FRONT WHEEL
PI – ENGINE
LF – LEFT FORWARD
AC – AIR CONDITIONING(CLIMATE CONTROL)
DD – DRIVER’S DOOR
SC – COLUMN SWITCHGEAR
SW – STEERING WHEEL
IC – IN-CAR ENTERTAINMENT
SD – DRIVER’S SEAT
QL – CONVERTIBLELH QUARTER LIGHT LINK
RL – LH REAR WHEEL
BB – TRUNK BRIDGING LINK
FR – RH FRONT WHEEL
ST – STARTER LINK
LL – POWER STEERING LINK
EL – ENGINE MANAGEMENTSIDE MARKER LINK
EM – ENGINE MANAGEMENT
DP – PASSENGER’S DOOR
RF – ROOF
FC – FASCIA
SP – PASSENGER’S SEAT
RH – REARWARD
QR – CONVERTIBLERH QUARTER LIGHT LINK
RR – RH REAR WHEEL
BL – TRUNK LID
BT – TRUNK
Jaguar XK Range 2003
19DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002
PI1PI2
LF41
LF3LF40LF102
DD1
SD1SP1
PT1RH1RH2RH9RH12RH13RH14
LF1LF2LF59LF60
SC1SC2SC3
SW1SW2SW10
RF1RF5RZ1
IC4 RH5 RH6
BT1BT2BT3BT58
BB1
BL1BT72 BT73
IC1IC2IC3
AC16AC12AC13AC14AC15
EM1EM2EM3DP1
LF3
FC3FC4
FC6
RH2 RH1
BT1
BT2
BT3
FC5
FC1 FC2
LF2
EM2
LF1
LF42
RHD
EM1
EL6EM60
Harness Layout
FRONT OF VEHICLE
FL – LH FRONT WHEEL
PI – ENGINE
LF – LEFT FORWARD
AC – AIR CONDITIONING(CLIMATE CONTROL)
DP – PASSENGER’S DOOR
FC – FASCIA
IC – IN-CAR ENTERTAINMENT
SP – PASSENGER’S SEAT
QL – CONVERTIBLELH QUARTER LIGHT LINK
RL – LH REAR WHEEL
BB – TRUNK BRIDGING LINK
FR – RH FRONT WHEEL
ST – STARTER LINK
EL – ENGINE MANAGEMENTSIDE MARKER LINK
EM – ENGINE MANAGEMENT
DD – DRIVER’S DOOR
SC – COLUMN SWITCHGEAR
SW – STEERING WHEEL
RF – ROOF
SD – DRIVER’S SEAT
RH – REARWARD
QR – CONVERTIBLERH QUARTER LIGHT LINK
RR – RH REAR WHEEL
BL – TRUNK LID
BT – TRUNK
Jaguar XK Range 2003
20 DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002
Ground Point Location
LF2
EM2
LF3
FC3
FC4
FC6
RH3
RH2
BT3
BT2
BT1
BT68
RH1
FC5
FC2
FC1
CE2
EM1
LF1
PI1
(QUIET GROUND)
(KEYFOB ANTENNA)
RADIO ANTENNA GROUND
BATTERY GROUND
Jaguar XK Range 2003
21DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002
Relay and Fuse Box Location
ENGINE COMPARTMENTFUSE BOX RELAYS
Engine compartment fuse box
R7 – Ignition positive relay
R6 – Horn relay
CONTROL MODULEENCLOSURE RELAYS (RHD)
Bank 1 O2S heater relay
Bank 2 O2S heater relay
Engine management fuse box
* Ignition coil relay
Throttle motor relay
EMS control relay
R5 – Main beam relay (non-HID); Dip beam relay (HID)
R4 – Powerwash relayR3 – Dip beam relay (non-HID);
Main beam relay (HID)R2 – Front fog relay
R1 – Heater pump relay
LH ENCLOSURE RELAYS
A/C compressor clutch relay
Wiper RUN/STOP relay
Wiper FAST/SLOW relay
LH FASCIA RELAYS
Ignition positive relay (LHD)Auxiliary positive relay (RHD)
Door mirror heater relay
Driver side fuse box (LHD)Passenger side fuse box (RHD)
DRIVESHAFT TUNNELRELAYS
LH blower motor relay
RH blower motor relay
CONTROL MODULEENCLOSURE RELAYS (LHD)
Engine management fuse box
Bank 2 O2S heater relay
Bank 1 O2S heater relay
Throttle motor relay
Ignition coil relay *
EMS control relay
RH ENCLOSURE RELAYS
Starter relay
LH windshield heater relay
RH windshield heater relay
RH FASCIA RELAYS
Auxiliary positive relay (LHD)Ignition positive relay (RHD)
Door locking relay
Air conditioning isolate relay
Passenger side fuse box (LHD)Driver side fuse box (RHD)
TRUNK RELAYS
Top up relay
Top down relay
LH quarter up relay / LH quarter down relay
RH quarter up relay / RH quarter down relay
Trunk fuse box
R7 – Ignition positive relay
R6 – Accessory relay
R5 – Stop lamp relay
R1 – Rear fog relay
R2 – Heated rear window relay
R3 – Tail lamp relay
* Early production vehicles only. * Early production vehicles only.
Jaguar XK Range 2003
22 DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002
Control Module Location
LHD
ADAPTIVE SPEED CONTROLCONTROL MODULE
DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROLCONTROL MODULE
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
AIR CONDITIONINGCONTROL MODULE
MAJORINSTRUMENT CLUSTER
KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE
RESTRAINTSCONTROL MODULE
DRIVER DOORCONTROL MODULE
J GATEILLUMINATION MODULE
DRIVER SEATCONTROL MODULE
DRIVER HEAD RESTRAINTCONTROL MODULE
CELLULAR PHONECONTROL MODULE
NAVIGATIONCONTROL MODULE
ADAPTIVE DAMPINGCONTROL MODULE
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
POWER ASSISTED STEERINGCONTROL MODULE
OCCUPANCY SENSING MODULE
DIMMER MODULE
PASSENGER DOORCONTROL MODULE
RAIN SENSING MODULE
PASSENGER SEATCONTROL MODULE
PASSENGER HEAD RESTRAINTCONTROL MODULE
SECURITY AND LOCKINGCONTROL MODULE
NOTE: THE TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE IS CONTAINED WITHIN THE TRANSMISSION.
Jaguar XK Range 2003
23DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002
Control Module Location
RHD
DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROLCONTROL MODULE
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
RAIN SENSING MODULE
RESTRAINTSCONTROL MODULE
PASSENGER DOORCONTROL MODULE
J GATEILLUMINATION MODULE
PASSENGER SEATCONTROL MODULE
PASSENGER HEAD RESTRAINTCONTROL MODULE
CELLULAR PHONECONTROL MODULE
NAVIGATIONCONTROL MODULE
ADAPTIVE DAMPINGCONTROL MODULE
ADAPTIVE SPEED CONTROLCONTROL MODULE
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
AIR CONDITIONINGCONTROL MODULE
MAJORINSTRUMENT CLUSTER
POWER ASSISTED STEERINGCONTROL MODULE
KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE
DIMMER MODULE
DRIVER DOORCONTROL MODULE
OCCUPANCY SENSING MODULE
DRIVER SEATCONTROL MODULE
DRIVER HEAD RESTRAINTCONTROL MODULE
SECURITY AND LOCKINGCONTROL MODULE
NOTE: THE TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE IS CONTAINED WITHIN THE TRANSMISSION.
Jaguar XK Range 2003
24 DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002
Control Module Pin Identification
107
G10
8N
109
OY
110
OG
111
B11
2B
W11
3B
G11
4B
O11
5B
G11
6B
117
BW
118
BG
119
BO
120
BG
81 B82 B
83 R84 Y
85 YU
86 —87 G
U88 G
R89 G
O90 GW
91 B92 U
93 Y
55 UY
56 UY
57 YU
58 YG
59 Y60 Y
R61 G
B62 GW
63 GO
64 GU
65 WR
66 UY
67 O
29 B30 B
31 GR
32 —33 W
G34 RW
35 —36 Y
37 P38 B
39 —40 U
41 O
1 RU
2 RU
3 —4 B
5 B6 GO
7 W8 U
9 U10 G
U11 —
12 OY
13 OY
14 OG
121
WU
122
—12
3G
124
Y12
5—
126
—12
7Y
128
N12
9N
130
BR
131
YG
132
YG
133
—13
4G
W
94 G95 N
96 —97 —
98 N99 N
100
BG
101
—10
2R
103
Y10
4R
G10
5O
106
R
68 B69 O
70 UY
71 O72 YG
73 U74 —
75 N76 G
77 —78 YG
79 Y80 G
42 —43 BG
44 GW
45 BW
46 BW
47 YR
48 YG
49 WU
50 YG
51 W52 G
R53 —
54 B
15 —16 —
17 BK
18 BK
19 BG
20 BG
21 —22 N
R23 W
G24 W
G25 W
26 —27 W
28 —
EM
80
12 WR
13 B
14 B15 GW
16 OY
17 U18 GW
19 BW
20 BK
21 O22 —
1W
U2
GW
3 WR
4W
U5
NW
6 RW
7 U8 U
9 UY
10 W11 —
7 Y8 YR
9 —10 —
11 U12 W
U
1 UY
2 Y3 YG
4 —5 OY
6 U
14 —15 —
16 GR
17 RW
18 GU
19 RU
20 YR
21 Y22 N
R23 —
24 —25 O
26 GU
1 RG
2 U
3 UY
4 UY
5 GR
6 RW
7 UY
8 RW
9 —10 O
11 YG
12 —13 U
Y14 —
15 U16 GU
1 OG
2 RG
3 Y4 —
5 YB
6 YG
7 OG
8 GO
9 R10 —
11 —12 O
Y13 U
Y
AC
4A
C3
AC
2A
C1
EN
GIN
E C
ON
TR
OL M
OD
ULE
EM
80 /
BLA
CK
AIR
CO
ND
ITIO
NIN
G C
ON
TR
OL M
OD
ULE
AC
4 /
GR
EY
AC
3 /
GR
EY
AC
2 /
GR
EY
AC
1 /
GR
EY
Jaguar XK Range 2003
25DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002
BT
69
19 —20 BG
21 U22 R
23 —24 OG
25 U26 OG
27 NW
28 W29 —
30 O31 O
Y32 O
33 GU
34 OY
35 —
1 YR
2 —3 OY
4 —5 —
6 —7 —
8 —9 —
10 O11 W
R12 —
13 R14 OG
15 OG
16 —17 —
18 B
LF
37
16 B 47 B
14 —15 G
30 YR
31 NR
45 R46 W
12 —13 —
28 NG
29 W
43 Y44 —
10 —11 Y
26 NW
27 WG
41 —42 O
8 U9 UY
24 WU
25 W
39 —40 YU
6 U7 R
22 —23 —
37 W38 R
4W
U5 BK
20 WB
21 —
35 —36 U
2 —3 Y
18 YB
19 NW
33 Y34 G
1 NR
17 WR
32 NW
5 — 11 —
3 —4 G
9 —10 Y
6 — 12 YU
1N
W2 B
7 WR
8 —
LF61
Control Module Pin Identification
DY
NA
MIC
ST
AB
ILIT
Y C
ON
TR
OL C
ON
TR
OL M
OD
ULE
LF37 /
BLA
CK
AD
AP
TIV
E D
AM
PIN
G C
ON
TR
OL M
OD
ULE
BT
69 /
BLA
CK
AD
AP
TIV
E S
PE
ED
CO
NT
RO
L C
ON
TR
OL M
OD
ULE
LF61 /
BLA
CK
TOP
Jaguar XK Range 2003
26 DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002
Control Module Pin Identification
MA
JO
R IN
ST
RU
ME
NT
CLU
ST
ER
1W
G2 RG
3 YR
4 BK
5 —6 RU
7 YB
8 UY
9 R10 Y
11 Y12 —
13 Y
14 U15 R
16 B17 RW
18 Y19 O
20 UY
21 RU
22 U23 G
24 G25 B
R26 —
13 BW
12 RU
11 G10 O
9 Y8 RG
7 OG
6 U5 OY
4 YG
3 RW
2 RW
1 R
26 OY
25 —24 —
23 OG
22 RW
21 RG
20 OY
19 G18 O
G17 O
Y16 Y
15 UY
14 RW
FC
25
FC
26
FC
25 /
BLA
CK
FC
26 /
YE
LLO
W
Jaguar XK Range 2003
27DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002
Control Module Pin Identification
BO
DY
PR
OC
ES
SO
R M
OD
ULE
FC
14
79 NG
80 N81 G
R82 G
R83 G
B84 U
85 Y86 OG
87 Y88 YG
89 GR
90 BG
91 BW
53 R54 G
55 YU
56 OY
57 —58 YB
59 Y60 RW
61 WG
62 GU
63 Y64 —
65 —
27 GO
28 RW
29 Y30 U
31 Y32 W
R33 RG
34 GO
35 G36 GW
37 GR
38 RU
39 YU
1 BG
2G
W3 W
4 GU
5 YR
6 UY
7 —8 BW
9 GU
10 YR
11 YB
12 W13 GO
92 YB
93 Y94 G
95 RU
96 N97 W
G98 G
B99 U
Y10
0B
R10
1R
W10
2N
103
—10
4N
W
66 RU
67 O68 OG
69 O70 GW
71 YR
72 GO
73 WR
74 RW
75 —76 GO
77 GU
78 U
40 WU
41 GO
42 Y43 BG
44 U45 U
46 —47 —
48 OG
49 —50 GW
51 RW
52 BW
14 O15 W
U16 RW
17 OY
18 YB
19 WG
20 OG
21 YU
22 WB
23 WU
24 NW
25 B26 YG
13 RW
12 RW
11 —10 BK
9 —8
GW
7 YU
6 RU
5 RW
4 —3
GW
*2 —
1 —
26 YR
25 —24 —
23 —22 —
21 —20 —
19 YR
18 —17 —
16 —15 —
14 —
8 Y7 OG
6 NR
5 Y4
GW
*3 U*
2 O1 O
16 U15 NW
14 BK
13 BK
12 —11 —
10 UY
*9
GR
*
5 RU
4 RU
3 RG
2 U1 OY
10 R9 RW
8 R7 UY
6 O
BT
41
BT
42
BT
40
10 —9 YB
8 OG
7 O6 O
5 —4 NR
3 —2 —
1 YB
20 —19 —
18 —17 W
R16 O
15 —14 W
U13 W
R12 BK
11 —
FC
22
FC
14 /
GR
EY
SE
CU
RIT
Y A
ND
LO
CK
ING
CO
NT
RO
L M
OD
ULE
BT
42 /
BLA
CK
BT
41 /
BLA
CK
BT
40 /
BLA
CK
KE
Y T
RA
NS
PO
ND
ER
MO
DU
LE
FC
22 /
GR
EE
N
* C
on
vert
ible
veh
icle
s o
nly
.
Jaguar XK Range 2003
28 DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002
Control Module Pin Identification
RE
ST
RA
INT
S C
ON
TR
OL M
OD
ULE
DD
11
DD
10
7 BR
6W
U5 GU
4 NG
3 YR
2 U1 NR
15 WG
14 —13 —
12 OY
11 —10 W
B9 Y
8 —
22 UY
21 O20 GW
19 —18 —
17 O16 —
7 O6 YB
5 Y4 UY
3 U2 BW
1 N
15 OY
14 GW
13 UY
12 RW
11 U10 BG
9 U8 BK
22 OG
21 RU
20 WU
19 GB
18 BO
17 B16 Y
DP
11
DP
10
7 —6 —
5 GU
4 —3 —
2 —1 —
15 —14 —
13 —12 —
11 —10 —
9 —8 —
22 —21 —
20 GW
19 —18 —
17 —16 —
7 O6 YB
5 Y4 UY
3 U2 BW
1 N
15 OY
14 GW
13 UY
12 RW
11 U10 BG
9 U8 BK
22 OG
21 RU
20 WU
19 —18 BO
17 B16 Y
9 —10 —
19 OY
20 YU
29 WU
30 GU
39 —40 —
7 —8 —
17 O18 U
27 W28 G
29 W30 G
27 WU
28 GU
37 —38 —
5 —6 —
15 —16 —
25 YU
26 YG
35 —36 —
3 —4 —
13 —14 —
23 BW
24 RW
33 RW
34 BW
1 U2 O
21 UY
22 OY
31 RW
32 BW
5N
W6 NG
11 O12 W
17 YR
18 —
23 —24 —
3 RW
4 BW
15 Y16 BK
21 —22 BW
1 WR
2 RU
13 RW
14 BW
19 YB
20 —
FC
10
FC
8FC
9
13 —26 —
11 U12 O
24 U25 O
9 —10 —
22 W23 BK
7 R8 G
20 N21 Y
5W
G6 U
18 W19 O
3 W4 Y
16 —17 —
1W
U2 G
14 —15 —
FC
8 /
BLA
CK
FC
9 /
BLA
CK
(RH
D)
OC
CU
PA
NC
Y S
EN
SIN
G M
OD
ULE
FC
10 /
YE
LLO
W
DR
IVE
R D
OO
R C
ON
TR
OL M
OD
ULE
DD
11 /
BLA
CK
DD
10 /
BLU
E
PA
SS
EN
GE
R D
OO
R C
ON
TR
OL M
OD
ULE
DP
11 /
BLA
CK
DP
10 /
BLU
E
Jaguar XK Range 2003
29DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002
Control Module Pin Identification
DR
IVE
R S
EA
T C
ON
TR
OL M
OD
ULE
14 WU
15 YG
16 —17 —
18 WR
19 YB
20 —21 —
22 —23 —
24 —25 —
26 —
1W
G2 BG
3 —4 —
5 W6 WB
7 —8 Y
9 —10 W
R11 W
12 BO
13 —
9 UY
10 OY
11 W12 W
G13 GU
14 GR
15 GW
16 NR
1 GO
2 NB
3 O4 R
5 G6 GR
7W
U8 WR
6 —7 —
8 G9 Y
10 U
1 BO
2 B3 OG
4 UY
5 NR
SD
3S
D4
SD
5
9 UY
10 OY
11 W12 W
G13 W
14 WG
15 GW
16 NR
1 GO
2 NG
3 O4 R
5 G6 GR
7W
U8 WR
6 —7 —
8 —9 Y
10 U
1 —2 B
3 OG
4 UY
5 NR
SP
3S
P5
SD
22
2 —1 N
10 WG
9 NG
4 RU
3 OG
12 YU
11 W
6 G5 UY
14 Y13 U
8 B7 B
16 BW
15 BG
SP
22
2 —1 N
10 WG
9 NG
4 RU
3 OG
12 YU
11 W
6 G5 UY
14 Y13 U
8 —7 B
16 BW
15 BG
SD
3 /
BLA
CK
SD
4 /
BLA
CK
SD
5 /
BLA
CK
DR
IVE
R H
EA
D R
ES
TR
AIN
TC
ON
TR
OL M
OD
ULE
SD
22 /
BLA
CK
PA
SS
EN
GE
R S
EA
T C
ON
TR
OL M
OD
ULE
SP
3 /
BLA
CK
SP
5 /
BLA
CK
PA
SS
EN
GE
R H
EA
D R
ES
TR
AIN
TC
ON
TR
OL M
OD
ULE
SP
22 /
BLA
CK
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002
Fig. 01.1
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationBATTERY BT66 EYELET TRUNK / RH SIDE
BT67 EYELET
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC14 104-WAY / GREY PASSENGER SIDE FASCIA / AIRBAG BRACKET
COOLING FANS FUSE BOX LF14 1-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT /LF15 1-WAY / BLACK TOP OF LH SHOCK ABSORBER TOWER
FUSE BOX – DRIVER SIDE FC5 10-WAY / NATURAL FASCIA / DRIVER SIDEFC6 10-WAY / BLACKFC90 EYELETFC92 EYELETFC94 EYELET
FUSE BOX – ENGINE COMPARTMENT LF5 10-WAY / NATURAL ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LEFT FRONTLF6 10-WAY / BLACKLF7 10-WAY / GREENLF8 10-WAY / BLUELF70 EYELET
FUSE BOX – ENGINE MANAGEMENT EM19 10-WAY / NATURAL ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSUREEM20 10-WAY / BLACKEM70 EYELET
FUSE BOX – PASSENGER SIDE FC20 10-WAY / NATURAL FASCIA / PASSENGER SIDEFC21 10-WAY / BLACKFC90 EYELETFC93 EYELET
FUSE BOX – TRUNK BT10 10-WAY / NATURAL TRUNK / ELECTRICAL CARRIERBT11 10-WAY / BLACKBT12 10-WAY / GREENBT13 10-WAY / BLUEBT64 EYELET
HIGH POWER PROTECTION MODULE BT60 EYELET TRUNK / ADJACENT TO BATTERYBT61 EYELETBT62 EYELETBT63 EYELET
TRANSIT ISOLATION DEVICE BT44 2-WAY / BLACK TRUNK / ADJACENT TO BATTERYBT49 1-WAY / BLACK
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description LocationBT2 20-WAY / WHITE / REARWARD HARNESS TO TRUNK HARNESS TRUNK / ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH
RH2 20-WAY / WHITE / FASCIA HARNESS TO REARWARD HARNESS REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
GROUNDS
Ground LocationBT68 BATTERY GROUND STUD
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar XK Range 2003
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V ACP
CAN Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2002Sensor/Signal Ground
SCPInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
B+1 8
II E
Fig. 01.1 I
O
+
–
A
C D
S
PFig. 01.1
9 52 Fig. 01.2
53 87 Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.6
Fig. 02.11 5
I I6 18
II II19 60
E E61 93
1 17I
500A
BT68
B
BT49
BT67 BT66 BT60 BT63
BT61
BT62
R
B
B
250A
B
WR B
FC21-6
BT79
FC91
B
B
BT65
BT64 FC90
B
FC93
WU
FC6-6
2II
B
FC92 FC90
(RHD)
(LHD)
B B
LF70
U
EM20-6
B
EM70
04.1
BT80
BST1
03.1
25 A
BT44-1
BT44-2
NR
NW
RG
LF7-9
9II
RG
BT12-9
6
1II
R
10II
1
3
2
5
1
22I
3
2
5
1
3 44II
07.2
09.1
09.1
14.1
09.1
3
2
5
1
55E
11I
3II
13.2
09.3
07.2
09.3
09.3
01.4 20.1
3
1
5
2
3
1
5
2
B
FC14-97
WG
FC14-32
WR15I
5II
WUFC14-15
RH2-20
BT2-14
WG WG
1
2
3
4
5
6
1
2
3
4
5
6
I
I
O
BES40
B+(BT66)
N
FC94
20.1
P
80A
BLF14 LF15
04.27
BES41
8
BG
15.1
15.1
51
26
09.2
09.2
09.204.2
Main Power Distribution Main Power Distribution Fig. 01.1
All Vehicles
BATTERY HIGH POWERPROTECTION MODULE
TUNNELSTUD CONNECTOR
FALSE BULKHEADSTUD CONNECTOR
DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE –WINDOW LIFT OPERATION
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
COOLING FANSFUSE BOX
PASSENGER DOOR CONTROL MODULE –WINDOW LIFT OPERATION
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
BATTERY POST
TRANSITISOLATION DEVICE
BODY PROCESSORMODULE
VIAINERTIASWITCH
IGNITION POSITIVERELAY
RELAYS
IGN
ITIO
N P
OW
ER B
US
BAT
TERY
PO
WER
BU
S
TRUNK FUSE BOX
VIAINERTIASWITCH
AUXILIARY POSITIVERELAY
IGN
ITIO
N A
UX
ILIA
R Y P
OW
ER B
US
BAT
TERY
PO
WER
BU
S
PASSENGER SIDEFUSE BOX
IGNITION POSITIVERELAY
IGN
ITIO
N P
OW
ER B
US
BAT
TERY
PO
WER
BU
S
DRIVER SIDEFUSE BOX
VIAINERTIASWITCH
IGNITION POSITIVERELAY
RELAYS
IGN
ITIO
N P
OW
ER B
US
BAT
TERY
PO
WER
BU
S
ENGINE COMPARTMENTFUSE BOX
EMS CONTROLRELAY
ENG
INE
MA
NA
GEM
ENT
POW
ER B
US
BAT
TERY
PO
WER
BU
S
ENGINE MANAGEMENTFUSE BOX
ECM CONTROL(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002
Fig. 01.2
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationFUSE BOX – DRIVER SIDE FC5 10-WAY / NATURAL FASCIA / DRIVER SIDE
FC6 10-WAY / BLACKFC90 EYELETFC92 EYELETFC94 EYELET
FUSE BOX – PASSENGER SIDE FC20 10-WAY / NATURAL FASCIA / PASSENGER SIDEFC21 10-WAY / BLACKFC90 EYELETFC93 EYELET
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description LocationAC12 20-WAY / WHITE / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS FASCIA TOP CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / RIGHT HAND SIDE
AC13 20-WAY / YELLOW / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / RIGHT HAND SIDE
AC15 20-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / RIGHT HAND SIDE
AC16 8-WAY / WHITE / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM
BT2 20-WAY / WHITE / REARWARD HARNESS TO TRUNK HARNESS TRUNK / ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH
BT58 4-WAY / BLACK / REARWARD HARNESS TO TRUNK HARNESS TRUNK / ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH
DD1 23-WAY / BLACK / CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS TO DRIVER DOOR HARNESS DRIVER SIDE ‘A’ POST MOUNTING BRACKET/ ‘A’ POST TRIM
DP1 23-WAY / BLACK / CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS TO PASSENGER DOOR HARNESS PASSENGER SIDE ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM
IC2 14-WAY / WHITE / FASCIA HARNESS TO IN-CAR ENTERTAINMENT HARNESS BELOW CENTER CONSOLE GLOVE BOX
LF1 20-WAY / GREY / FASCIA HARNESS TO LEFT FORWARD HARNESS LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM
RF1 24-WAY / BLACK / FASCIA HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM
RH2 20-WAY / WHITE / FASCIA HARNESS TO REARWARD HARNESS REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
RH14 2-WAY / BLACK / FASCIA HARNESS TO REARWARD HARNESS REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
RT1 18-WAY / YELLOW / FASCIA HARNESS TO TELEPHONE HARNESS BELOW CENTER CONSOLE
SD1 14-WAY / YELLOW / FASCIA HARNESS TO DRIVER SEAT HARNESS BELOW DRIVER SEAT
SP1 14-WAY / YELLOW / FASCIA HARNESS TO PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS BELOW PASSENGER SEAT
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar XK Range 2003
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V ACP
CAN Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2002Sensor/Signal Ground
SCPInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
B+1 8
II E
Fig. 01.1 I
O
+
–
A
C D
S
PFig. 01.1
9 52 Fig. 01.2
53 87 Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.6
Fig. 02.11 5
I I6 18
II II19 60
E E61 93
1 17I
NR
NR
NR
NW
NW
NW
NW
NW
NW
NR
FCS81 AC16-1 (LHD)AC15-20 (RHD)
23
F1 20A FC6-1
NR 11.3
F2 10A FC6-5
NW 07.2
F3 30A FC6-3
NG
14.1
FC6-8
F5 15A FC5-9
NBPM
F6 5A FC5-10
NR
06.1
F7 15A FC5-4
NW
F8 10A FC5-7
NR11.1
F11 20A FC6-2
07.2
F15 25A FC5-3
NR
29
10.1
F17 10A FC5-1
NG
31
20.1
F4 5A
R
33
08.1
F9
F13 5A
NRSD1-2
LF1-2014.1
14.1
NG
NG
NG
LFS20
13.2
13.2
12.1
12.1
NRNR
NR
NR
NR
N
NN
AC16-3 (LHD)AC15-2 (RHD)
NW (LHD) NG (RHD)
30
01.1
NR
NR
NR
NR NR
N
32
20.1
NG NG NG
NG
NR
NG
RF1-7
SD1-5
FCS5
FCS19
SDS8
NW
NW
N
RH2-8
RH14-2
DD1-22
BT2-8
BT58-2FCS40
R
F1 20A FC21-1
F2 10A FC21-5
F3 FC21-3
F4 5A FC21-8
F5 5A FC20-9
F6 10A FC20-10
F7 20A FC20-4
F8 10A FC20-7
F11 20A FC21-2
F15 25A FC20-3
F17 15A FC20-1
F13 10A
F9 10A FC20-2
FC21-4
FCS89
SP1-2
11.2
11.2
10.1
10.2
10.2
07.2
34
11.3
35
13.1
36
13.1
15.1
15.1
15.1
13.1
17.1
01.1
NR
NW
NR
NW
N
N
NR
NG (LHD) NW (RHD)
NW
NG
NR
NW
NW
NW
NW
NW
NR
07.1
07.1
NW NW
NW
N
12.3
12.3
NN
N
16.1NR
NW
NW
NW
NW
N
NW
NG
NR
NR
FC5-2
FC6-4
DPS2DP1-4
DD1-4
AC13-14 ACS3
DDS2
AC12-20FCS23
SPS8SP1-5
IC2-13
FCS82
AC15-2 (LHD)AC16-3 (RHD)
AC15-20 (LHD)AC16-1 (RHD)
RH2-13
DP1-22
BT2-2
FCS88
09.1 09.2
BPM
BPM
11.1
12.1 12.2
12.1 12.2 12.3
20.1
BPM
12.2
12.2
11.2 11.3 12.1 13.1 13.2 15.1
NW (LHD) NG (RHD)
12.3
12.1
11.3 15.1
13.2 15.1
16.2
NG (LHD) NW (RHD)
11.2 13.1 13.2 15.1
11.1
11.1
10.1
12.4
15.1
12.4
12.4
15.1
12.4
NW NW 21.1ICS5
NRNR
16.1
17.2
16.2
21.2
9
10
12
11
22
13
19
14
15
16
17
18
21
20
23
27
28
26
25
24
44
45
40
38
41
42
43
52
50
49
47
46
37
48
51
09.3
03.1
17.3
Battery Power Distribution: Part 1 Battery Power Distribution: Part 1 Fig. 01.2
All Vehicles
BA
TTER
Y P
OW
ER B
US
DRIVER SIDEFUSE BOX
BA
TTER
Y P
OW
ER B
US
PASSENGER SIDEFUSE BOX
NOTE: Body Processor Moduleappears in numerous Figures.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002
Fig. 01.3
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationFUSE BOX – ENGINE COMPARTMENT LF5 10-WAY / NATURAL ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LEFT FRONT
LF6 10-WAY / BLACKLF7 10-WAY / GREENLF8 10-WAY / BLUELF70 EYELET
FUSE BOX – ENGINE MANAGEMENT EM19 10-WAY / NATURAL ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSUREEM20 10-WAY / BLACKEM70 EYELET
FUSE BOX – TRUNK BT10 10-WAY / NATURAL TRUNK / ELECTRICAL CARRIERBT11 10-WAY / BLACKBT12 10-WAY / GREENBT13 10-WAY / BLUEBT64 EYELET
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description LocationBT1 20-WAY / WHITE / REARWARD HARNESS TO TRUNK HARNESS TRUNK / ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH
BT2 20-WAY / WHITE / REARWARD HARNESS TO TRUNK HARNESS TRUNK / ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH
EM2 20-WAY / YELLOW / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO FASCIA HARNESS ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND BLOWER MOTOR
IC4 14-WAY / WHITE / IN-CAR ENTERTAINMENT HARNESS TO TRUNK HARNESS TRUNK / LEFT OF ANTENNA ASSEMBLY
PI1 57-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
RH2 20-WAY / WHITE / FASCIA HARNESS TO REARWARD HARNESS REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
RH12 18-WAY / YELLOW / FASCIA HARNESS TO REARWARD HARNESS REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar XK Range 2003
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V ACP
CAN Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2002Sensor/Signal Ground
SCPInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
B+1 8
II E
Fig. 01.1 I
O
+
–
A
C D
S
PFig. 01.1
9 52 Fig. 01.2
53 87 Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.6
Fig. 02.11 5
I I6 18
II II19 60
E E61 93
1 17I
BTS36
IC4-1
1
F1 5A BT13-7
F2 20A BT13-1
F9 10A BT11-3
F10 10A BT13-2
F12 20A (CONV.) BT12-3
F14 40A (CONV.) BT13-4
F18 30A BT10-1
F20 20A (CONV.) BT10-3
F22 5A BT10-2
09.3
15.2
15.2
15.2
15.2
06.3
16.1
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NW NW
16.2
16.2
13.1
BTS42
NG
NG
NG
NG
NG
NGIC4-2
15.2
15.2
15.2
NWNW
BTS32
NG
NGNG
15.2
15.2
BTS4
NR
NRNR
15.2
13.2
BTS31
NR
NRNR
4 5
F9 10A LF6-3
F10 LF8-2
F12 LF7-3
F14 LF8-4
F16 30A LF7-4
F18 30A LF5-1
F20 LF5-3
F22 5A
NW
06.1NW
06.1NR
03.1
LF5-2
F1 30A EM20-1
F2 EM20-5
F3 25A EM20-3
NW
F4 5A EM20-8
NR
F5 10A EM19-9
NW
F6 EM19-10
F7 EM19-4
F8 10A EM19-7
NG
F9 20A EM19-2
NG
F11 30A EM20-2
F13 EM20-4
F15 30A EM19-3
NG
F17 30A EM19-1
NR
05.1
04.2
EMS41
NR
NR
04.1
NW
NW
07.2
07.2
(COUPE)
(CONV.)
04.2
04.1
11.3 15.2
16.2
13.2
WRW 03.1
NG
NG
NG
NR
YG 01.6YG
NRBT12-4
BT1-3
F16 5A BTS44
ICS11
RH12-10
IC4-10
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NG
17.4
17.5
17.4
17.5
17.5
17.5
06.4NW
YR 01.6YR
79
7874
76
75
86
85
87
82
84
81
80
77
83
71
59
60
61
62
63
64
57
58
55
56
54
53
70
69
65
66
67
68
72
73W W WBT2-15 RH2-15 EM2-15 PI1-12
Battery Power Distribution: Part 2 Battery Power Distribution: Part 2 Fig. 01.3
All Vehicles
RELAYSFig. 01.1
BA
TTER
Y P
OW
ER B
US
TRUNK FUSE BOX
NOTE: ICS11 – TV and VICS only.
RELAYSFig. 01.1
BA
TTER
Y P
OW
ER B
US
ENGINE COMPARTMENTFUSE BOX
BA
TTER
Y P
OW
ER B
US
ENGINE MANAGEMENTFUSE BOX
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002
Fig. 01.4
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationFUSE BOX – PASSENGER SIDE FC20 10-WAY / NATURAL FASCIA / PASSENGER SIDE
FC21 10-WAY / BLACKFC90 EYELETFC93 EYELET
FUSE BOX – TRUNK BT10 10-WAY / NATURAL TRUNK / ELECTRICAL CARRIERBT11 10-WAY / BLACKBT12 10-WAY / GREENBT13 10-WAY / BLUEBT64 EYELET
RELAYS
Relay Connector / Color LocationACCESSORY RELAY BUS / BROWN TRUNK FUSE BOX – R6
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description Location
BT58 4-WAY / BLACK / REARWARD HARNESS TO TRUNK HARNESS TRUNK / ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH
IC2 14-WAY / WHITE / FASCIA HARNESS TO IN-CAR ENTERTAINMENT HARNESS BELOW CENTER CONSOLE GLOVE BOX
IC4 14-WAY / WHITE / IN-CAR ENTERTAINMENT HARNESS TO TRUNK HARNESS TRUNK / LEFT OF ANTENNA ASSEMBLY
RH14 2-WAY / BLACK / FASCIA HARNESS TO REARWARD HARNESS REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar XK Range 2003
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V ACP
CAN Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2002Sensor/Signal Ground
SCPInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
B+1 8
II E
Fig. 01.1 I
O
+
–
A
C D
S
PFig. 01.1
9 52 Fig. 01.2
53 87 Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.6
Fig. 02.11 5
I I6 18
II II19 60
E E61 93
1 17I
F10 5A FC21-7
F12 5A FC21-10
W
F14 20A FC20-8
F16 5A FC20-5
WU
17.1
16.1
20.1
G
W
WU
G
2I
IC2-1216.2
WU WU
WU
WU
WU
WUWUWG
IC4-11 ICS10
WU
6I
7I
17.4 17.5
WU
8I
18I
17.4
17.5
17.5
17.5
17.5
17.5
17.5
17.2
9I
13I
14I
15I
16I
17I
F13 5A BT12-5
BT11-6
F11 10A BT12-1
12I
WR
WRWR
WRBT58-1 RH14-1
WRWRBTS38
1
1
20.1
20.1
10I
11I
19.112I
WGBTS12
WG
F18 FC20-6
R63
1
5
2
17.3
Ignition Switched Power Distribution: I (Accessory) Ignition Switched Power Distribution: I (Accessory) Fig. 01.4
All Vehicles
IGN
ITIO
N A
UX
ILIA
RY
PO
WER
BU
S
PASSENGER SIDEFUSE BOX
ACCESSORYRELAY
TRUNK FUSE BOXNOTE: ICS10 – TV and VICS only.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002
Fig. 01.5
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationFUSE BOX – DRIVER SIDE FC5 10-WAY / NATURAL FASCIA / DRIVER SIDE
FC6 10-WAY / BLACKFC90 EYELETFC92 EYELETFC94 EYELET
FUSE BOX – ENGINE COMPARTMENT LF5 10-WAY / NATURAL ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LEFT FRONTLF6 10-WAY / BLACKLF7 10-WAY / GREENLF8 10-WAY / BLUELF70 EYELET
FUSE BOX – TRUNK BT10 10-WAY / NATURAL TRUNK / ELECTRICAL CARRIERBT11 10-WAY / BLACKBT12 10-WAY / GREENBT13 10-WAY / BLUEBT64 EYELET
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description Location
AC13 20-WAY / YELLOW / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / RIGHT HAND SIDE
AC15 20-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / RIGHT HAND SIDE
BT1 20-WAY / WHITE / REARWARD HARNESS TO TRUNK HARNESS TRUNK / ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH
BT3 20-WAY / YELLOW / REARWARD HARNESS TO TRUNK HARNESS TRUNK / ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH
EM1 20-WAY / WHITE / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO FASCIA HARNESS ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND BLOWER MOTOR
EM2 20-WAY / YELLOW / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO FASCIA HARNESS ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND BLOWER MOTOR
FC49 12-WAY /BLACK / FASCIA HARNESS TO RAIN SENSOR LINK HARNESS BELOW RH BLOWER
LF3 13-WAY / WHITE / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO LEFT FORWARD HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO BRAKE SERVO
LF40 13-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO LEFT FORWARD HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT / FORWARD OF BRAKE FLUID RESERVOIR
LF59 12-WAY / GREY / FASCIA HARNESS TO LEFT FORWARD HARNESS LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM
LF60 20-WAY / WHITE / FASCIA HARNESS TO LEFT FORWARD HARNESS LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM
PI1 57-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
RF1 24-WAY / BLACK / FASCIA HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM
RF2 8-WAY / YELLOW / ROOF HARNESS TO INTERIOR REAR VIEW MIRROR LINK HARNESS ROOF CONSOLE
RH2 20-WAY / WHITE / FASCIA HARNESS TO REARWARD HARNESS REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
RH9 20-WAY / BLUE / FASCIA HARNESS TO REARWARD HARNESS BELOW CENTER CONSOLE
RH13 12-WAY / WHITE / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO REARWARD HARNESS REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
RT1 18-WAY / YELLOW / FASCIA HARNESS TO TELEPHONE HARNESS BELOW CENTER CONSOLE
SD1 14-WAY / YELLOW / FASCIA HARNESS TO DRIVER SEAT HARNESS BELOW DRIVER SEAT
SP1 14-WAY / YELLOW / FASCIA HARNESS TO PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS BELOW PASSENGER SEAT
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar XK Range 2003
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V ACP
CAN Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2002Sensor/Signal Ground
SCPInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
B+1 8
II E
Fig. 01.1 I
O
+
–
A
C D
S
PFig. 01.1
9 52 Fig. 01.2
53 87 Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.6
Fig. 02.11 5
I I6 18
II II19 60
E E61 93
1 17I
WU
FCS8 AC15-3
F10 10A FC6-7
F12 10A FC6-10
WU
F14 10A FC5-8
F16 5A FC5-5
WR
WG
3II
07.2
07.1
07.2
07.2
06.2
08.1
WU WU
WU
WU
WU
WU
WU
WG
WG
11.3
07.2
07.2
05.1
05.1
WR WR
WR WR
WR
WR
WR
WR
F3 5A BT13-8
F4 5A BT13-9
WR
F5 30A BT11-2
1II
06.3WR
BT10-9
NW
F1 10A LF8-7
F2 5A LF8-1
WRF3 5A LF8
-8
4II
06.4
09.4
WR
WB
LF5-9
WR
F4 5A LF8-9
WU
F5 10A LF6-2
RW W*
13.2
09.4
09.4
09.4
06.1
03.1
09.4
WR
WR
WR
WR
WR
WU
WR
RW W*
07.2
09.1
07.2
09.3
LFS5
LF40-13
FCS63
ACS17
EMS15
FCS29
RF1-1
EM2-3
LF60-9
LF40-10
PI1-13
04.2
WBTS11
WU
WULF3-13
WU WU
1
2
1
2
18.2
WG
WR 05.1
WU 21.1
05.1WB
48II
NW NW
FC49-1
WR 14.1WR
04.2
09.4WR
09.4WR
FCS44W
W
W
18.2
18.1
18.2
WG
WG
SPS6
RH9-20
WG
SD1-13
W
SP1-13
W
12.1 12.2
12.1 12.2
12.3 12.4
Y
18.1
18.1
RHS3 WGWG
WG
F18 10A FC5-6
W 04.1
44II
WEM1-1
WUWUAC13-16
04.2
09.2
21.2BT1-8 RH2-4
WRWRWRLF59-4 RH13-11 BT3-20
28II
19II
20II
21II
22II
23II
24II
25II
26II
27II
38II
41II
42II
40II
31II
32II
30II
29II
39II
36II
35II
37II
33II
34II
RW 17.1
43II
47II
46II
45II
49II
50II
51II
52II
53II
54II
56II
55II
60II
58II
57II
59II
12.3 12.4
06.1
RF2-1
WR
03.1
09.2
09.2
09.1 09.2 09.3
17.3
Ignition Switched Power Distribution: II (Run) Ignition Switched Power Distribution: II (Run) Fig. 01.5
All Vehicles
IGN
ITIO
N P
OW
ER B
US
DRIVER SIDEFUSE BOX
IGN
ITIO
N P
OW
ER B
US
RELAYS
TRUNK FUSE BOX
IGN
ITIO
N P
OW
ER B
US
RELAYS
ENGINE COMPARTMENTFUSE BOX
* NOTE: Early production vehicles.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002
Fig. 01.6
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationFUSE BOX – ENGINE MANAGEMENT EM19 10-WAY / NATURAL ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
EM20 10-WAY / BLACKEM70 EYELET
RELAYS
Relay Connector / Color LocationHO2S HEATER RELAY – BANK 1 EM62 / BROWN CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS
HO2S HEATER RELAY – BANK 2 EM61 / BROWN CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description LocationBT1 20-WAY / WHITE / REARWARD HARNESS TO TRUNK HARNESS TRUNK / ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH
EM3 14-WAY / GREY / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO FASCIA HARNESS ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND BLOWER MOTOR
IJ1 6-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO FUEL INJECTION HARNESS ADJACENT TO AIR INTAKE MANIFOLD
IJ2 6-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO FUEL INJECTION HARNESS ADJACENT TO AIR INTAKE MANIFOLD
LF40 13-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO LEFT FORWARD HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT / FORWARD OF BRAKE FLUID RESERVOIR
PI1 57-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
PI2 13-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
RH2 20-WAY / WHITE / FASCIA HARNESS TO REARWARD HARNESS REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
GROUNDS
Ground Location
EM1 ENGINE COMPARTMENT, RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
EM2 ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar XK Range 2003
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V ACP
CAN Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2002Sensor/Signal Ground
SCPInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
B+1 8
II E
Fig. 01.1 I
O
+
–
A
C D
S
PFig. 01.1
9 52 Fig. 01.2
53 87 Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.6
Fig. 02.11 5
I I6 18
II II19 60
E E61 93
1 17I
Engine Management Switched Power Distribution Engine Management Switched Power Distribution Fig. 01.6
All Vehicles
F10 10A EM20-7
F12 15A EM20-10
F14 10A EM19-8
F18 10A EM19-6
WU
WR
WRWR
EMS7
PIS8
WU
WU
EMS30
04.1
04.1
04.1
04.2
WU
5E
WU
WU
WU
WU
WU
WU
WU WU
WU
WU
B
EM1AR(EM2AR)
EMS36B B
NGEMS47
NG
NG
WGEMS46
WG
WG
04.1
04.1
04.1
04.1
EM3-5
WURH2-19
WUBT1-7
WU 04.1
YG
YR
3
1
5
2
EM61 4
85
78
LF40-7
WU 04.1
04.1
04.1
04.1
04.2
PI2-1
04.2
04.2LF40-5
WULF40-12
WU
BR
BR
BR
BR
BR
BR
BR
BR
BR
BR
BR
BR
BR
BR
BR
BR
PIS2
PIS2
(N/A)
(SC)
BR
BRBR
BRBRIJS1
IJS2
IJ1-1
IJ2-1
F16 5A EM19-5
W 04.1
04.2
04.2
04.2
04.2
04.2
04.2
04.2
04.2
04.2
04.2
04.2
04.2
04.2
04.2
04.2
3
1
5
2
EM62 4
NW 04.2
PI1-30
BR
E62
E61
E93
E92
E91
E90
E89
E88
E87
E86
E85
E84
E83
E82
E81
E80
E79
E67
E68
E66
E65
E64
E63
E78
E74
E75
E76
E77
E73
E72
E71
E70
E69
ENG
INE
MA
NA
GEM
ENT
POW
ER B
US
ENGINE MANAGEMENTFUSE BOX
HO2S HEATERRELAY BANK 1
HO2S HEATERRELAY BANK 2
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002
Fig. 02.1
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationIGNITION SWITCH FC4 8-WAY / WHITE STEERING COLUMN
INERTIA SWITCH AC10 3-WAY / BLACK ADJACENT TO LH FASCIA FUSE BOX
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description Location
AC13 20-WAY / YELLOW / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / RIGHT HAND SIDE
AC16 8-WAY / WHITE / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM
BT1 20-WAY / WHITE / REARWARD HARNESS TO TRUNK HARNESS TRUNK / ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH
EM2 20-WAY / YELLOW / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO FASCIA HARNESS ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND BLOWER MOTOR
LF60 20-WAY / WHITE / FASCIA HARNESS TO LEFT FORWARD HARNESS LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM
RH2 20-WAY / WHITE / FASCIA HARNESS TO REARWARD HARNESS REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
GROUNDS
Ground LocationFC3 TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar XK Range 2003
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V ACP
CAN Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2002Sensor/Signal Ground
SCPInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
B+1 8
II E
Fig. 01.1 I
O
+
–
A
C D
S
PFig. 01.1
9 52 Fig. 01.2
53 87 Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.6
Fig. 02.11 5
I I6 18
II II19 60
E E61 93
1 17I
Ignition Switched Ground Distribution Ignition Switched Ground Distribution Fig. 02.1
All Vehicles
I
II
III
FC4-2
FC4-3
FC4-1
FC4-5 FCS26
WU
GO
WR
1 BPM
2II
3II
4II
5II
AC10-2
AC10-3
AC10-1
WU
WU
WU
WU
WU
RG
RG
RG
RG
RG
RG
WR
WR
WR
WR
WR
WR
WR
WR
WR
WR
FCS25
RH2-9
LF60-8
BT1-16
FCS20
BT1-18
AC13-1
RH2-10
01.1
13.2
21.1
01.1
01.4
10.2
13.2
07.1
21.1
01.1
01.1
BKFCS48
FC3BL
BK
BPM
BPM
BPM
BPM
RG
GU GUEM2-11
04.1
13I
14I
15I
16I
17I
11I
12I
21.2
I
II
III
I
II
III
I
II
III
I
II
III
03.1
03.1
WUAC13-2
8II
7II
6II
9II
10II
04.2 06.3 09.3
21.2
WUAC16-2 RG
GUAC16-7
AC16-8
IGNITION SWITCH(OFF)
IGNITION SWITCH(I)
IGNITION SWITCH(II)
IGNITION SWITCH(III)
IGNITION SWITCH
INERTIASWITCH
NOTE: Body Processor Moduleappears in numerous Figures.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network V Voltage (DC)O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network PWM Pulse Width ModulatedB+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D Serial and Encoded Data
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002
Fig. 03.1
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationBATTERY BT66 EYELET TRUNK / RH SIDE
BT67 EYELET
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC14 104-WAY / GREY PASSENGER SIDE FASCIA / AIRBAG BRACKET
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE EM80 134-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
GENERATOR PI50 3-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RIGHT FRONTST11 EYELET
HIGH POWER PROTECTION MODULE BT60 EYELET TRUNK / ADJACENT TO BATTERYBT61 EYELETBT62 EYELETBT63 EYELET
IGNITION SWITCH FC4 8-WAY / WHITE STEERING COLUMN
KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE FC22 20-WAY / GREEN ADJACENT TO DRIVER SIDE FUSE BOX
MAJOR INSTRUMENT CLUSTER FC25 26-WAY / BLACK FASCIAFC26 26-WAY / YELLOW
NOT-IN-PARK SWITCH FC87 3-WAY / WHITE GEAR SELECTOR ASSEMBLY
READER / EXCITER COIL (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) SC12 3-WAY / WHITE STEERING COLUMN / RH SIDE
STARTER MOTOR ST3 EYELET ENGINE BLOCKST10 EYELET
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE GB2 16-WAY / BLACK TRANSMISSION CONTROL VALVE ASSEMBLY
RELAYS
Relay Connector / Color LocationSTARTER RELAY EM50 / BROWN RH ENCLOSURE RELAYS
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description Location
EM1 20-WAY / WHITE / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO FASCIA HARNESS ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND BLOWER MOTOR
EM60 2-WAY / BLACK / STARTER LINK HARNESS TO ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BEHIND LEFT INNER FENDER HEAT SHIELD
PI1 57-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
SC1 12-WAY / WHITE / FASCIA HARNESS TO COLUMN SWITCH GEAR HARNESS RIGHT HAND SIDE OF STEERING COLUMN
GROUNDS
Ground LocationBT68 BATTERY GROUND STUD
FC2 RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST
FC3 TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE
FC4 LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
Body Processor Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicI FC14-32 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND (I) : GROUND
I FC14-33 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND (II) : GROUND
I FC14-41 ENGINE START REQUEST: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
I FC14-58 NOT-IN-PARK SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
I FC14-67 KEY-IN-IGNITION: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
O FC14-72 ENGINE START REQUEST: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
D FC14-73 SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE: ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
B+ FC14-80 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOGIC) : B+
S FC14-84 SCP –
S FC14-85 SCP +
D FC14-92 OK TO FUEL SIGNAL: ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
Engine Control Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicI EM80-06 ENGINE CRANK: B+
I EM80-10 INERTIA SWITCH: NORMALLY CLOSED / OPEN CIRCUIT WHEN ACTIVATED
I EM80-31 PARK / NEUTRAL SIGNAL: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
O EM80-41 STARTER RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
I EM80-79 GENERATOR FAULT; CHARGE WARNING:
C EM80-123 CAN –
C EM80-124 CAN +
Key Transponder Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicD FC22-07 READER / EXCITER COIL : ENCODED COMMUNICATION
D FC22-08 READER / EXCITER COIL : ENCODED COMMUNICATION
D FC22-09 OK TO FUEL: ENCODED COMMUNICATION
SG FC22-12 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND
I FC22-14 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND (II): GROUND
D FC22-17 SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE: ENCODED COMMUNICATION
Major Instrument Cluster
Pin Description and CharacteristicB+ FC25-01 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY: B+
SG FC25-04 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND
C FC25-11 CAN +
S FC25-13 SCP +
S FC25-14 SCP –
I FC25-15 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
PG FC25-16 POWER GROUND: GROUND
C FC25-23 CAN –
Transmission Control Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicO GB2-10 PARK / NEUTRAL SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar XK Range 2003
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V ACP
CAN Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2002Sensor/Signal Ground
SCPInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
B+1 8
II E
Fig. 01.1 I
O
+
–
A
C D
S
PFig. 01.1
9 52 Fig. 01.2
53 87 Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.6
Fig. 02.11 5
I I6 18
II II19 60
E E61 93
1 17I
G
Y21.1
21.1
EM80-124
EM80-123
BKFC87-1FC87-3FCS47
BK
FC3BR
I
II
III
OFC4-4
FC4-1GO
FC4-5
FC14-73
FC14-41
IGO
FC14-80
N15
1
BKFCS48
FC3BL
BK
500A
BT68
BBT67 BT66 BT60 BT63
BT61
BT62
R
B
B
250A
B
BT80
BST1
01.1
01.1
EM80-41
I
O
WRNW
G
79
WREM60-2
ST10
ST3
B 6
ST11
B
PI50-3
PI50-2
WU48II
WR
Y
WR
B
O
FC22-17
D WR D
WUFC22-14
FC14-72
GO
EM80-31
GI
STS1
B
P
73
PI50-1
YPI1-11EM80-79
I
B
FC14-33
RG8II
I
FC14-32
WR I15I
B
B
EM80-10
GU I7II P, N
OP, NG
GB2-10
EMS29
3II
O
GO
O
EM80-6 EM1-15
EM50
3
1
5
2
FC14-67
I
FC14-58
IYB
–
+C
C
I
G
YFC25-11
FC25-23
+
–
C
C
FC25-14
S
FC25-13
S Y
U–
+
S
SY
UFC14-84
FC14-85
–
+
21.1
21.1
FC25-15
R14
BFC25-16
FC4BR(FC2BR)
BKFC25-4
FC25-1
WG33II
FC3BL
FCS48
FCS49
B
BK
B
P
B
21.1
21.1
FC22-7
FC22-8SC1-4
SC1-3
O
OGSC12-2
SC12-1
B
B
D
D
O
OG
21.1
21.1
FC22-12
FC3BR
BKFCS47
BK
FC14-92FC22-9
D YB D
Battery; Starter; Generator Battery; Starter; Generator Fig. 03.1
All Vehicles
BATTERY HIGH POWERPROTECTION MODULE
KEY-IN
IGNITION SWITCH
READER / EXCITERCOIL
COLUMN SWITCHGEAR KEY TRANSPONDERMODULE
NOT-IN-PARKSWITCH
PASSIVEANTI-THEFT
SYSTEM
MAJORINSTRUMENT CLUSTER
TRANSMISSIONCONTROL MODULE
APPLIED ONLY WHENINERTIA SWITCH IS TRIPPED
PATS;GENERATOR
WARNING
ENGINESTART
REQUEST
ENGINECRANK
ENGINE CONTROLMODULE
VIA INERTIA SWITCH
SECURITYSTATUS
BODY PROCESSORMODULE
FAULT;CHARGE WARNING
GENERATOR
STARTER RELAY
FALSE BULKHEADSTUD CONNECTOR
STARTER MOTOR
OK TO FUEL
SECURITYACKNOWLEDGE
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network V Voltage (DC)O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network PWM Pulse Width ModulatedB+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D Serial and Encoded Data
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002
Fig. 04.1
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationAPP SENSOR EM6 6- WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO BRAKE BOOSTER
CKP SENSOR PI17 3-WAY / BLACK ENGINE UNDERSIDE / FORWARD OF BELL HOUSING
CMP SENSOR 1 PI16 2-WAY / BLACK BANK 1 CAMSHAFT COVER, FRONT
CMP SENSOR 2 PI15 2-WAY / BLACK BANK 2 CAMSHAFT COVER, FRONT
ECM COOLING FAN EM64 2-WAY / WHITE ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
ECT SENSOR PI4 2-WAY / GREY ENGINE VEE / COOLANT OUTLET CASTING
EFT SENSOR PI24 2-WAY / BLACK FUEL RAIL / RH REAR
EGR VALVE PI34 6-WAY / GREY N/A: INTAKE MANIFOLD / RH FRONTSC: INTAKE MANIFOLD / REAR
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE EM80 134-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
EOT SENSOR PI38 2-WAY / GREY ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO OIL FILTER
EVAP CANISTER CLOSE VALVE BT14 2-WAY / BLACK ABOVE RH REAR AXLE / FUEL TANK COMPONENTS
EVAP CANISTER PURGE VALVE LF99 2-WAY / BLACK BEHIND LH FRONT WHEEL ARCH LINER
FTP SENSOR FT2 3-WAY / BLACK FUEL TANK PIPING / LH SIDE (UNDER ACCESS PLATE)
HO2 SENSOR DOWNSTREAM 1/2 EM22 4-WAY / BLACK RH EXHAUST, CATALYST CENTER
HO2 SENSOR DOWNSTREAM 2/2 EM24 4-WAY / BLACK LH EXHAUST, CATALYST CENTER
HO2 SENSOR UPSTREAM 1/1 EM21 4-WAY / GREY RH EXHAUST / TOP OF CATALYST
HO2 SENSOR UPSTREAM 2/1 EM23 4-WAY / GREY LH EXHAUST / TOP OF CATALYST
IAT SENSOR 2 PI3 2-WAY / GREY INTAKE MANIFOLD / RH REAR
IP SENSOR PI43 3-WAY / BLACK N/A: FUEL RAIL / RH FRONTSC: FUEL RAIL / LH REAR
KNOCK SENSOR 1 PI26 2-WAY / BLACK ENGINE VEE / BANK 1
KNOCK SENSOR 2 PI27 2-WAY / BLACK ENGINE VEE / BANK 2
MAF SENSOR PI35 5-WAY / BLACK ENGINE AIR INTAKE / ADJACENT TO AIR CLEANER
MAP SENSOR PI25 4-WAY / BLACK N/A: INTAKE MANIFOLD / LOWER REARSC: INTAKE MANIFOLD, REAR / BELOW THROTTLE ASSEMBLY
THROTTLE MOTOR PI33 2-WAY / BLACK N/A: ENGINE AIR INTAKE / FRONTSC: ENGINE AIR INTAKE / REAR
TP SENSOR PI6 4-WAY / BLACK THROTTLE BODY / THROTTLE SHAFT
VVT SOLENOID VALVE 1 PI31 2-WAY / BLACK BANK 1 CYLINDER HEAD / FRONT
VVT SOLENOID VALVE 2 PI32 2-WAY / BLACK BANK 2 CYLINDER HEAD / FRONT
RELAYS
Relay Connector / Color LocationTHROTTLE MOTOR RELAY EM16 / BROWN CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description LocationBT2 20-WAY / WHITE / REARWARD HARNESS TO TRUNK HARNESS TRUNK / ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH
EM1 20-WAY / WHITE / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO FASCIA HARNESS ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND BLOWER MOTOR
EM3 14-WAY / GREY / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO FASCIA HARNESS ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND BLOWER MOTOR
FT1 10-WAY / WHITE / TRUNK HARNESS TO FUEL PUMP LINK HARNESS FUEL TANK / REAR
LF40 13-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO LEFT FORWARD HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT / FORWARD OF BRAKE FLUID RESERVOIR
PI1 57-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
PI2 13-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
RH1 20-WAY / GREY / FASCIA HARNESS TO REARWARD HARNESS REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
GROUNDS
Ground Location
EM1 ENGINE COMPARTMENT, RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
EM2 ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
Engine Control Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicO EM80-01 HO2 SENSOR HEATER CONTROL – 1/1: PWM, 1 CYCLE PER 128 mS, VARIABLE DUTY CYCLE
O EM80-02 HO2 SENSOR HEATER CONTROL – 1/1: PWM, 1 CYCLE PER 128 mS, VARIABLE DUTY CYCLE
PG EM80-04 POWER GROUND 1: GROUND
PG EM80-05 POWER GROUND 2: GROUND
I EM80-06 ENGINE CRANK: B+
I EM80-07 IGNITION ON: B+
I EM80-10 INERTIA SWITCH: NORMALLY CLOSED / OPEN CIRCUIT WHEN ACTIVATED
SS EM80-12 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY 1: NOMINAL 5 V
SS EM80-13 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY 2: NOMINAL 5 V
SG EM80-17 SMALL SIGNAL GROUND 1: GROUND
SG EM80-18 SMALL SIGNAL GROUND 2: GROUND
SG EM80-19 SENSOR GROUND 1: GROUND
SG EM80-20 SENSOR GROUND 2: GROUND
B+ EM80-22 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
B+ EM80-23 EMS SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY 1: B+
B+ EM80-24 EMS SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY 2: B+
SG EM80-29 HO2 SENSOR HEATER GROUND – 1/1: GROUND
SG EM80-30 HO2 SENSOR HEATER GROUND – 1/1: GROUND
I EM80-31 PARK / NEUTRAL SIGNAL: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
I EM80-36 CRANKSHAFT SENSOR SIGNAL: PULSED SIGNAL, 70 PULSES PER ENGINE CYCLE
SG EM80-37 CRANKSHAFT SENSOR SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND
O EM80-40 EMS CONTROL RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O EM80-41 STARTER RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
SG EM80-43 TP AND APP SIGNALS SHIELD: GROUND
I EM80-44 MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR SIGNAL: NOMINAL 0 – 5 V BY ENGINE OPERATING CONDITION
SG EM80-45 MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR GROUND: GROUND
SG EM80-46 MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR GROUND: GROUND
I EM80-50 ENGINE FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES
O EM80-52 THROTTLE MOTOR RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
SG EM80-54 THROTTLE MOTOR GROUND: GROUND
O EM80-55 HO2 SENSOR HEATER CONTROL – 2/1: PWM, 1 CYCLE PER 128 mS, VARIABLE DUTY CYCLE
O EM80-56 HO2 SENSOR HEATER CONTROL – 2/1: PWM, 1 CYCLE PER 128 mS, VARIABLE DUTY CYCLE
O EM80-57 EGR DRIVE 1: B+; EGR DRIVE 1, 2 , 3 AND 4 ARE OPERATED IN TURN
O EM80-58 EGR DRIVE 2: B+; EGR DRIVE 1, 2 , 3 AND 4 ARE OPERATED IN TURN
O EM80-59 EGR DRIVE 3: B+; EGR DRIVE 1, 2 , 3 AND 4 ARE OPERATED IN TURN
O EM80-60 EGR DRIVE 4: B+; EGR DRIVE 1, 2 , 3 AND 4 ARE OPERATED IN TURN
O EM80-66 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VALVE DRIVE: PWM, 10 Hz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 7% – 100%
O EM80-67 EVAP CANISTER CLOSE VALVE DRIVE: TO CLOSE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
I EM80-68 BANK 2 CAMSHAFT SENSOR SIGNAL: PULSED SIGNAL, 4 PULSES PER ENGINE CYCLE
SG EM80-69 BANK 2 CAMSHAFT SENSOR GROUND: GROUND
I EM80-70 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES
I EM80-71 INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES
I EM80-72 INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR 2 SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES
I EM80-73 INJECTION PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: POTENTIOMETER – VOLTAGE INCREASES AS PRESSURE INCREASES
I EM80-75 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 SIGNAL: IDLE = 0.60 V; FULL THROTTLE = 4.30 V
I EM80-76 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 SIGNAL: IDLE = 1.48 V; FULL THROTTLE = 4.40 V
I EM80-78 ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES
I EM80-79 GENERATOR FAULT; CHARGE WARNING:
O EM80-80 THROTTLE MOTOR DRIVE: B+ TO ACTIVATE MOTOR
SG EM80-81 HO2 SENSOR HEATER GROUND – 2/1: GROUND
SG EM80-82 HO2 SENSOR HEATER GROUND – 2/1: GROUND
I EM80-83 HO2 SENSOR 1/1 SIGNAL: VARIABLE CURRENT
I EM80-84 HO2 SENSOR 1/1 SIGNAL: CONSTANT CURRENT
SG EM80-91 HO2 SENSOR HEATERS 1/2, 2/2 GROUND: GROUND
O EM80-92 HO2 SENSOR HEATER CONTROL – 1/2: PWM, 1 CYCLE PER 256 mS, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 0 mS = 0%, 77 mS = 30%, 256 mS = 100%
O EM80-93 HO2 SENSOR HEATER CONTROL – 2/2: PWM, 1 CYCLE PER 256 mS, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 0 mS = 0%, 77 mS = 30%, 256 mS = 100%
I EM80-94 BANK 1 CAMSHAFT SENSOR SIGNAL: PULSED SIGNAL, 4 PULSES PER ENGINE CYCLE
SG EM80-95 BANK 1 CAMSHAFT SENSOR GROUND: GROUND
I EM80-98 BANK 1 KNOCK SENSOR SIGNAL: VARIABLE VOLTAGE DEPENDENT ON ENGINE VIBRATION
I EM80-99 BANK 2 KNOCK SENSOR SIGNAL: VARIABLE VOLTAGE DEPENDENT ON ENGINE VIBRATION
SG EM80-100 SENSOR SHIELD: GROUND
I EM80-102 ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 1 SIGNAL: FOOT OFF = 0.75 V; FULLY DEPRESSED = 3.40 V (AUTO) 3.20 (MAN)
I EM80-103 ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 2 SIGNAL: FOOT OFF = 3.38 V; FULLY DEPRESSED = 2.05 V (AUTO) 2.14 V (MAN)
I EM80-104 FUEL TANK PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: VOLTAGE INCREASES AS PRESSURE INCREASES
D EM80-105 SERIAL DATA LINK: SERIAL COMMUNICATION
O EM80-106 THROTTLE MOTOR DRIVE: B+ TO ACTIVATE MOTOR
I EM80-107 HO2 SENSOR 2/1 SIGNAL: VARIABLE CURRENT
I EM80-108 HO2 SENSOR 2/1 SIGNAL: CONSTANT CURRENT
O EM80-109 BANK 1 VVT SOLENOID VALVE: PWM, 300Hz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 0% – 100%
O EM80-110 BANK 2 VVT SOLENOID VALVE: PWM, 300Hz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 0% – 100%
SG EM80-111 FUEL INJECTORS 2, 3, 5, 8 GROUND: GROUND
SG EM80-116 FUEL INJECTORS 1, 4, 6, 7 GROUND: GROUND
C EM80-123 CAN –
C EM80-124 CAN +
I EM80-127 MAP SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: VOLTAGE INCREASES AS MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE INCREASES
I EM80-128 HO2 SENSOR 1/2 SIGNAL, NOMINAL 1 V SWING: 0.1 – 0.9 V SWING
I EM80-129 HO2 SENSOR 2/2 SIGNAL, NOMINAL 1 V SWING: 0.1 – 0.9 V SWING
SG EM80-130 HO2 SENSORS SHIELD: GROUND
B+ EM80-134 THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY: B+ WHEN RELAY ACTIVATED
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar XK Range 2003
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V ACP
CAN Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2002Sensor/Signal Ground
SCPInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
B+1 8
II E
Fig. 01.1 I
O
+
–
A
C D
S
PFig. 01.1
9 52 Fig. 01.2
53 87 Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.6
Fig. 02.11 5
I I6 18
II II19 60
E E61 93
1 17I
YR
Y YG
YU
EMS37
EM1BR(EM2BR)
EM1AR(EM2AR)
BK
B
B
B
BB
B
BK
BB
EM80-116
EM80-111
EM80-091
EM80-054
EM80-030
EM80-029
EM80-018
EM80-017
EM80-004
EM80-005
I
I
I
I
O
O
O
O
O
O
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
O
O
O
O
I
I
EMS36
BB
P
P
BB
EM80-082
EM80-081
UYNG
YR
BR
RURU
EM21 EM23-3 -4 -2-1 -3 -4 -2-1
2/11/1
EM22 EM24-4 -3 -2-1 -4 -3 -2-1
2/21/2
R Y RU
NG
G N UY
WG
N W U NG
N W Y WG
NUN
UY
Y
EMS8
EMS5
EMS4
EM80-080
EM80-106
EM80-127
EM80-012
EM80-102
EM80-103
EM80-037
EM80-036
EM80-094
EM80-095
EM80-100
EM80-068
EM80-069
EM80-098
EM80-093
EM80-056
EM80-128
EM80-092
EM80-129
EM80-001
EM80-002
EM80-130
EM80-083
EM80-084
EM80-107
EM80-108
EM80-055
EM80-044
EM80-045
EM80-046
EM80-019
EM80-070
EM80-078
EM80-073
EM80-050
EM80-104
EM80-020
EM80-013
EM80-043
EM80-076
EM80-075
EM80-067
EM80-066
EM80-057
EM80-058
U U λ λ
PI26 -1
PI17-1
PI16-2
PI15-1
21
P Y G N B O W N
PI17-2
PI16-1
PI15-2
-2
W WW W
EMS9
PI27 -1
W N
-2
PYGNBGBON
GWBW
I EM80-099N
W
PI35 -1 -3 -2 PI4 -2 -1-5-4
υ
IATS
υ
PI38 -1 -2
υ
GW
BW
O BG
WU
PIS1
E74
PI43 -3 -2 -1
υ
UY
BG
YG
BG
U BG
OY
YG
BG
PI24 -2-1 FT2 -2 -3-1PI25 -2 -1 -4
RG
OY
BG
OY
Y BG
PIS9
BG
EMS2
BG
BG
BG
PI2-12
OY OY
PI1-6
FT1-1
BT2-5
RG
RG
FT1-2
BT2-4
FT1-3
BT2-3
OY
OY
BWOUYBGYGUYGOY
RGY
RY
BGOY
PIS10
EMS1
TP1
PI33-1
PI33-2
PI6-1
TP2
BG
BG
OY
OY
APP2 APP1
EM6-2
RYBG
OY
N GR G
BG
GR
GN
EM6-5
EM6-4
EM6-1
EM6-6
EM6-3
PI6-3
PI6-2
PI6-4
BT14 -1 -2LF99 -2 -1
UY
WU
O WU
E68
E70
EM3-7
LF40-8
ORH2-18
BRD
OUY
YUYG
O
O EM80-059
EM80-060
YYR
PI34-4
PI34-1
PI34-6
PI34-3
WU
WU
PI34-5
PI34-2
E76
E75
EM80-006
EM80-007
EM80-010
GU
W
GO
EM80-123
GEM80-124
Y
EM80-105
O
EM80-134
GW
EM80-052
GR O
84 NG
WU
C
C
D
21.1
21.1
21.2
EM80-031
EM80-079
EM80-041
G
O
Y
03.1
42II
I
I
I03.1
03.1
I03.1
EM80-022
NR80
EM80-040
U O01.1
–
+
O
I
EM80-024
WGEM80-023
WG
E69
E61
E62
B
B
B
B
E67
E66
E64
E65
05.1
WW W
W
1234
1 2
7II
3
1
5
2
EM16 4
BK
EMS38
EM1AL(EM2AL)
EM80-071
W W W W
PI1 -21 -23 -22 -28 -29 -27 -25 -24 -18 -17 -20 -19-26
W
W W W W W
PI1 PI1 PI1 PI1
BW
BW
-55PI1 -52 -54 -53 PI1-5
PI2-9
PI2-10
PI2-11
PI2-13
RH1-10
RH1-9
RH1-8
EM1-4
EM1-9
EM1-10
BG
RG
OY
BG
OY
RG
W W WPI1-4
PI1-1
PI1-3
PI2-2
PI2-3
OBT1-6
PI3 -1 -2
I EM80-072YG
YG
BG
PI1-56
υ
W B EM64-2 EM64-1 EM80-38
OE
77
O
O EM80-110
EM80-109
BB
1 2
-1-2PI31 -1-2PI32
OGOY
PIS15
PI1-15
PI1-14
PI1-16
OG
OY
B
EMS99
B
EM1BL(EM2BL)
B
PI2-7
PI2-8
PI2-9
PI2-10
W
O
O
I
I
4.2L V8 Engine Management: Part 1 4.2L V8 Engine Management: Part 1 Fig. 04.1
All Vehicles
NOTES:
* Evap Canister Close Valve and Fuel Tank PressureSensor – NAS vehicles only.
** VVT Solenoid Valves – Normally Aspirated engine only.*** IAT Sensor 2 – Supercharged engine only. Shielding shown as dashed
lines are braided wires.
HO2 SENSORSUPSTREAM
HO2 SENSORSDOWNSTREAM
CKPSENSOR
CMPSENSORS
KNOCKSENSORS
MAFSENSOR
ECTSENSOR
EOTSENSOR
IPSENSOR
EFTSENSOR
MAPSENSOR
FTPSENSOR *
ECMCOOLING FAN
APPLIED ONLY WHENINERTIA SWITCH IS TRIPPED
SERIAL COMMUNICATION
ENGINE CRANK
EMS CONTROL RELAY(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
GENERATOR:FAULT; CHARGE WARNING
STARTER RELAY DRIVE
PARK; NEUTRAL(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
THROTTLE MOTORRELAY
ENGINE CONTROLMODULE
(Continued Fig. 04.3)
VVTSOLENOID VALVES **
EVAPCANISTER
PURGE VALVE
EVAPCANISTER
CLOSE VALVE *
IATSENSOR 2 ***
STEPPERMOTOR
EGR VALVE
THROTTLEMOTOR
TP SENSOR
THROTTLE BODY
APP SENSOR
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network V Voltage (DC)O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network PWM Pulse Width ModulatedB+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D Serial and Encoded Data
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002
Fig. 04.2
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationADAPTIVE SPEED LIMIT SWITCH FC63 10-WAY / NATURAL REARWARD OF GEAR SELECTOR
AIR CLEANER SOLENOID VALVE LF13 2-WAY / BLACK AIR CLEANER HOUSING
AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH PI36 1-WAY / BLACK LOWER LH SIDE OF ENGINE
AIR CONDITIONING PRESSURE SENSOR LF20 6-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LH SIDE / HIGH PRESSUREREFRIGERANT LINE, BETWEEN COMPRESSOR AND CONDENSER
BRAKE CANCEL SWITCH AC24 4-WAY / WHITE TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL
BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH AC24 4-WAY / WHITE TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL
COOLING FAN – LH GC2 2-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / FRONT
COOLING FAN – RH GC1 2-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / FRONT
COOLING FAN MODULE LF35 2-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / COOLING PACK, LOWER RH SIDELF36 2-WAY / BLACK
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE EM80 134-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
FUEL INJECTOR 1 PI7 2-WAY / BLACK INTAKE MANIFOLD / FUEL RAIL
FUEL INJECTOR 2 PI11 2-WAY / BLACK INTAKE MANIFOLD / FUEL RAIL
FUEL INJECTOR 3 PI8 2-WAY / BLACK INTAKE MANIFOLD / FUEL RAIL
FUEL INJECTOR 4 PI12 2-WAY / BLACK INTAKE MANIFOLD / FUEL RAIL
FUEL INJECTOR 5 PI9 2-WAY / BLACK INTAKE MANIFOLD / FUEL RAIL
FUEL INJECTOR 6 PI13 2-WAY / BLACK INTAKE MANIFOLD / FUEL RAIL
FUEL INJECTOR 7 PI10 2-WAY / BLACK INTAKE MANIFOLD / FUEL RAIL
FUEL INJECTOR 8 PI14 2-WAY / BLACK INTAKE MANIFOLD / FUEL RAIL
FUEL PUMP FT3 6-WAY / NATURAL FUEL TANK EVAPORATIVE FLANGE
FUEL PUMP MODULE BT18 6-WAY / BLACK TRUNK / RH REAR
FUSE BOX – TRUNK BT10 10-WAY / NATURAL TRUNK / ELECTRICAL CARRIERBT11 10-WAY / BLACKBT12 10-WAY / GREENBT13 10-WAY / BLUEBT64 EYELET
IGNITION MODULE AND COIL 1 PI51 4-WAY / BLACK RH CYLINDER HEAD
IGNITION MODULE AND COIL 2 PI55 4-WAY / BLACK LH CYLINDER HEAD
IGNITION MODULE AND COIL 3 PI52 4-WAY / BLACK RH CYLINDER HEAD
IGNITION MODULE AND COIL 4 PI56 4-WAY / BLACK LH CYLINDER HEAD
IGNITION MODULE AND COIL 5 PI53 4-WAY / BLACK RH CYLINDER HEAD
IGNITION MODULE AND COIL 6 PI57 4-WAY / BLACK LH CYLINDER HEAD
IGNITION MODULE AND COIL 7 PI54 4-WAY / BLACK RH CYLINDER HEAD
IGNITION MODULE AND COIL 8 PI58 4-WAY / BLACK LH CYLINDER HEAD
INTERCOOLER COOLANT PUMP EM75 2-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, RH SIDE / ADJACENT TO RADIATOR
STEERING WHEEL SPEED CONTROL SWITCHES SW2 6-WAY / BLACK STEERING WHEEL
RELAYS
Relay Connector / Color LocationAIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY EM17 / BROWN LH ENCLOSURE RELAYS
IGNITION COIL RELAY EM26 / BROWN CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS
STOP LAMP RELAY BUS / BROWN TRUNK FUSE BOX – R5
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description Location
AC13 20-WAY / YELLOW / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / RIGHT HAND SIDE
BT1 20-WAY / WHITE / REARWARD HARNESS TO TRUNK HARNESS TRUNK / ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH
EM2 20-WAY / YELLOW / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO FASCIA HARNESS ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND BLOWER MOTOR
EM3 14-WAY / GREY / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO FASCIA HARNESS ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND BLOWER MOTOR
FT1 10-WAY / WHITE / TRUNK HARNESS TO FUEL PUMP LINK HARNESS FUEL TANK / REAR
IJ1 6-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO FUEL INJECTION HARNESS ADJACENT TO AIR INTAKE MANIFOLD
IJ2 6-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO FUEL INJECTION HARNESS ADJACENT TO AIR INTAKE MANIFOLD
LF3 13-WAY / WHITE / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO LEFT FORWARD HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO BRAKE SERVO
LF40 13-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO LEFT FORWARD HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT / FORWARD OF BRAKE FLUID RESERVOIR
PI1 57-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
RH1 20-WAY / GREY / FASCIA HARNESS TO REARWARD HARNESS REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
RH9 20-WAY / BLUE / FASCIA HARNESS TO REARWARD HARNESS BELOW CENTER CONSOLE
RH13 12-WAY / WHITE / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO REARWARD HARNESS REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
SC3 12-WAY / GREY / FASCIA HARNESS TO COLUMN SWITCH GEAR HARNESS RIGHT HAND SIDE OF STEERING COLUMN
SW1 12-WAY / BLACK / STEERING WHEEL CASSETTE INSIDE STEERING COLUMN COWL
GROUNDS
Ground LocationBT2 TRUNK, RIGHT REAR
EM1 ENGINE COMPARTMENT, RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
EM2 ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE
FC2 RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST
FC3 TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE
FC4 LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST
LF2 ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FORWARD OF LEFT HAND HOOD LATCH
PI1 ENGINE BANK 1, FRONT COVER
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
Engine Control Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicI EM80-08 BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH: NORMALLY OPEN / B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
I EM80-09 BRAKE CANCEL SWITCH: NORMALLY CLOSED / GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
SS EM80-12 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY 1: NOMINAL 5 V
O EM80-14 AIR CLEANER SOLENOID VALVE DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
SG EM80-19 SENSOR GROUND 1: GROUND
I EM80-25 FUEL PUMP MODULE MONITOR: PWM, 1 Hz, 50% POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE = NORMAL, 25% POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE = NO CONTROL SIGNAL, 75% POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE = FUEL PUMP INOPERATIVE
O EM80-27 FUEL PUMP DRIVE SIGNAL (TO FUEL PUMP MODULE): PWM, 150 Hz, NORMAL POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE = 4% – 51%
O EM80-34 AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
I EM80-47 ADAPTIVE SPEED LIMIT SWITCH REQUEST: STEPPED RESISTANCE
I EM80-48 ADAPTIVE SPEED LIMIT SWITCH REQUEST: STEPPED RESISTANCE
I EM80-49 ADAPTIVE SPEED LIMIT SWITCH: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
O EM80-51 COOLING FAN MODULE CONTROL: PWM, 140Hz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 7% – 95%
O EM80-61 IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE – CYLINDER 2: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O EM80-62 IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE – CYLINDER 4: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O EM80-63 IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE – CYLINDER 6: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O EM80-64 IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE – CYLINDER 8: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O EM80-85 ADAPTIVE SPEED LIMIT ON: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
O EM80-87 IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE – CYLINDER 1: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O EM80-88 IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE – CYLINDER 3: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O EM80-89 IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE – CYLINDER 5: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O EM80-90 IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE – CYLINDER 7: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O EM80-112 FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 8: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O EM80-113 FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 5: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O EM80-114 FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 3: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O EM80-115 FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 2: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O EM80-117 FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 7: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O EM80-118 FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 6: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O EM80-119 FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 4: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O EM80-120 FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 1: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
I EM80-121 AIR CONDITIONING PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: TRANSDUCER – VOLTAGE INCREASES AS PRESSURE INCREASES
I EM80-131 IGNITION MONITOR BANK 1: PULSED SIGNAL, 3 PULSES PER ENGINE CYCLE
I EM80-132 IGNITION MONITOR BANK 2: PULSED SIGNAL, 3 PULSES PER ENGINE CYCLE
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar XK Range 2003
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V ACP
CAN Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2002Sensor/Signal Ground
SCPInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
B+1 8
II E
Fig. 01.1 I
O
+
–
A
C D
S
PFig. 01.1
9 52 Fig. 01.2
53 87 Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.6
Fig. 02.11 5
I I6 18
II II19 60
E E61 93
1 17I
YRYG
WEM80-051
W
RWEM80-034
U
BGEM80-115
BWEM80-117
BGEM80-113
BGEM80-118
GREM80-088
GUEM80-087
BWEM80-112
BOEM80-119
YGEM80-132
BGOYWU
YGEM80-131
GWEM80-062
GBEM80-061
GWEM80-090
GOEM80-089
PI7 -1 -2 PI8 -1 -2 PI9 -1 -2 PI10 -1 -2 PI11 -1 -2 PI12 -1 -2B
G
BR
B0
BR
BG
BR
BW
BR
BG
BR
BO
BR
1 3 5 7 2 4
I
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
I
I
I
O
I
O
O
E79
E78
E83
E82
E81
E80
2
4
6
1
3
5
B
1
PI51 -4 -2 -3 -1
3
PI52 -4 -2 -3 -1
5
PI53 -4 -2 -3 -1
7
PI54 -4 -2 -3 -1
4
PI56 -4 -2 -3 -1
6
PI57 -4 -2 -3 -1
PIS11
PIS12
GU
YG
B RW
GR
YG
B RW
GO
YG
B RW
GW
YG
B RW
GW
YG
B RW
GO
YG
B RW
B
PIS13
B
BBBB
PIS5
RWRWRWRW
RWRW
WBT1-13 BT18-3
WBT18-4
RBT18-1
YRBT18-2
I
O
O
BBT18-6
BT2AL
W
BT1-4
EM80-027
EM80-048
EM80-047
BOEM80-114O
BGEM80-120O
PI13 -1 -2 PI14 -1 -2
BG
BR
BW
BR
6 8
E85
E84
RWRW
2
PI55 -4 -2 -3 -1
GB
YG
B RW
-4 -2 -3 -1
GU
YG
B RW
GOEM80-063O
GUEM80-064O
8 7
PI1AS
B
B
LF20 -3 -2 -1 AC24 -2 -3
30II
U WU
OY
BG
WU
EM80-121
EM80-012
EM80-019BGOYWU
EM80-009EM3-6
UAC13-15
U
EMS1
EMS2
8
RG
RW
NG
WU
RGPI36-1
E71
83
LF35-1
W
LF3-10
LF35-2
WULF36-1
BG
LF36-2
B
LF2AS
I
O
O
B
B
E72
7
P
NW B
BT18-5
FT3-6
FT3-5
W
B
FK4-2
FK4-1
PI58
RW**IJ1-2
**IJ1-3
**IJ1-4
**IJ1-5
**IJ2-2
**IJ2-3
**IJ2-4
**IJ2-5
EMS26
RG
PI1-57
RG
07.1
BEMS37
EM1AL(EM2AL)
NW
W
82
59II
PI1-40
PI1-45
PI1-49
PI1-44
PI1-39
PI1-46
PI1-42
PI1-48
PI1-41
PI1-43
O
O
GC1-B
GC2-B
GC1-A
GC2-A
G
R
OG
OY
O
R
YR
W
W
WRH13-2
RH13-3
EM2-9
EM2-19
FT1-4
FT1-5
WI EM80-025
FK1-6
FK1-5
LF3-8
LF3-9
LF3-7
YRYGEM3-2
EM3-1
RG
270 Ω510 Ω
B
YU
WU
FC63-10
FC63-7
FC63-9
FC63-8
10.2
YUWU
EM80-049
EM80-085YUWUEM3-4
EM3-3I
O
FC4BL(FC2BL)
FCS50
B
OGOLF40-6
OG
LF13 -2 -1
WU
OG
E73
EM80-014
45II
F8 5A1
BT11-9
U
BT11-8
OG 1
BT1-17RH9-17
AC24 -4 -1
WU
OG
6II
OGOG
BT11-5
BT1-9RH1-19
AC13-3
U
U
F6 5ABT11-7
BT11-4
UI EM80-008
I
EM2-6
RG
E87
E86
E91
E90
E89
E88
E93
E92
N/A
SC
N/A
SC
N/A
SC
N/A
SC
N/A
SC
N/A
SC
N/A
SC
N/A
SC
OGBTS5
PI1-31
PI1-32
PI1-33
PI1-34
PI1-35
PI1-36
PI1-37
PI1-38
BG
B0
BG
BW
BG
BO
BG
BW
YG
YG
RWPI1-50
5
2
EM17
1
3
4
RHS4
U
5
2
3
1
R5
1Κ Ω
E63 NW
EM75-2 EM75-1 EMS37
B B
EM1AL(EM2AL)
UBT1-17RH9-17
U U
(CONV)
(COUPE)
EM1-8
59II
B
3
1
5
2
EM264
RW
1κ Ω
2.2κ Ω
510 Ω
300 Ω
180 Ω
120 Ω
SW1-3
SW1-4
YR
YG
YR
YGSW2-3
SW2-4
SC3-3
SC3-4
4.2L V8 Engine Management: Part 2 4.2L V8 Engine Management: Part 2 Fig. 04.2
All Vehicles
FRONT OFENGINE
CYLINDER NUMBERING
FUEL INJECTORS IGNITION MODULES AND COILS
ENGINE CONTROLMODULE
(Continued from Fig. 04.1)
NOTE: ECM power supplies andgrounds shown on Fig. 04.1.
AIR CLEANERSOLENOID VALVE
(SUPERCHARGED ONLY)
AIR CONDITIONINGPRESSURE SENSOR
BRAKECANCELSWITCH
BRAKEON / OFFSWITCH
A/CCM: COMPRESSORCLUTCH ACTIVATED(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
AIR CONDITIONINGCOMPRESSOR CLUTCH
RELAY
AIR CONDITIONINGCOMPRESSOR CLUTCH
LH COOLING FAN
RH COOLING FAN
FANS
COOLING FANMODULE
FUEL PUMP
FUEL TANK
FUEL PUMPMODULE
STOP LAMP RELAYNOTE: BTS5 – Adaptive Damping only.
TRUNK FUSE BOX
** NOTE: IJ1 and IJ2 –Supercharged engine only.
IGNITION COILRELAY *
*NOTE: Ignition Coil Relay and circuit toPI1-50 – early production vehicles only.
RESUME
SET +
SET –
CANCEL
RESISTOR PACK
STEERING WHEELSPEED CONTROL SWITCHES
CASSETTE
CASSETTE
NOTE: Vehicles with Adaptive Speed Control –refer to Figure 06.4 for Speed Control Switch details.
ADAPTIVESPEED LIMIT SWITCH **
** NOTE: Component and feature to be added at mid-2003 MY.
DIMMEROVERRIDE
INTERCOOLERCOOLANT PUMP
(SUPERCHARGED ONLY)
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network V Voltage (DC)O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network PWM Pulse Width ModulatedB+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D Serial and Encoded Data
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002
Fig. 05.1
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationBODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC14 104-WAY / GREY PASSENGER SIDE FASCIA / AIRBAG BRACKET
GEARSHIFT INTERLOCK SOLENOID FC86 2-WAY / WHITE GEAR SELECTOR ASSEMBLY
J GATE ILLUMINATION MODULE FC88 10-WAY / WHITE FRONT OF GEAR SELECTOR ASSEMBLY
KEYLOCK SOLENOID (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) SC5 2-WAY / BLUE STEERING COLUMN / RH SIDE
LINEAR SWITCH MODULE FC100 12-WAY / GREY LH SIDE OF GEAR SELECTOR / CENTER CONSOLE
MODE SWITCH (TRANSMISSION) FC35 10-WAY / BLACK REARWARD OF GEAR SELECTOR
NOT-IN-PARK SWITCH FC87 3-WAY / WHITE GEAR SELECTOR ASSEMBLY
POSITION ALIGNMENT SWITCH (TRANSMISSION) FC105 4-WAY / BLACK ADJACENT TO LINEAR SWITCH MODULE / J GATE
TRANSMISSION CAPACITOR EM69 2-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BULKHEAD
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE GB2 16-WAY / BLACK TRANSMISSION CONTROL VALVE ASSEMBLY
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description Location
SC1 12-WAY / WHITE / FASCIA HARNESS TO COLUMN SWITCH GEAR HARNESS RIGHT HAND SIDE OF STEERING COLUMN
GROUNDS
Ground LocationEM1 ENGINE COMPARTMENT, RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
EM2 ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE
FC2 RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST
FC3 TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE
FC4 LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
Body Processor Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicO FC14-07 NEUTRAL SWITCH STATUS: GROUND (N)
I FC14-15 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND (I) : GROUND
I FC14-32 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND (I) : GROUND
O FC14-48 GEARSHIFT INTERLOCK SOLENOID DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ VOLTAGE
O FC14-51 KEY LOCK SOLENOID DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ VOLTAGE
I FC14-58 NOT-IN-PARK SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
B+ FC14-80 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOGIC) : B+
S FC14-84 SCP –
S FC14-85 SCP +
B+ FC14-104 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
J Gate Illumination Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicB+ FC88-01 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY: B+
C FC88-03 CAN –
C FC88-04 CAN +
PG FC88-06 POWER GROUND: GROUND
C FC88-08 CAN –
C FC88-09 CAN +
Linear Switch Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicO FC100-01 MODE SWITCH STATUS DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE LINEAR LSM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
C FC100-02 CAN –
C FC100-03 CAN +
B+ FC100-04 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY: B+
I FC100-05 NEUTRAL SWITCH STATUS: GROUND (N)
I FC100-06 POSITION ALIGNMENT SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
C FC100-07 CAN –
C FC100-08 CAN +
I FC100-09 SPORT MODE ACTIVATE: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
PG FC100-11 POWER GROUND: GROUND
Transmission Control Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicC GB2-02 CAN –
C GB2-06 CAN +
B+ GB2-09 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY: B+
O GB2-10 PARK / NEUTRAL SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
PG GB2-13 POWER GROUND: GROUND
B+ GB2-14 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
PG GB2-16 POWER GROUND: GROUND
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar XK Range 2003
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V ACP
CAN Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2002Sensor/Signal Ground
SCPInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
B+1 8
II E
Fig. 01.1 I
O
+
–
A
C D
S
PFig. 01.1
9 52 Fig. 01.2
53 87 Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.6
Fig. 02.11 5
I I6 18
II II19 60
E E61 93
1 17I
G
Y21.1
21.1
FC100-3
FC100-2
BFC105-3FC105-1
FCS46B
FC2BR(FC4BR)
FC100-9
RU
I
FC100-1
RU
O
GB2-14
GB2-10
G
Y
G
NR
GB2-6
GB2-2
B81
03.104.1
υ
C
C
21.1
21.1
O
CAN
P
R
N
D
5
4
3
–
+
GB2-9
WB B47II
NREMS44
EM69-1
EM69-2
NR
EM2AL(EM1AL)
P
PGB2-16
BGB2-13B
EMS43
B
B
1
2
3
4
5
6
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
C
C
C
C
WR
G
Y
G
Y
BK
37IIFC88
-1
FC88-3
FC88-4
FC88-8
FC88-9
FC88-6
FCS47
BK
FC3BR
P
R
N
D
4
3
2
21.1
WR
FC35-5
FC35-9
RG
+
–
+
–
330 Ω
330 Ω
330 Ω
330 Ω
330 Ω
330 Ω
330 Ω
FC35-1
21.1
21.1
21.1
+
–
C
C
B 38II
WRFC100-4
G
Y21.1
21.1
FC100-8
FC100-7
+
–
C
C
FC100-11
B P
FC100-6
BWI
BK
BKFCS47
FC3BR
RU
FC35-7
FC35-10
FC35-8
10Κ Ω
510 Ω
2Κ Ω
270 Ω
10Κ Ω
FC14-48
FC14-58
O
I
FC14-80
N
OG B
RW B BFCS49
FC4BR(FC2BR)
BSC1-2SC1-1
FC86-1 FC86-2
FC14-51
O RW
BFCS46
FC2BR(FC4BR)
FC87-1
YBBKFCS47
FC3BR
FC87-3
BK
FC14-104
NW
FC14-32
WR
WUFC14-15
S
S
–
+
FC14-84
U
FC14-85
Y
I
I
SC5-1 SC5-2
B
B
10.2
39II
10.2
15
19
15I
5II
21.1
21.1
P
B
EMS29
G
RUFC100-5
I
OFC14-7
RU
FC35-2
P
Automatic Transmission Automatic Transmission Fig. 05.1
All Vehicles
ECM: PARK, NEUTRAL(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
CAPACITOR
TRANSMISSIONCONTROL MODULE
SHIFTSOLENOID
TCCPRESSURE REGULATORSOLENOID
PRESSURE REGULATORSOLENOIDS
FLUIDTEMPERATURESENSOR
TURBINESPEED SENSOR
OUTPUTSPEED SENSOR
GEAR POSITIONSWITCH
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION
NOTE: J Gate Illumination Module –CAN “listen only” node for gear selectorposition indicators.
J GATEILLUMINATION MODULE
LINEAR SWITCHMODULE
REFER TO APPENDIX:TCM, J GATE, LINEAR SWITCH MODULE / CAN MESSAGES
MODESTATE
SPORT
NORMAL
MODE SWITCH
POSITIONALIGNMENT
SWITCH
DIMMER OVERRIDE
DIMMER-CONTROLLEDLIGHTING
NOT-IN-PARKSWITCH
LOGIC
SOLENOIDS
BODY PROCESSORMODULE
BRAKE ON / OFF
GEARSHIFT INTERLOCKSOLENOID
KEYLOCK SOLENOID
COLUMN SWITCHGEAR
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network V Voltage (DC)O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network PWM Pulse Width ModulatedB+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D Serial and Encoded Data
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002
Fig. 06.1
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationACTIVE BRAKE BOOSTER SOLENOID (ACTIVE BRAKE BOOSTER) AL1 6-WAY / BLACK ADJACENT TO BRAKE FLUID RESERVOIR
BRAKE FLUID RESERVOIR EM37 2-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BRAKE BOOSTER ENCLOSURE
BRAKE PRESSURE SENSOR AL2 3-WAY / BLACK ADJACENT TO BRAKE FLUID RESERVOIR
DSC CONTROL SWITCH (CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK) FC55 20-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE
DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL CONTROL MODULE LF37 25-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LH FRONT
LINEAR SWITCH MODULE FC100 12-WAY / GREY LH SIDE OF GEAR SELECTOR / CENTER CONSOLE
PEDAL FORCE SWITCH (ACTIVE BRAKE BOOSTER) AL1 6-WAY / BLACK ADJACENT TO BRAKE FLUID RESERVOIR
PEDAL TRAVEL SENSOR (ACTIVE BRAKE BOOSTER) AL4 3-WAY / BLACK ADJACENT TO BRAKE FLUID RESERVOIR
STEERING ANGLE SENSOR FC3 4-WAY / GREY STEERING COLUMN
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR – LH FRONT FL1 2-WAY / BLACK WHEEL HUB
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR – LH REAR RL1 2-WAY / BLACK WHEEL HUB
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR – RH FRONT FR1 2-WAY / BLACK WHEEL HUB
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR – RH REAR RR1 2-WAY / BLACK WHEEL HUB
YAW RATE AND LATERAL ACCELERATION SENSORS CLUSTER FC101 6-WAY / BLACK UNDER CENTER CONSOLE
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description Location
BT2 20-WAY / WHITE / REARWARD HARNESS TO TRUNK HARNESS TRUNK / ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH
BT72 2-WAY / BLACK / LH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR TO TRUNK HARNESS BELOW FUEL TANK / LEFT HAND SIDE
BT73 2-WAY / BLACK / RH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR TO TRUNK HARNESS BELOW FUEL TANK / RIGHT HAND SIDE
EM200 12-WAY / BLACK / LEFT FORWARD HARNESS TO DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL LINK HARNESS ADJACENT TO BRAKE SERVO
LF40 13-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO LEFT FORWARD HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT / FORWARD OF BRAKE FLUID RESERVOIR
LF41 2-WAY / BLACK / LEFT FORWARD HARNESS TO LH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR LINK HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX
LF42 2-WAY / BLACK / LEFT FORWARD HARNESS TO RH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR LINK HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO AIR CLEANER
LF59 12-WAY / GREY / FASCIA HARNESS TO LEFT FORWARD HARNESS LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM
LF60 20-WAY / WHITE / FASCIA HARNESS TO LEFT FORWARD HARNESS LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM
LF102 12-WAY / BLACK / LEFT FORWARD HARNESS TO ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO BRAKE SERVO
RH1 20-WAY / GREY / FASCIA HARNESS TO REARWARD HARNESS REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
GROUNDS
Ground LocationFC2 RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST
FC4 LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST
LF3 ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
Dynamic Stability Control Control Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicB+ LF37-01 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY – PUMP: B+
– LF37-03 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR SIGNAL (A): PULSED SIGNAL
B+ LF37-04 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (II): B+
SG LF37-05 SENSOR GROUND – YAW RATE, STEERING ANGLE SENSORS: GROUND
I LF37-06 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR SIGNAL (B): PULSED SIGNAL
SS LF37-07 YAW RATE, STEERING ANGLE SENSORS SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+
SG LF37-08 BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SENSOR SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND
I LF37-09 BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SENSOR SIGNAL: BRAKE FLUID LEVEL LOW = GROUND
C LF37-11 CAN +
C LF37-15 CAN –
PG LF37-16 POWER GROUND – VALVES: GROUND
SS LF37-17 ACTIVE BRAKE BOOSTER SOLENOID SUPPLY VOLTAGE: NOMINAL 5 V
SS LF37-18 BRAKE PRESSURE SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE: NOMINAL 5 V
SG LF37-19 SENSOR GROUND – BRAKE PRESSURE SENSOR: GROUND
I LF37-20 BRAKE PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0.5 – 4.5 V: VOLTAGE INCREASES AS PRESSURE INCREASES
SG LF37-24 ACTIVE BRAKE BOOSTER TRAVEL SENSOR SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND
C LF37-25 CAN – (LOCAL)
SS LF37-26 ACTIVE BRAKE BOOSTER TRAVEL SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE: NOMINAL 5 V
SS LF37-27 ACTIVE BRAKE BOOSTER FORCE SWITCH NORMALLY OPEN (NOMINAL 5 V): OPEN / CLOSED CIRCUIT
I LF37-28 ACTIVE BRAKE BOOSTER FORCE SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND
C LF37-29 CAN + (LOCAL)
SS LF37-30 ACTIVE BRAKE BOOSTER FORCE SWITCH NORMALLY CLOSED (NOMINAL 5 V): CLOSED / OPEN CIRCUIT
O LF37-31 ACTIVE BRAKE BOOSTER SOLENOID DRIVE: GROUND (PWM)
B+ LF37-32 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY – VALVES: B+
SG LF37-33 RH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND
I LF37-34 RH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 46 PULSES PER WHEEL REVOLUTION
I LF37-36 LH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 46 PULSES PER WHEEL REVOLUTION
SG LF37-37 LH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND
I LF37-38 DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL SWITCH: NORMALLY OPEN / GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
I LF37-40 ACTIVE BRAKE BOOSTER TRAVEL SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0.5 – 4.5 V: VARIABLE VOLTAGE
SG LF37-42 RH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND
I LF37-43 RH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 46 PULSES PER WHEEL REVOLUTION
I LF37-45 LH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 46 PULSES PER WHEEL REVOLUTION
SG LF37-46 LH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND
PG LF37-47 POWER GROUND – PUMP: GROUND
Linear Switch Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicC FC100-02 CAN –
C FC100-03 CAN +
B+ FC100-04 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY: B+
C FC100-07 CAN –
C FC100-08 CAN +
I FC100-10 DSC STATUS INDICATOR: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
PG FC100-11 POWER GROUND: GROUND
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar XK Range 2003
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V ACP
CAN Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2002Sensor/Signal Ground
SCPInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
B+1 8
II E
Fig. 01.1 I
O
+
–
A
C D
S
PFig. 01.1
9 52 Fig. 01.2
53 87 Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.6
Fig. 02.11 5
I I6 18
II II19 60
E E61 93
1 17I
LF37-45
G21.1LF37-15
NR
WU
LF37-1
LF37-4
LF3AS
LF37-9
UY I
76
58II
B
FL1-2 FR1-2FL1-1 FR1-1
H HNWLF37-32
75 B
B
YLF37-11
21.1 C
C
+
–
LF37-16
B
LF37-47
B
P
P
CAN
EM37-1 EM37-2
FC55-16
B
FC4BR(FC2BR)
LF37-8
U
LF37-38
R
O
FC55-12
RLF60-7
RL1-2 RR1-2RL1-1 RR1-1
H H
LF37-46
LF37-34
LF37-33
LF37-36
LF37-37
LF37-43
LF37-42
LF37-3
Y
O
Y
W
U
Y
G
W
RI
I
I
I
BT2-13
BT2-12
RH1-18
RH1-17
BT72-1
BT72-2
AL2-2
AL2-3
AL2-1
LF37-19
NWLF37-18
YBLF37-20
WBI
LF37-6
U
LF37-7
R
LF37-5
BK
LF37-29
W
LF37-25
W
LF37-24
WU
LF37-26
NW
LF37-40
YU
LF37-27
WG
LF37-30
YR
LF37-28
NG
LF37-31
NR
LF37-17
WR
Y
FC3-3
U
FC3-2
R
FC3-4
BK
FC3-1
BK
FC101-5
R
FC101-3
W
FC101-2
W
FC101-1
CC–+
I
I
FCS18
FCS21
C
C–
+
AL4-3
AL4-1
AL4-2
AL1-5
AL1-2
AL1-1
AL1-4
AL1-3
I
O
I
LF40-1
LF40-2
G
YFC100-3
FC100-2
+
–
G
YFC100-8
FC100-7
+
–
C
C
C
C
21.1
21.1
21.1
21.1
FC55-9
FC55-11
BFS49
OFC100-10
RW
FCS46B
FC2BR(FC4BR)
B38II
WRFC100
-4
FC100-11
B P
16 NR560 Ω
UY
U
LF102-2
LF102-3
LF102-1
LF41-1
WB YB NW R W G Y U W Y O
EM200-2
EM200-3
EM200-1
NW
YB
WB
LF41-2
LF60-3
LF60-2
LF42-1
LF42-2
W
U
W
U
W
U
BT2-11
BT2-10
RH1-16
RH1-15
BT73-1
BT73-2
LF60-5
LF60-4
O
Y
O
Y
O
Y
LF59-9
LF59-8
LF59-7
LF59-10
Y
U
R
BK
W
WLF59-6
LF59-5
WU
NW
YU
LF102-5
LF102-4
LF102-6
EM200-5
EM200-4
EM200-6
WU
NW
YU
LF102-10 EM200-10
LF102-9 EM200-9
LF102-8 EM200-8
LF102-11 EM200-11
LF102-7 EM200-7
WG
YR
NG
NR
WR
WG
YR
NG
NR
WR
Dynamic Stability Control Dynamic Stability Control Fig. 06.1
All Vehicles
REFER TO APPENDIX:DSC / CAN MESSAGES
LINEAR SWITCHMODULE
STATUS
DSC CONTROLSWITCH
CENTER CONSOLESWITCH PACK
BRAKE FLUIDRESERVOIR
PRESSUREPUMP
CONTROLVALVES
PUMP
VALVES
LOCAL
VALVES
PUMP
DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROLCONTROL MODULE
BRAKE PRESSURESENSOR
LH FRONTWHEEL SPEED
SENSOR
RH FRONTWHEEL SPEED
SENSOR
LH REARWHEEL SPEED
SENSOR
RH REARWHEEL SPEED
SENSORSTEERING ANGLE
SENSOR
YAW RATE ANDLATERAL ACCELERATION
SENSORS CLUSTER
NOTE: EM200 – RHD vehicles only.
ACTIVE BRAKE BOOSTER
ACTIVEBRAKE BOOSTER
SOLENOID
PEDALFORCE
SWITCH
PEDALTRAVELSENSOR
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network V Voltage (DC)O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network PWM Pulse Width ModulatedB+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D Serial and Encoded Data
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002
Fig. 06.2
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationPOWER ASSISTED STEERING CONTROL MODULE FC16 9-WAY / BLACK FASCIA / ADJACENT TO RH SIDE FUSE BOX
POWER ASSISTED STEERING CONVERTER LL2 2-WAY / BLACK STEERING RACK / CONTROL VALVE
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description Location
EM2 20-WAY / YELLOW / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO FASCIA HARNESS ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND BLOWER MOTOR
LL1 2-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO POWER STEERING CONVERTER LINK HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO STARTER MOTOR
GROUNDS
Ground LocationFC2 RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST
FC4 LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
Power Assisted Steering Control Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicO FC16-02 TRANSDUCER NEGATIVE: 2 V @ IDLE DECREASING WITH VEHICLE SPEED
I FC16-04 VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL
O FC16-05 TRANSDUCER POSITIVE: 9 V @ IDLE INCREASING WITH VEHICLE SPEED
B+ FC16-06 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY: B+
PG FC16-08 POWER GROUND: GROUND
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar XK Range 2003
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V ACP
CAN Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2002Sensor/Signal Ground
SCPInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
B+1 8
II E
Fig. 01.1 I
O
+
–
A
C D
S
PFig. 01.1
9 52 Fig. 01.2
53 87 Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.6
Fig. 02.11 5
I I6 18
II II19 60
E E61 93
1 17I
Power Assisted Steering Power Assisted Steering Fig. 06.2
All Vehicles
LHD
RHD
WUFC16-6 FC16-2
O
OI
FCS49
FC4BR(FC2BR)
BB
29II
U
R
YFC16-4 FC16-5
FC16-8
EM2-7 LL2-1
EM2-1
LL1-1
LL1-2 LL2-2
R
Y
R
Y
WUFC16-6 FC16-2
O
OI
FCS49
FC4BR(FC2BR)
BB
29II
U
R
YFC16-4 FC16-5
FC16-8
EM18-1
EM18-2
EM2-7
EM2-1
R
Y
08.1
08.1
B
B
P
P
VEHICLE SPEED(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
POWER ASSISTED STEERINGCONTROL MODULE
POWER ASSISTED STEERINGCONVERTER
VEHICLE SPEED(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
POWER ASSISTED STEERINGCONTROL MODULE
POWER ASSISTED STEERINGCONVERTER
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network V Voltage (DC)O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network PWM Pulse Width ModulatedB+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D Serial and Encoded Data
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002
Fig. 06.3
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationACCELEROMETER – FRONT VERTICAL FC7 3-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE / BEHIND ICE HEAD UNIT
ACCELEROMETER – LATERAL (FRONT) EM59 3-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO ECM
ACCELEROMETER – REAR VERTICAL BT52 3-WAY / BLACK TRUNK / BELOW FUEL TANK
ADAPTIVE DAMPING CONTROL MODULE BT69 35-WAY / BLACK TRUNK / ADJACENT TO ELECTRICAL CARRIER
BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH AC24 4-WAY / WHITE TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL
DAMPER SOLENOID – LH FRONT LF43 2-WAY / BLACK TOP OF LH FRONT DAMPER
DAMPER SOLENOID – LH REAR DL2 2-WAY / BLACK TOP OF LH REAR DAMPER
DAMPER SOLENOID – RH FRONT LF44 2-WAY / BLACK TOP OF RH FRONT DAMPER
DAMPER SOLENOID – RH REAR DR2 2-WAY / BLACK TOP OF RH REAR DAMPER
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description Location
AC13 20-WAY / YELLOW / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / RIGHT HAND SIDE
BT1 20-WAY / WHITE / REARWARD HARNESS TO TRUNK HARNESS TRUNK / ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH
BT3 20-WAY / YELLOW / REARWARD HARNESS TO TRUNK HARNESS TRUNK / ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH
BT72 2-WAY / BLACK / LH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR TO TRUNK HARNESS BELOW FUEL TANK / LEFT HAND SIDE
BT73 2-WAY / BLACK / RH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR TO TRUNK HARNESS BELOW FUEL TANK / RIGHT HAND SIDE
EM3 14-WAY / GREY / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO FASCIA HARNESS ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND BLOWER MOTOR
LF1 20-WAY / GREY / FASCIA HARNESS TO LEFT FORWARD HARNESS LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM
LF60 20-WAY / WHITE / FASCIA HARNESS TO LEFT FORWARD HARNESS LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM
RH1 20-WAY / GREY / FASCIA HARNESS TO REARWARD HARNESS REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
RH12 18-WAY / YELLOW / FASCIA HARNESS TO REARWARD HARNESS REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
RL3 2-WAY / BLACK / TRUNK HARNESS TO LH REAR WHEEL LINK HARNESS REAR OF REAR HUB ASSEMBLY / LEFT HAND SIDE
RR3 2-WAY / BLACK / TRUNK HARNESS TO RH REAR WHEEL LINK HARNESS REAR OF REAR HUB ASSEMBLY / RIGHT HAND SIDE
GROUNDS
Ground LocationBT2 TRUNK, RIGHT REAR
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
Adaptive Damping Control Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicO BT69-01 ADAPTIVE DAMPING FAULT WARNING SIGNAL
O BT69-03 ACCELEROMETER SENSOR GROUND: GROUND
D BT69-10 SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS
B+ BT69-11 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY: B+
O BT69-13 LH REAR DAMPER POWER SUPPLY: B+
O BT69-14 RH FRONT DAMPER POWER SUPPLY: B+
O BT69-15 RH REAR DAMPER POWER SUPPLY: B+
PG BT69-18 POWER GROUND: GROUND
I BT69-20 FRONT LATERAL ACCELEROMETER FEEDBACK: < 0.2 V OR > 4.8 V
I BT69-21 FRONT VERTICAL ACCELEROMETER FEEDBACK: < 0.2 V OR > 4.8 V
I BT69-22 REAR VERTICAL ACCELEROMETER FEEDBACK: < 0.2 V OR > 4.8 V
I BT69-24 VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL
O BT69-25 ACCELEROMETER SENSOR SUPPLY: NOMINAL 5 V
I BT69-26 BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED (IGNITION ON II)
B+ BT69-27 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
D BT69-28 SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS
O BT69-30 LH FRONT DAMPER POWER SUPPLY: B+
O BT69-31 LH FRONT DAMPER ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, ADCM SWITCHED CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O BT69-32 LH REAR DAMPER ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, ADCM SWITCHED CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O BT69-33 RH FRONT DAMPER ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, ADCM SWITCHED CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O BT69-34 RH REAR DAMPER ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, ADCM SWITCHED CIRCUIT TO GROUND
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar XK Range 2003
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V ACP
CAN Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2002Sensor/Signal Ground
SCPInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
B+1 8
II E
Fig. 01.1 I
O
+
–
A
C D
S
PFig. 01.1
9 52 Fig. 01.2
53 87 Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.6
Fig. 02.11 5
I I6 18
II II19 60
E E61 93
1 17I
Suspension Adaptive Damping Suspension Adaptive Damping Fig. 06.3
Adaptive Damping Vehicles
BT69-20
BT69-10
BT69-27
NW58
B
BT2BL
BG
BT69-11
WR
BT69-28
21.2
W
O
RH12-13
44II
D
D
BT69-18
OG6II
OGOGWU AC24-4 AC24-1 RH1-19AC13-3
IBT69-26BT1-9
OGBTS5
OG
BT69-108.1 YR
BT69-2408.1 OG
O
I
YR
OGBT3-10
BT3-9
RH12-2
RH12-1
YR
OG
LF43-1
LF43-2
LF44-1
LF44-2
DL2-1
DL2-2
DR2-1
DR2-2
RH12-14
RH12-11
RH12-12
BT72-3
BT72-4
BT73-3
BT73-4
BT3-11
BT69-34
OYBT69-15
O OG
BT69-32
OBT69-13
O R
BT69-33
GUBT69-14
O OG
BT69-31
OYBT69-30
O O
O
O
O
O
BT3-16
BT3-15
LF1-19
LF1-18
BT3-18
BT3-17
LF60-19
LF60-20
GU
OG
OY
O
GU
OG
OY
O
OY
OG
OY
O
O
O
O
R
EM59-3
U
EM59-1
EM59-2
OY
BG
FC7-2
FC7-3
U
FC7-1
OY
U
BT52-2
BT52-3
BT52-1
BT69-21
U
BT69-3
OY
BT69-25
U
BT69-22
R
BT3-14
BT3-13
BT3-12
RH12-6
RH12-7
RH12-8
RH12-9
FCS84
FCS83BTS27
BTS28
BG
U
OY
U
BG
OY
U
U
OY
R
EM3-12
EM3-10
EM3-9
I
I
I
U
OY
OY
U
RL3-1
RL3-2
RR3-1
RR3-2
U
U
O
R
21.2
B
B
P
SERIAL COMMUNICATION
MAJOR INSTRUMENT CLUSTER – FAULT WARNING(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
MAJOR INSTRUMENT CLUSTER – VEHICLE SPEED(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
BRAKE ON / OFFSWITCH
ADAPTIVE DAMPINGCONTROL MODULE
LH FRONTDAMPER SOLENOID
RH FRONTDAMPER SOLENOID
LH REARDAMPER SOLENOID
RH REARDAMPER SOLENOID
LATERALACCELEROMETER
(FRONT)
FRONT VERTICALACCELEROMETER
REAR VERTICALACCELEROMETER
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network V Voltage (DC)O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network PWM Pulse Width ModulatedB+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D Serial and Encoded Data
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002
Fig. 06.4
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationADAPTIVE SPEED CONTROL CONTROL MODULE LF61 12-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / FORWARD OF RADIATOR
DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL CONTROL MODULE LF37 25-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LH FRONT
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE EM80 134-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
FORWARD ALERT SWITCH FC102 10-WAY / BLACK DRIVER KNEE BOLSTER
MAJOR INSTRUMENT CLUSTER FC25 26-WAY / BLACK FASCIAFC26 26-WAY / YELLOW
STEERING WHEEL SPEED CONTROL SWITCHES SW2 6-WAY / BLACK CENTER OF STEERING WHEEL
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE GB2 16-WAY / BLACK TRANSMISSION CONTROL VALVE ASSEMBLY
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description LocationEM3 14-WAY / GREY / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO FASCIA HARNESS ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND BLOWER MOTOR
LF1 20-WAY / GREY / FASCIA HARNESS TO LEFT FORWARD HARNESS LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM
SC3 12-WAY / GREY / FASCIA HARNESS TO COLUMN SWITCH GEAR HARNESS RIGHT HAND SIDE OF STEERING COLUMN
SW1 12-WAY / BLACK / STEERING WHEEL CASSETTE INSIDE STEERING COLUMN COWL
SW2 6-WAY / BLACK / STEERING WHEEL CASSETTE CENTER OF STEERING WHEEL
GROUNDS
Ground Location
FC2 RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST
FC3 TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE
FC4 LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST
LF1 RIGHT HAND HEADLAMP
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
Adaptive Speed Control Control Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicB+ LF61-01 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
PG LF61-02 POWER GROUND: GROUND
C LF61-04 CAN –
B+ LF61-07 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY: B+
C LF61-10 CAN +
I/O LF61-12 FORWARD ALERT SWITCH / INDICATOR DRIVE: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED / FORWARD ALERT INDICATOR DRIVE
Dynamic Stability Control Control Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicC LF37-11 CAN +
C LF37-15 CAN –
Engine Control Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicI EM80-47 SPEED CONTROL SWITCH REQUEST: STEPPED RESISTANCE
I EM80-48 SPEED CONTROL SWITCH REQUEST: STEPPED RESISTANCE
C EM80-123 CAN –
C EM80-124 CAN +
Major Instrument Cluster
Pin Description and CharacteristicC FC25-10 CAN +
C FC25-11 CAN +
C FC25-23 CAN –
C FC25-24 CAN –
Transmission Control Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicC GB2-02 CAN –
C GB2-06 CAN +
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar XK Range 2003
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V ACP
CAN Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2002Sensor/Signal Ground
SCPInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
B+1 8
II E
Fig. 01.1 I
O
+
–
A
C D
S
PFig. 01.1
9 52 Fig. 01.2
53 87 Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.6
Fig. 02.11 5
I I6 18
II II19 60
E E61 93
1 17I
YG
YRYR
YG
SW1-4
SW1-3
SW2-4
SW2-3
YR
YG YGSC3-3
EM3-2
YRSC3-4
EM3-1
LF1-4
G
YLF61-10
LF61-4
WR
NW
LF61-7
LF61-1
LF61-2
B
LF1BS
LF61-12
YU
49II
P
B
C
C
21.1
21.1
G
YEM80-124
EM80-123
EM80-48
I
EM80-47
C
C
21.1
21.1
G
YFC25-11
FC25-23
C
C
B
YUFC102-5
B
270 Ω
G
YGB2-6
GB2-2
C
C
21.1
21.1–
+
GLF37-15
YLF37-11
21.1 C
C
+
–
CAN
G
YFC25-10
FC25-24
C
C
21.1
21.1
21.1
21.1
21.1
OI
–
+
–
+
I
77
–
+
–
+
FCS38
YU
YUFC102-10
FC102-4
FC102-6
FC4BL(FC2BL)
B
B
FCS50
1κ Ω
2.2κ Ω
510 Ω
300 Ω
180 Ω
120 Ω
Adaptive Speed Control Adaptive Speed Control Fig. 06.4
Adaptive Speed Control Vehicles
FORWARD ALERTSWITCH
STEERING WHEELSPEED CONTROL SWITCHES
ADAPTIVESPEED CONTROL
CONTROL MODULE
ENGINECONTROL MODULE
ENGINE CONTROL:REFER TO FIGURE SERIES 04.
TRANSMISSIONCONTROL MODULE
TRANSMISSIONSTATUS
REFER TO APPENDIX:ASC / CAN MESSAGES
BRAKE FORCE
DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROLCONTROL MODULE
BRAKE CONTROL:REFER TO FIGURE 06.1.
ASC CHIME; WARNINGS;MESSAGE CENTER
MAJOR INSTRUMENTCLUSTER
RESUME
SET +
HEADWAY –
HEADWAY +
SET –
CANCEL
RESISTOR PACK
CASSETTE
CASSETTE
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network V Voltage (DC)O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network PWM Pulse Width ModulatedB+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D Serial and Encoded Data
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002
Fig. 07.1
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationAIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE AC1 26-WAY / GREY A/C UNIT / RH SIDE
AC2 16-WAY / GREYAC3 12-WAY / GREYAC4 22-WAY / GREY
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL PANEL FC43 12-WAY / BLUE CENTER CONSOLE
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR LF29 2-WAY / BLACK ADJACENT TO RH HORN
ASPIRATOR ASSEMBLY FC12 4-WAY / WHITE DRIVER KNEE BOLSTER
BLOWER AIR INTAKE – LH AC5 15-WAY / GREEN A/C UNIT / LH SIDE
BLOWER AIR INTAKE – RH AC6 15-WAY / GREEN A/C UNIT / RH SIDE
EVAPORATOR / HEATER MATRIX ASSEMBLY AC7 12-WAY / BLACK A/C UNIT / LH SIDE
MAJOR INSTRUMENT CLUSTER FC25 26-WAY / BLACK FASCIAFC26 26-WAY / YELLOW
SOLAR SENSOR FC52 2-WAY / GREY DRIVER SIDE FASCIA / ADJACENT TO DEFROST VENT
VENT ASSEMBLY FC44 12-WAY / BLACK A/C UNIT / TOP
RELAYS
Relay Connector / Color LocationAIR CONDITIONING ISOLATE RELAY FC24 / BLACK RH FASCIA RELAYS
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description Location
AC12 20-WAY / WHITE / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS FASCIA TOP CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / RIGHT HAND SIDE
AC13 20-WAY / YELLOW / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / RIGHT HAND SIDE
AC15 20-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / RIGHT HAND SIDE
LF60 20-WAY / WHITE / FASCIA HARNESS TO LEFT FORWARD HARNESS LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM
GROUNDS
Ground LocationFC2 RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST
FC3 TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE
FC4 LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
Air Conditioning Control Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicI AC1-01 COMPRESSOR CLUTCH STATUS: B+ WHEN COMPRESSOR ENGAGED
O AC1-06 DEFROST VENT SERVO MOTOR: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
O AC1-07 CENTER VENT SERVO MOTOR: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
O AC1-08 LH FRESH / RECIRCULATION VENT MOTOR: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
O AC1-09 RH FRESH / RECIRCULATION VENT MOTOR: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
O AC1-12 FOOTWELL VENT SERVO MOTOR: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
O AC1-13 COOL AIR BYPASS VENT SERVO MOTOR: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
O AC1-19 DEFROST VENT SERVO MOTOR: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
O AC1-20 CENTER VENT SERVO MOTOR: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
O AC1-21 LH FRESH / RECIRCULATION VENT SERVO MOTOR: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
O AC1-22 RH FRESH / RECIRCULATION VENT SERVO MOTOR: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
O AC1-25 FOOTWELL SERVO MOTOR: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
O AC1-26 COOL AIR BYPASS SERVO MOTOR: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
I AC2-01 SOLAR SENSOR SIGNAL: VARIABLE VOLTAGE (NOMINAL 0 – 5 V); INCREASING WITH SOLAR LOAD
I AC2-02 CENTER VENT POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL: VARIABLE VOLTAGE (NOMINAL 0 – 5 V)
I AC2-03 RH FRESH / RECIRCULATION VENT POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL: VARIABLE VOLTAGE (NOMINAL 0 – 5 V)
I AC2-05 COOL AIR BYPASS VENT POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL: VARIABLE VOLTAGE (NOMINAL 0 – 5 V)
I AC2-06 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE: VARIABLE VOLTAGE (NOMINAL 0 – 5 V); DECREASING VOLTAGE WITH TEMPERATURE INCREASE
I AC2-10 DEFROST VENT POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL: VARIABLE VOLTAGE (NOMINAL 0 – 5 V)
I AC2-11 LH FRESH / RECIRCULATION VENT POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL: VARIABLE VOLTAGE (NOMINAL 0 – 5 V)
I AC2-13 FOOTWELL VENT POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL: VARIABLE VOLTAGE (NOMINAL 0 – 5 V)
O AC3-01 HEATED WINDSHIELD STATUS SIGNAL
O AC3-02 CONTROL PANEL (CLOCK)
D AC3-03 SERIAL DATA OUTPUT TO CONTROL PANEL
I AC3-05 AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES
I AC3-06 HEATER MATRIX TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES
D AC3-07 SERIAL DATA INPUT FROM CONTROL PANEL
O AC3-08 CONTROL PANEL (START)
I AC3-11 IN CAR TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES
I AC3-12 EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES
B+ AC4-01 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY: B+
B+ AC4-02 ISOLATE RELAY CONTROLLED BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
I AC4-03 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND (I): GROUND
O AC4-04 CONTROL PANEL BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
B+ AC4-05 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
I AC4-06 ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL
I AC4-07 LOAD INHIBIT SIGNAL
SS AC4-08 SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE: NOMINAL 5 V
O AC4-09 COMPRESSOR CLUTCH ACTIVATE REQUEST SIGNAL
D AC4-10 SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS INPUT
O AC4-12 CONTROL PANEL BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
PG AC4-13 POWER GROUND: GROUND
O AC4-14 CONTROL PANEL GROUND: GROUND
O AC4-15 AIR CONDITIONING ISOLATE RELAY ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
I AC4-16 VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL
I AC4-17 REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SIGNAL
O AC4-18 ASPIRATOR MOTOR POWER SUPPLY: B+
SG AC4-19 SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND
SG AC4-20 SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND
D AC4-21 SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS OUTPUT
Major Instrument Cluster
Pin Description and CharacteristicC FC25-10 CAN +
C FC25-11 CAN +
I FC25-20 HEATED WINDSHIELD STATUS SIGNAL
O FC25-21 REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SIGNAL
O FC25-22 ELECTRICAL LOAD INHIBIT SIGNAL
C FC25-23 CAN –
C FC25-24 CAN –
O FC26-03 ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL
O FC26-04 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SIGNAL
O FC26-05 VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL – A/CCM
I FC26-22 COMPRESSOR CLUTCH REQUEST SIGNAL
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar XK Range 2003
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V ACP
CAN Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2002Sensor/Signal Ground
SCPInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
B+1 8
II E
Fig. 01.1 I
O
+
–
A
C D
S
PFig. 01.1
9 52 Fig. 01.2
53 87 Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.6
Fig. 02.11 5
I I6 18
II II19 60
E E61 93
1 17I
BW
BW
Y
RU
RWUY
YR
RWROYUY
O
GWGW
GWGWNW
OG
OYU
Y
YR
UWU
YG
Y
AC4-10
AC2-01
AC3-11
W
AC4-21
O
21.2
AC4-20 BK
BAC4-13
FC3CS
IAC4-16
OY
AC4-03
WR16I
AC4-01
WU26II
AC4-05
NW40
IAC2-06
YG
AC4-08 U
AC4-19 BWAC4-18 GW
WR
WU
B
AC3-06
AC3-05
AC3-12
UYAC2-13
YGAC2-11
YBAC2-05
YAC2-03
RGAC2-02
AC2-10
AC1-06
AC1-07
AC1-08
AC1-09
AC1-12
AC1-13
AC1-19
AC1-20
AC1-21
AC1-22 NR
AC1-25 O
AC1-26 GU
AC7-1
AC7-10
AC7-2
AC7-9
AC7-3
AC7-5
AC7-4
AC7-6
AC7-8
AC7-7
AC4-02AC13-1241
AC4-15AC15-8O
FCS49FC4BR
(FC2BR)
BB
AC5-2
AC5-1
AC5-6
AC5-12
AC5-7
AC6-2
AC6-1
AC6-6
AC6-12
AC6-7
FC44-9
FC44-3
FC44-5
FC44-4
FC44-6
FC44-8
FC44-7
FC44-2
FCS34
FC12-2
FC12-1
FC12-3
AC12-18
FC12-4
FCS46
FC2BR(FC4BR)
FC52-2
FC52-1
AC15-4
LF29-2
LF29-1
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
O
O
O
KU UG BW PSU UO GU UY UW URBW PRG PR SR OR RY RU
GW
B
OP
OG
BW OY
U BW
υ υυ
υ
D
O
O
FC24
3
2
5
1
4
IAC4-06
RWAC12-10
AC12-9
AC12-8
B
FCS33
U
BW
UUACS4
ACS21
AC15-5
OY
LF60-11
LF60-10
AC15-12
AC15-14
AC15-13
AC15-15
AC15-17
AC15-16
AC15-9
U
AC15-10
AC15-11
WU U UYB UY GU UY OY OBW RG UY YR O RW RU
GW OGOYU RG UY YR O RW RU
FC43-1
FC43-4
FC43-3
FC43-2
FC43-6
FC43-5
FC43-7
D
D
FC43-8
FC43-9
OY
YG
RW
BW
BWU YG RW Y BWU Y R NR
BWP YG PY Y BWP YW RB NR
21.2
I
O
D
IAC1-01
RG04.2
AC12-13
RG
AC3-02
AC3-03
AC3-07
AC3-08
AC4-04
AC4-12
AC4-14
PP
I
I
I
I
D
D
B
B
10.2
10.2 R
RG
Y
YR
YG
YB
WR
WU
B
AC12-1
AC12-4
AC12-3
AC12-2
AC12-6
AC12-5
AC12-7
O
O
O
AC4-17
RUAC12-14
U
AC3-01
UYAC12-19
UY
AC4-07
UAC13-9
U
AC4-09
RWAC12-12
UY
FC26-4
FC26-3
FC26-5
FC25-21
FC25-20
FC25-22
FC26-22O
O
O I
I
O
I
I
G
YFC25-10
FC25-24
G
YFC25-11
FC25-23
C
C
C
C
–
+
–
+
21.1
21.1
21.1
21.1
Climate Control: Part 1 Climate Control: Part 1 Fig. 07.1
All Vehicles
NOTES:
The A/C Isolate Relay remains energized by the A/CCM for30 seconds after the ignition is switched off to provide powerfor the A/CCM to ‘park’ the servos.
When the ignition switched ground input is interruptedduring engine cranking, the A/CCM does not drive high powerconsuming components.
ENGINE COOLANTTEMPERATURE
ENGINE SPEED
VEHICLE SPEED
REFRIGERANTPRESSURE
HEATED WINDSHIELDSTATUS
LOAD INHIBIT
COMPRESSOR CLUTCHREQUEST
MAJORINSTRUMENT CLUSTER
AIR CONDITIONINGCOMPRESSOR CLUTCH ACTIVATED
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
SERIAL COMMUNICATION
AIR CONDITIONINGISOLATE RELAY
DIMMER-CONTROLLEDLIGHTING
CONTROL PANEL AIR CONDITIONINGCONTROL MODULE(Continued Fig. 07.2)
ASPIRATOR ASSEMBLY
IN-CARTEMPERATURE
SENSORASPIRATOR
MOTOR
AMBIENTTEMPERATURE
SENSOR VENT ASSEMBLY
VENTSERVO
DEFROSTSERVO
SOLARSENSOR EVAPORATOR / HEATER MATRIX ASSEMBLY
EVAPORATORTEMPERATURE
SENSOR
HEATER MATRIXTEMPERATURE
SENSOR
COOL AIR BYPASSSERVO
FOOTWELLSERVO
FRESH / RECIRCULATIONSERVO
LH BLOWER AIR INTAKE
FRESH / RECIRCULATIONSERVO
RH BLOWER AIR INTAKE
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network V Voltage (DC)O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network PWM Pulse Width ModulatedB+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D Serial and Encoded Data
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002
Fig. 07.2
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationAIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE AC1 26-WAY / GREY A/C UNIT / RH SIDE
AC2 16-WAY / GREYAC3 12-WAY / GREYAC4 22-WAY / GREY
BLOWER MOTOR – LH AC5 15-WAY / GREEN A/C UNIT / LH SIDE
BLOWER MOTOR – RH AC6 15-WAY / GREEN A/C UNIT / RH SIDE
DOOR MIRROR HEATER – DRIVER DD8 12-WAY / BLUE DRIVER DOOR / DOOR CASING
DOOR MIRROR HEATER – PASSENGER DP8 12-WAY / BLUE DRIVER DOOR / DOOR CASING
FUSE BOX – ENGINE COMPARTMENT LF5 10-WAY / NATURAL ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LEFT FRONTLF6 10-WAY / BLACKLF7 10-WAY / GREENLF8 10-WAY / BLUELF70 EYELET
FUSE BOX – TRUNK BT10 10-WAY / NATURAL TRUNK / ELECTRICAL CARRIERBT11 10-WAY / BLACKBT12 10-WAY / GREENBT13 10-WAY / BLUEBT64 EYELET
HEATED REAR WINDOW RH17 1-WAY / BLACK REAR WINDOW / RH SIDERH18 1-WAY / BLACK
HEATER PUMP EM41 2-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BULKHEAD, LH SIDE
HEATER VALVE EM43 2-WAY / WHITE ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BULKHEAD, LH SIDE
WINDSHIELD HEATER – LH EM49 2-WAY / GREY ENGINE COMPARTMENT
WINDSHIELD HEATER – RH EM48 2-WAY / GREY ENGINE COMPARTMENT
RELAYS
Relay Connector / Color LocationBLOWER MOTOR RELAY – LH AC20 / BLACK DRIVESHAFT TUNNEL RELAYS
BLOWER MOTOR RELAY – RH AC20 / BLACK DRIVESHAFT TUNNEL RELAYS
DOOR MIRROR HEATERS RELAY FC28 / BLACK LH FASCIA RELAYS
HEATED REAR WINDOW RELAY BUS / BROWN TRUNK FUSE BOX – R2
HEATER PUMP RELAY BUS / BROWN ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX – R1
WINDSHIELD HEATER RELAY – LH EM44 / BROWN RH ENCLOSURE RELAYS
WINDSHIELD HEATER RELAY – RH EM45 / BROWN RH ENCLOSURE RELAYS
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description LocationAC12 20-WAY / WHITE / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS FASCIA TOP CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / RIGHT HAND SIDE
AC13 20-WAY / YELLOW / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / RIGHT HAND SIDE
AC15 20-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / RIGHT HAND SIDE
BT2 20-WAY / WHITE / REARWARD HARNESS TO TRUNK HARNESS TRUNK / ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH
BT58 4-WAY / BLACK / REARWARD HARNESS TO TRUNK HARNESS TRUNK / ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH
DD1 23-WAY / BLACK / CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS TO DRIVER DOOR HARNESS DRIVER SIDE ‘A’ POST MOUNTING BRACKET/ ‘A’ POST TRIM
DP1 23-WAY / BLACK / CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS TO PASSENGER DOOR HARNESS PASSENGER SIDE ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM
EM2 20-WAY / YELLOW / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO FASCIA HARNESS ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND BLOWER MOTOR
LF3 13-WAY / WHITE / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO LEFT FORWARD HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO BRAKE SERVO
LF60 20-WAY / WHITE / FASCIA HARNESS TO LEFT FORWARD HARNESS LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM
RH2 20-WAY / WHITE / FASCIA HARNESS TO REARWARD HARNESS REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
GROUNDS
Ground LocationEM1 ENGINE COMPARTMENT, RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
EM2 ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE
FC2 RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST
FC4 LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST
RH2 LEFT HAND REAR QUARTER
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
Air Conditioning Control Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicO AC1-02 HEATER VALVE ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
O AC1-03 RH BLOWER MOTOR RELAY ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O AC1-04 LH / RH WINDSHIELD HEATER RELAYS ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O AC1-05 DOOR MIRROR HEATER RELAY ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O AC1-16 LH BLOWER MOTOR RELAY ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O AC1-17 HEATER PUMP RELAY ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O AC1-18 HEATED BACKLIGHT RELAY ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
I AC2-07 RH BLOWER SPEED FEEDBACK SIGNAL: VARIABLE VOLTAGE; 7.6 V = LOW SPEED
O AC2-08 RH BLOWER SPEED CONTROL DRIVE SIGNAL: VARIABLE VOLTAGE; 1.3 V = LOW SPEED
I AC2-15 LH BLOWER SPEED FEEDBACK SIGNAL: VARIABLE VOLTAGE; 7.6 V = LOW SPEED
O AC2-16 LH BLOWER SPEED CONTROL DRIVE SIGNAL: VARIABLE VOLTAGE; 1.3 V = LOW SPEED
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar XK Range 2003
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V ACP
CAN Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2002Sensor/Signal Ground
SCPInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
B+1 8
II E
Fig. 01.1 I
O
+
–
A
C D
S
PFig. 01.1
9 52 Fig. 01.2
53 87 Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.6
Fig. 02.11 5
I I6 18
II II19 60
E E61 93
1 17I
Climate Control: Part 2 Climate Control: Part 2 Fig. 07.2
All Vehicles
I
I
AC2-7
OG
AC2-15
U
AC1-2
O
AC1-16
O
U
GR
F17 25A1
46II
BT10-8
GU
UWAC6-5
EM48-2
1
4
2
3
1
4
2
3
23
47
28II
27II
U
B
G
UR
U
B
G
OY
OG
GO
AC6-13
AC6-8
AC6-10
FC2AL
B
WU
NG
UY
AC5-5
O
U
GU
AC5-13
AC5-8
AC5-10
FC4AL
B
WU
NW
GR
WR
GW
UY
NG
WR
GO
UY
NR
RG
GR
NW
35II
87
86
EM48-1
B
EM1BL*(EM1BS)
EMS24
UYUYEM2-4AC13-8
UYBT58-3
EM49-2EM49-1
B
EM2BS(EM2BL**)
RH18RH17
B
RH2S
DD1-5
25II
WU
ACS1
DP1-5
RG
RG
DD8-11DD8-9
B
FC4AL(FC2AL)
B B
DP8-11DP8-9
B B B
RG
RG
DD1-1
DP1-1
DDS1
DPS1
10
AC15-19
36II
UAC12-17
RWAC12-16 LF60-18
EM41-2 EM41-1
EM2AR(EM1AR)
B
BEMS31 LF3-1
YEM2-5 EM43-2 EM43-1
B
AC13-10 RH2-7 BT2-1
GUGU
23
47
LHD RHD
LHD RHD
AC20
3
2
5
1
AC20
8
7
10
6
EM44
3
2
5
1
FC28
3
2
5
1
EM45
3
2
5
1
RGAC13-4
F15 10A4
60II
LF5-5
YLF7-2
RW
U
AC1-18
GU
AC2-16
GU
AC1-5
O GR
AC1-3
UY
AC2-8
GO
AC1-17
O RW
O
O
O
O
AC1-4
O UY
BT13-3
UY
5
2
3
1
R1
FC2AL(FC4AL)
5
2
3
1
R2
AIR CONDITIONINGCONTROL MODULE
(Continued from Fig. 07.1)
NOTE: A/CCM power suppliesand grounds shown on Fig. 07.1.
HEATER VALVEHEATER PUMP
HEATER PUMP RELAY
ENGINE COMPARTMENTFUSE BOX
RH BLOWER MOTORRELAY
RH BLOWER MOTOR
LH BLOWER MOTORRELAY
LH BLOWER MOTOR
RH WINDSHIELD HEATERRELAY
RH WINDSHIELD HEATER
LH WINDSHIELD HEATERRELAY
* NOTE: All LHD Adaptive SpeedControl vehicles.
LH WINDSHIELD HEATER
** NOTE: All RHD Adaptive SpeedControl vehicles.
DOOR MIRROR HEATERSRELAY
DRIVER MIRROR
PASSENGER MIRROR
HEATEDREAR WINDOW
RELAY
TRUNK FUSE BOX
HEATED REAR WINDOW
NOTE: Refer to EMS Figure 04.2 for Air Conditioning Pressure Sensorand Radiator Cooling Fans circuits.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network V Voltage (DC)O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network PWM Pulse Width ModulatedB+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D Serial and Encoded Data
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002
Fig. 08.1
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationENGINE COOLANT LEVEL SWITCH EM55 2-WAY / BROWN ENGINE COMPARTMENT / COOLANT RESERVOIR
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR FT3 6-WAY / NATURAL FUEL TANK EVAPORATIVE FLANGE
MAJOR INSTRUMENT CLUSTER FC25 26-WAY / BLACK FASCIAFC26 26-WAY / YELLOW
MINOR INSTRUMENT CLUSTER FC79 20-WAY / BLACK FASCIA
OIL PRESSURE SWITCH PI40 1-WAY / BLACK ENGINE BLOCK / RH SIDE
PARKING BRAKE SWITCH FC19 1-WAY / BLACK BELOW PARKING BRAKE LEVER
TRIP COMPUTER SWITCH PACK FC27 10-WAY / BLACK FASCIA / DRIVER SIDE
TRIP CYCLE SWITCH (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) SC2 10-WAY / YELLOW ADJACENT TO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description LocationBT2 20-WAY / WHITE / REARWARD HARNESS TO TRUNK HARNESS TRUNK / ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH
EM1 20-WAY / WHITE / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO FASCIA HARNESS ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND BLOWER MOTOR
EM2 20-WAY / YELLOW / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO FASCIA HARNESS ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND BLOWER MOTOR
FT1 10-WAY / WHITE / TRUNK HARNESS TO FUEL PUMP LINK HARNESS FUEL TANK / REAR
PI1 57-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
RH1 20-WAY / GREY / FASCIA HARNESS TO REARWARD HARNESS REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
SC2 10-WAY / YELLOW / FASCIA HARNESS TO COLUMN SWITCH GEAR HARNESS ADJACENT TO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR
GROUNDS
Ground Location
EM1 ENGINE COMPARTMENT, RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
EM2 ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE
FC2 RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST
FC3 TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE
FC4 LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
Major Instrument Cluster
Pin Description and CharacteristicB+ FC25-01 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY: B+
O FC25-02 MINOR INSTRUMENT PACK BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
I FC25-03 ADAPTIVE DAMPING WARNING: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
SG FC25-04 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND
I FC25-06 ILLUMINATION SUPPLY: B+
I FC25-07 TRIP CYCLE: GROUND (MOMENTARY)
I FC25-08 ‘A/B’ TRIP SELECT: GROUND (MOMENTARY)
I FC25-09 ‘ML/KM’ SELECT: GROUND (MOMENTARY)
C FC25-10 CAN +
C FC25-11 CAN +
S FC25-13 SCP +
S FC25-14 SCP –
I FC25-15 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
PG FC25-16 POWER GROUND: GROUND
O FC25-17 MINOR INSTRUMENT PACK ILLUMINATION SUPPLY: B+
I FC25-18 ‘CLEAR’ SELECT: GROUND (MOMENTARY)
I FC25-19 ‘000’ RESET: GROUND (MOMENTARY)
C FC25-23 CAN –
C FC25-24 CAN –
O FC25-25 SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND
O FC26-01 BATTERY CHARGE WARNING
O FC26-02 OIL PRESSURE WARNING
O FC26-06 VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL – PAS
O FC26-07 VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL – ADAPTIVE DAMPING CONTROL MODULE
I FC26-08 BATTERY VOLTAGE GAUGE POSITION FEEDBACK: 5 V (MIDPOINT)
I FC26-09 BATTERY VOLTAGE GAUGE POSITION FEEDBACK: 5 V (MIDPOINT)
I FC26-10 OIL PRESSURE GAUGE POSITION FEEDBACK: 5 V = 0 PSI; 3.3 V = NORMAL (MIDPOINT)
O FC26-11 BATTERY VOLTAGE GAUGE MOVEMENT: 3.7 – 5 V (PULSE)
O FC26-12 BATTERY VOLTAGE GAUGE MOVEMENT: 3.7 – 5 V (PULSE)
I FC26-13 FUEL LEVEL GAUGE SIGNAL: VARIABLE RESISTANCE
O FC26-14 FUEL LEVEL GAUGE SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND
I FC26-15 OIL PRESSURE GAUGE POSITION FEEDBACK: 5 V = 0 PSI; 3.3 V = NORMAL (MIDPOINT)
I FC26-16 AIR BAG MIL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED)
O FC26-17 OIL PRESSURE GAUGE MOVEMENT: 3.7 – 5 V (PULSE)
O FC26-18 OIL PRESSURE GAUGE MOVEMENT: 3.7 – 5 V (PULSE)
I FC26-19 LOW OIL PRESSURE SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
O FC26-20 VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL – AUDIO
I FC26-21 DIMMER OVERRIDE: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
I FC26-23 LOW COOLANT SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
I FC26-26 PARKING BRAKE SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar XK Range 2003
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V ACP
CAN Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2002Sensor/Signal Ground
SCPInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
B+1 8
II E
Fig. 01.1 I
O
+
–
A
C D
S
PFig. 01.1
9 52 Fig. 01.2
53 87 Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.6
Fig. 02.11 5
I I6 18
II II19 60
E E61 93
1 17I
FC25-2
I
FC25-15
R14
BFC25-16
FC4BR(FC2BR)
BKFC25-4
YR
S
S
21.1
U
YFC25-13
FC25-14
FC25-3
FC25-1
WG33II
FC3BL
RGFC79-17
FC25-17
RWFC79-8
FC26-1
O IRFC79-11
FC26-2
O IRWFC79-18
FC26-8
OI RGFC79-13
FC26-9
OI YFC79-12
FC26-10
OI OFC79-20
FC26-11
O IGFC79-15
FC26-12
O IRUFC79-14
FC26-15
OI UYFC79-19
FC26-17
O IOYFC79-9
FC26-18
O IOGFC79-10
FC79-16
BK
FC3BL
FCS48
BK
FC25-8
UYFC27-7
FC25-19
OFC27-9
FC25-25
BRFC27-2
FC25-18
YFC27-8
FC25-9
RFC27-1
I
I
I
I
G
YFC25-10
FC25-24
G
YFC25-11
FC25-23
C
C
C
C
FCS48
FCS49
B
BK
RWFC26-14
IBWFC26-13
IGFC26-19
IOGFC26-23
OUFC26-6
OOYFC26-20
OOGFC26-7
06.2
16.1
06.3
06.3
FC25-7
YBSC2-5
I YB BKSC2-9
FC3BL
BKSCS1
BKFCS48
BKPI40-1
OY
RW
P
BT2-18
RWRH1-14
BWBT2-17
BWRH1-13
PI2-8 EM2-8
EM55-2EM55-1
BK
EM1BR(EM2BR)
EMS38
BKEM1-19
OG
OY
IYFC26-16
18.1
RGFC26-21
10.2 RUFC25-6
I
I
10.2
–
+
–
+
–
+
16.2
O
O
RWFT1-6
BWFT1-7
21.1
21.1
21.1
21.1
21.1
17.3
FT3-4
FT3-31 ΚΩ
FE 80Ω900Ω
FK1-4
FK1-3
R
B
B
BO
P
B
OYFC19 FCS56
OY IFC26-26
Instrument Clusters Instrument Clusters Fig. 08.1
All Vehicles
DIMMER-CONTROLLEDLIGHTING
DIMMER-CONTROLLEDLIGHTING
NOTE: Refer to Fig. 07.1 for A/CCM /Instrument Cluster inputs / outputs.
CIRCUITS CONTINUED
RADIO / CASSETTEHEAD UNIT
POWER ASSISTED STEERINGCONTROL MODULE
ADAPTIVE DAMPINGCONTROL MODULE
ADAPTIVE DAMPINGCONTROL MODULE
RESTRAINTSCONTROL MODULE
PARKING BRAKESWITCH
NOTE: FCS56 – TV vehicles only.
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
FUEL TANK
OIL PRESSURESWITCH
ENGINECOOLANT LEVEL
SWITCH
ILLUMINATIONSUPPLY
DIMMEROVERRIDE
VEHICLE SPEED
VEHICLE SPEED
VEHICLE SPEED
ADAPTIVE DAMPINGWARNING
AIRBAG WARNING
PARKING BRAKE ON
FUEL LEVEL GAUGE
OIL PRESSURE (ON / OFF)
LOW COOLANTWARNING
ILLUMINATION
BATTERY VOLTAGE
OIL PRESSURE
BATTERY VOLTAGE
BATTERY VOLTAGE
BATTERY VOLTAGE
BATTERY VOLTAGE
OIL PRESSURE
OIL PRESSURE
OIL PRESSURE
OIL PRESSURE
TRIP SELECT
RESET
MESSAGE
IMPERIAL;METRIC;
U.S.A.
TRIP CYCLE
MAJORINSTRUMENT CLUSTER
ILLUMINATIONSUPPLY
BATTERY CHARGEWARNING
OIL PRESSUREWARNING
BATTERY VOLTAGEGAUGE
BATTERY VOLTAGEGAUGE
BATTERY VOLTAGEGAUGE
BATTERY VOLTAGEGAUGE
OIL PRESSUREGAUGE
OIL PRESSUREGAUGE
OIL PRESSUREGAUGE
OIL PRESSUREGAUGE
MINORINSTRUMENT CLUSTER
NOTE: Minor Instrument Cluster and wiringare deleted on Navigation vehicles.
A / B(TRIP SELECT)
000(RESET)
CLEAR
MI / KM
TRIP COMPUTERSWITCH PACK
TRIP CYCLE SWITCH
COLUMN SWITCHGEAR
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network V Voltage (DC)O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network PWM Pulse Width ModulatedB+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D Serial and Encoded Data
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002
Fig. 08.2
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationAUDIBLE WARNING SPEAKER (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) SC7 6-WAY / BLACK STEERING COLUMN / RH SIDE
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC14 104-WAY / GREY PASSENGER SIDE FASCIA / AIRBAG BRACKET
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description Location
SC1 12-WAY / WHITE / FASCIA HARNESS TO COLUMN SWITCH GEAR HARNESS RIGHT HAND SIDE OF STEERING COLUMN
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
Body Processor Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicI FC14-08 AIRBAG AUDIBLE WARNING: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
I FC14-15 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND (I) : GROUND
I FC14-32 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND (I) : GROUND
I FC14-41 ENGINE START REQUEST: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
B+ FC14-80 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOGIC) : B+
O FC14-82 AUDIBLE WARNING SPEAKER DRIVE: AUDIO OUTPUT
O FC14-83 AUDIBLE WARNING SPEAKER DRIVE: AUDIO OUTPUT
S FC14-84 SCP –
S FC14-85 SCP +
B+ FC14-104 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar XK Range 2003
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V ACP
CAN Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2002Sensor/Signal Ground
SCPInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
B+1 8
II E
Fig. 01.1 I
O
+
–
A
C D
S
PFig. 01.1
9 52 Fig. 01.2
53 87 Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.6
Fig. 02.11 5
I I6 18
II II19 60
E E61 93
1 17I
Audible Warnings Audible Warnings Fig. 08.2
All Vehicles
FC14-80
N15
NWFC14-104
S
S
–
+
U
Y
19
FC14-82
O GR
FC14-83
O GB
GR
GBSC1-10
SC1-11
FC14-84
FC14-85
21.1
FC14-32
WR15I
5II
WUFC14-15
FC14-41
IGO1
I
I
21.1
SC7-1
SC7-2
FC14-8
BWI 18.1
B
B
P
SCP SOURCES:• TURN SIGNALS; HAZARD WARNING; SIDE LAMPS – Fig. 09.1, Fig. 09.2, Fig. 09.3• VALET SWITCH; TRUNK RELEASE – Fig. 13.1• MEMORY – Fig. 11.1, Fig. 11.2, Fig. 12.1• CONVERTIBLE TOP MOVEMENT – Fig. 15.2• KEY-IN-IGNITION SWITCH / DRIVER DOOR SWITCH – Fig. 13.1• NOT-IN-PARK SWITCH – Fig. 05.3• SEAT BELT SWITCH – Fig. 12.1, Fig. 12.2
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE:AUDIBLE WARNING (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
SPEAKER
COLUMN SWITCHGEAR
AUDIBLE WARNINGS:• AIRBAG WARNING• TURN SIGNALS• HAZARD WARNING• SIDE LAMPS ON• VALET MODE WARNING• GEAR SELECTOR IN PARK• MEMORY CHIME• SECURITY ARM / DISARM• CONVERTIBLE TOP MOVEMENT (CONVERTIBLE VEHICLES)• KEY-IN-IGNITION SWITCH / DRIVER DOOR AJAR (NAS VEHICLES ONLY)• DRIVER SEAT BELT DISCONNECTED• ADAPTIVE SPEED CONTROL FORWARD ALERT
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network V Voltage (DC)O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network PWM Pulse Width ModulatedB+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D Serial and Encoded Data
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002
Fig. 09.1
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationBODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC14 104-WAY / GREY PASSENGER SIDE FASCIA / AIRBAG BRACKET
FUSE BOX – ENGINE COMPARTMENT LF5 10-WAY / NATURAL ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LEFT FRONTLF6 10-WAY / BLACKLF7 10-WAY / GREENLF8 10-WAY / BLUELF70 EYELET
FRONT FOG LAMP – LH LF32 2-WAY / BLACK FRONT BUMPER / WHEEL ARCH LINER PANEL
FRONT FOG LAMP – RH LF22 2-WAY / BLACK FRONT BUMPER / WHEEL ARCH LINER PANEL
FRONT LAMP UNIT – LH (NON-HID) LF31 6-WAY / BLACK LH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
FRONT LAMP UNIT – RH (NON-HID) LF21 6-WAY / BLACK RH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
INTERIOR REAR VIEW MIRROR RF2 8-WAY / YELLOW WINDSHIELD / FORWARD OF ROOF CONSOLE
LIGHTING STALK (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) SC2 10-WAY / YELLOW ADJACENT TO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR
SIDE MARKER – LH FRONT LF11 2-WAY / BLACK BEHIND WHEEL ARCH LINER
SIDE MARKER – RH FRONT LF10 2-WAY / BLACK BEHIND WHEEL ARCH LINER
SIDE TURN SIGNAL REPEATER – LH LF4 2-WAY / BLACK BEHIND WHEEL ARCH LINER
SIDE TURN SIGNAL REPEATER – RH EL5 2-WAY / BLACK BEHIND WHEEL ARCH LINER
SWITCH PACK – CENTER CONSOLE FC55 20-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE
RELAYS
Relay Connector / Color LocationDIP BEAM RELAY BUS / BROWN ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX – R3
FRONT FOG RELAY BUS / BROWN ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX – R2
MAIN BEAM RELAY BUS / BROWN ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX – R5
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description Location
EL6 2-WAY / BLACK / FASCIA HARNESS TO RH TURN SIGNAL REPEATER ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
EM2 20-WAY / YELLOW / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO FASCIA HARNESS ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND BLOWER MOTOR
LF1 20-WAY / GREY / FASCIA HARNESS TO LEFT FORWARD HARNESS LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM
SC2 10-WAY / YELLOW / FASCIA HARNESS TO COLUMN SWITCH GEAR HARNESS ADJACENT TO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR
GROUNDS
Ground LocationEM1 ENGINE COMPARTMENT, RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
EM2 ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE
FC2 RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST
FC3 TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE
FC4 LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST
LF1 RIGHT HAND HEADLAMP
LF2 ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FORWARD OF LEFT HAND HOOD LATCH
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
Body Processor Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicO FC14-01 RH FRONT SIDE LAMP LAMP ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ VOLTAGE
O FC14-02 LH FRONT TURN SIGNAL ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ VOLTAGE (PULSED)
O FC14-03 RH FRONT TURN SIGNAL ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ VOLTAGE (PULSED)
I FC14-06 HEADLAMP DIPPED BEAM SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
I FC14-14 HEADLAMP MAIN BEAM SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED (MOMENTARY)
I FC14-15 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND (I) : GROUND
I FC14-16 SIDE LAMP SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
O FC14-20 FRONT FOG LAMP RELAY ACTIVATE / FRONT FOG LAMP STATUS: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O FC14-27 LH FRONT TURN SIGNAL REPEATER ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ VOLTAGE (PULSED)
O FC14-28 RH SIDE MARKER LAMP ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ VOLTAGE
I FC14-30 HEADLAMP FLASH SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED (MOMENTARY)
I FC14-38 FRONT FOG LAMP SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED (MOMENTARY)
I FC14-39 AUTO LAMPS SIGNAL †
I FC14-41 ENGINE START REQUEST: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
O FC14-45 MAIN BEAM RELAY ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O FC14-53 LH FRONT SIDE LAMP ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ VOLTAGE
O FC14-54 LH SIDE MARKER LAMP ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ VOLTAGE
I FC14-56 ENGINE COMPARTMENT SECURITY SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED (HOOD OPEN)
I FC14-59 HAZARD SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED (MOMENTARY)
I FC14-61 RH TURN SIGNAL SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
O FC14-68 DIP BEAM RELAY ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
B+ FC14-79 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LIGHTING) : B+
B+ FC14-80 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOGIC) : B+
O FC14-81 RH FRONT TURN SIGNAL REPEATER ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ VOLTAGE (PULSED)
S FC14-84 SCP –
S FC14-85 SCP +
I FC14-88 LH TURN SIGNAL SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
O FC14-96 HAZARD STATUS INDICATOR: B+ (PULSED)
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar XK Range 2003
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V ACP
CAN Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2002Sensor/Signal Ground
SCPInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
B+1 8
II E
Fig. 01.1 I
O
+
–
A
C D
S
PFig. 01.1
9 52 Fig. 01.2
53 87 Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.6
Fig. 02.11 5
I I6 18
II II19 60
E E61 93
1 17I
FC14-38
I
FC14-84
FC14-80
N15
RU
FC14-79
NG52
S
FC14-85
SY
U
FC14-41
GO
5II
WUFC14-15
F6 20A
4
U
OYLF6-4
FC14-59
IY
FC14-30
IU
FC14-14
IO
FC14-88
IYG
FC14-61
IWG
FC14-81
O GR
FC14-28
O RW
FC14-3
O W
FC14-1
O BG
FC14-54
O G
FC14-27
O GO
FC14-2
O GW
FC14-53
O R
FC14-45
O U
B
B
LF31-3
LF31-4LF31-2
LF32-1 LF32-2
B
LF31-1
LF31-6LF31-5
R
GW
BGLF11-1 LF11-2
BGOLF4-1 LF4-2
B
B
LF21-3
LF21-4LF21-2
LF22-1 LF22-2
OY
U
BLF21-1
LF21-6
LF21-5
N
W
BRWLF10-1 LF10-2
BGREL5-1 EL5-2
OFC14-96
N
FC14-6
UY
FC14-16
RW
FC14-68
O OG
F19 10A
RG
ULF7-10
LF5-7
F17 15A
OGN
LF8-10
F8 20A
ULF6-8
F21 10A
UYLF5-4
OLF8-3
LF1-7
LF1-5
LF1-6
LF1-10
LF1-2
LF1-9
LF1-3
LF1-11
LF1-1
LF1-8
EM2-16
4
4
60II
OG
EL6-1
GR
LFS9
LF2BS
LFS8
LF1AL
EM2AR(EM1AR)
B BEL6-2 EMS31
B
B
FC55-3FC55-16
OGFC55-18FC55-9
NR16
BFCS49
B
FC4BR(FC2BR)
FC55-20
FC55-17
FC55-19
FC55-1
SC2-9
BK
SC2-2
FC3BL
BKSCS1FCS48
BK
SC2-6
SC2-7
SC2-8
L
R
U
U
YG
WG
SC2-4
UY
SC2-3
RWSCS2
RW RWFCS9
RW10.2
I
I
4
4
BK
1
I
I
–
+
SC2-1
YUYU11.3
21.1
21.1
RFC55-4
R10.2
B
B
P
SCP
LF5-8FCS37
OGOFC14-20
LF6-9
3
1
5
2
R3
3
1
5
2
R5
3
1
5
2
R2
34II
WR
RF2-3
BK
FC3BR
RF5-6 RFS1
BKBK
RF2-5
RM1-1
RM1-3
BK
RM1-8
YU
YU YURF1-11
IFC14-39
O
Exterior Lighting: Front Exterior Lighting: Front Fig. 09.1
Non HID Headlamp Vehicles
REFER TO APPENDIX:SCP / BPM LIGHTING
MESSAGES
FRONT FOG STATE
REAR FOG STATE
FRONT FOG
REAR FOG
HAZARD
HAZARD STATE
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
DIMMER MODULE:HAZARD SWITCH
LOCATE ILLUMINATION
REAR VIEW MIRRORS:AUTO HEADLAMPS /
MIRROR TINT
DIMMER MODULE:SIDE LAMPS ON
HEADLAMPFLASH
HEADLAMPMAIN BEAM
TURNSIGNALS
SIDE
DIP
AUTO
DIP
SIDE
LIGHTING STALK
COLUMN SWITCHGEAR
NOTE: “Crank” input used with Daytime Running Lamps.
LOGIC
LIGHTING
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
NOTES: Turn signal bulb failure – BPM internal function.Daytime Running Lamps – BPM programmed function.
FRONT FOG RELAY
MAIN BEAM RELAY
DIP BEAM RELAY
ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX
LH FRONT FOG LAMP
RH FRONT FOG LAMP
MAIN
DIP
SIDE LAMP
TURN
LH FRONT LAMP UNIT
MAIN
DIP
SIDE LAMP
TURN
RH FRONT LAMP UNIT
LH SIDE MARKER(NAS ONLY)
LH SIDETURN SIGNAL REPEATER
(ROW)
RH SIDE MARKER(NAS ONLY)
RH SIDETURN SIGNAL REPEATER
(ROW)
AUTO LAMPSSENSOR
INTERIORREAR VIEW MIRROR
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network V Voltage (DC)O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network PWM Pulse Width ModulatedB+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D Serial and Encoded Data
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002
Fig. 09.2
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationBODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC14 104-WAY / GREY PASSENGER SIDE FASCIA / AIRBAG BRACKET
FUSE BOX – ENGINE COMPARTMENT LF5 10-WAY / NATURAL ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LEFT FRONTLF6 10-WAY / BLACKLF7 10-WAY / GREENLF8 10-WAY / BLUELF70 EYELET
FRONT FOG LAMP – LH LF32 2-WAY / BLACK FRONT BUMPER / WHEEL ARCH LINER PANEL
FRONT FOG LAMP – RH LF22 2-WAY / BLACK FRONT BUMPER / WHEEL ARCH LINER PANEL
HID HEADLAMP UNIT – LH LF30 9-WAY / BLACK LH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
HID HEADLAMP UNIT – RH LF23 9-WAY / BLACK RH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
INTERIOR REAR VIEW MIRROR RF2 8-WAY / YELLOW WINDSHIELD / FORWARD OF ROOF CONSOLE
LIGHTING STALK (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) SC2 10-WAY / YELLOW ADJACENT TO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR
SIDE MARKER – LH FRONT LF11 2-WAY / BLACK BEHIND WHEEL ARCH LINER
SIDE MARKER – RH FRONT LF10 2-WAY / BLACK BEHIND WHEEL ARCH LINER
SIDE TURN SIGNAL REPEATER – LH LF4 2-WAY / BLACK BEHIND WHEEL ARCH LINER
SIDE TURN SIGNAL REPEATER – RH EL5 2-WAY / BLACK BEHIND WHEEL ARCH LINER
SWITCH PACK – CENTER CONSOLE FC55 20-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE
RELAYS
Relay Connector / Color LocationMAIN BEAM RELAY BUS / BROWN ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX – R3
FRONT FOG RELAY BUS / BROWN ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX – R2
DIP BEAM RELAY BUS / BROWN ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX – R5
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description Location
EL6 2-WAY / BLACK / FASCIA HARNESS TO RH TURN SIGNAL REPEATER ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
EM2 20-WAY / YELLOW / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO FASCIA HARNESS ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND BLOWER MOTOR
LF1 20-WAY / GREY / FASCIA HARNESS TO LEFT FORWARD HARNESS LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM
SC2 10-WAY / YELLOW / FASCIA HARNESS TO COLUMN SWITCH GEAR HARNESS ADJACENT TO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR
GROUNDS
Ground LocationEM1 ENGINE COMPARTMENT, RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
EM2 ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE
FC2 RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST
FC3 TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE
FC4 LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST
LF1 RIGHT HAND HEADLAMP
LF2 ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FORWARD OF LEFT HAND HOOD LATCH
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
Body Processor Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicO FC14-01 RH FRONT SIDE LAMP ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ VOLTAGE
O FC14-02 LH FRONT TURN SIGNAL ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ VOLTAGE (PULSED)
I FC14-06 HEADLAMP DIPPED BEAM SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
I FC14-08 AIRBAG AUDIBLE WARNING: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
I FC14-14 HEADLAMP MAIN BEAM SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED (MOMENTARY)
I FC14-15 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND (I) : GROUND
I FC14-16 SIDE LAMP SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
O FC14-20 FRONT FOG LAMP RELAY ACTIVATE / FRONT FOG LAMP STATUS: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O FC14-27 LH FRONT TURN SIGNAL REPEATER ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ VOLTAGE (PULSED)
O FC14-28 RH SIDE MARKER LAMP ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ VOLTAGE
I FC14-30 HEADLAMP FLASH SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED (MOMENTARY)
I FC14-38 FRONT FOG LAMP SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED (MOMENTARY)
I FC14-39 AUTO LAMPS SIGNAL †
I FC14-41 ENGINE START REQUEST: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
O FC14-45 MAIN BEAM RELAY ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O FC14-53 LH FRONT SIDE LAMP ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ VOLTAGE
O FC14-54 LH SIDE MARKER LAMP ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ VOLTAGE
I FC14-59 HAZARD SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED (MOMENTARY)
I FC14-61 RH TURN SIGNAL SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
O FC14-68 DIP BEAM RELAY ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
B+ FC14-79 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LIGHTING) : B+
B+ FC14-80 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOGIC) : B+
O FC14-81 RH FRONT TURN SIGNAL REPEATER ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ VOLTAGE (PULSED)
S FC14-84 SCP –
S FC14-85 SCP +
I FC14-88 LH TURN SIGNAL SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
O FC14-96 HAZARD STATUS INDICATOR: B+ (PULSED)
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar XK Range 2003
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V ACP
CAN Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2002Sensor/Signal Ground
SCPInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
B+1 8
II E
Fig. 01.1 I
O
+
–
A
C D
S
PFig. 01.1
9 52 Fig. 01.2
53 87 Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.6
Fig. 02.11 5
I I6 18
II II19 60
E E61 93
1 17I
FC14-38
I
FC14-84
FC14-80
N15
RU
FC14-79
NG52
S
FC14-85
SY
U
FC14-41
GO
5II
WUFC14-15
F19 10A
4
U
OYLF7-10
FC14-59
IY
FC14-30
IU
FC14-14
IO
FC14-88
IYG
FC14-61
IWG
FC14-81
O GR
FC14-28
O RW
FC14-3
O W
FC14-1
O BG
FC14-54
O G
FC14-27
O GO
FC14-2
O GWFC14-53
O R
FC14-45
O U
B
B
LF30-7
LF30-8
LF30-4
LF32-1 LF32-2
B
LF30-6
LF30-3
LF30-9
R
GW
BGLF11-1 LF11-2
BGOLF4-1 LF4-2
B
B
LF23-7
LF23-8
LF23-4
LF22-1 LF22-2
OY
U
B
LF23-6
LF23-3
LF23-9
N
W
BRWLF10-1 LF10-2
BGREL5-1 EL5-2
OFC14-96
N
FC14-6
UY
FC14-16
RW
FC14-68
O OGF6 20A
RG ULF6-4LF6-9
F17 15A
OG
NLF8-10
F21 10A
ULF5-4
F8 20A
UYLF6-8
OLF8-3
LF1-7
LF1-5
LF1-6
LF1-10
LF1-2
LF1-9
LF1-3
LF1-11
LF1-1
LF1-8
EM2-16
4
4
60II
OG
EL6-1
GR
LFS9
LF2BS
LFS8
LF1AL
EM2AR(EM1AR)
B BEL6-2 EMS31
B
B
FC55-3FC55-16
OGFC55-18FC55-9
NR16
BFCS49
B
FC4BR(FC2BR)
FC55-20
FC55-17
FC55-19
FC55-1
SC2-9
BK
SC2-2
FC3BL
BKSCS1FCS48
BK
SC2-6
SC2-7
SC2-8
L
R
U
U
YG
WG
SC2-4
UY
SC2-3
RWSCS2
RW RWFCS9
RW10.2
I
I
4
4
BK
1
I
I
–
+
SC2-1
YUYU11.3
21.1
21.1
RFC55-4
R10.2
B
B
P
LF5-8FCS37
OGOFC14-20
LF5-7
3
1
5
2
R2
3
1
5
2
R3
3
1
5
2
R5
HI1-1
HI1-8LF30-1
LF23-1
B
B
56II
57II
WR
WRHI1-7
P
HI2-1
HI2-2
HI2-3
HI2-4
HJ2-1
HJ2-2
HJ2-3
HJ2-4
HJ1-1
HJ1-8HJ1-7P
SCP
34II
WR
RF2-3
BK
FC3BR
RF5-6 RFS1
BKBK
RF2-5
RM1-1
RM1-3
BK
RM1-8
YU
YU YURF1-11
IFC14-39
O
Exterior Lighting: Front – HID Exterior Lighting: Front – HID Fig. 09.2
HID Headlamp Vehicles
REFER TO APPENDIX:SCP / BPM LIGHTING
MESSAGES
FRONT FOG STATE
REAR FOG STATE
FRONT FOG
REAR FOG
HAZARD
HAZARD STATE
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
DIMMER MODULE:HAZARD SWITCH
LOCATE ILLUMINATION
REAR VIEW MIRRORS:AUTO HEADLAMPS /
MIRROR TINT
DIMMER MODULE:SIDE LAMPS ON
HEADLAMPFLASH
HEADLAMPMAIN BEAM
TURNSIGNALS
SIDE
DIP
AUTO
DIP
SIDE
LIGHTING STALK
COLUMN SWITCHGEAR
NOTE: “Crank” input used with Daytime Running Lamps.
LOGIC
LIGHTING
BODY PROCESSOR MODULENOTES: Turn signal bulb failure – BPM internal function.
Daytime Running Lamps – BPM programmed function.
FRONT FOG RELAY
MAIN BEAM RELAY
DIP BEAM RELAY
ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX
LH FRONT FOG LAMP
RH FRONT FOG LAMP
MAIN
SIDE LAMP
TURN
DIP
DIP
HEADLAMP LEVELINGCONTROL MODULE *
LH FRONT LAMP UNIT
MAIN
SIDE LAMP
TURN
DIP
DIP
HEADLAMP LEVELINGCONTROL MODULE *
RH FRONT LAMP UNIT
LH SIDE MARKER(NAS ONLY)
LH SIDE TURN SIGNAL REPEATER
(ROW)
RH SIDE MARKER(NAS ONLY)
RH SIDE TURN SIGNAL REPEATER
(ROW)
* NOTE: Ballast integral within Control Module. Refer to Fig. 09.4 foradditional Headlamp Leveling Control Module details.
AUTO LAMPSSENSOR
INTERIORREAR VIEW MIRROR
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network V Voltage (DC)O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network PWM Pulse Width ModulatedB+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D Serial and Encoded Data
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002
Fig. 09.3
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationBODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC14 104-WAY / GREY PASSENGER SIDE FASCIA / AIRBAG BRACKET
BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH AC24 4-WAY / WHITE TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL
FUSE BOX – TRUNK BT10 10-WAY / NATURAL TRUNK / ELECTRICAL CARRIERBT11 10-WAY / BLACKBT12 10-WAY / GREENBT13 10-WAY / BLUEBT64 EYELET
HIGH-MOUNTED STOP LAMP – CONVERTIBLE BL8 2-WAY / WHITE TRUNK / UNDERSIDE OF LID
HIGH-MOUNTED STOP LAMP – COUPE RH8 2-WAY / WHITE TRUNK / REARWARD OF SUB WOOFER SPEAKER
INTERIOR REAR VIEW MIRROR RF2 8-WAY / YELLOW WINDSHIELD / FORWARD OF ROOF CONSOLE
LIGHTING STALK (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) SC2 10-WAY / YELLOW ADJACENT TO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR
MAJOR INSTRUMENT CLUSTER FC25 26-WAY / BLACK FASCIAFC26 26-WAY / YELLOW
NUMBER PLATE LAMP – LH BL4 2-WAY / BLACK TRUNK LID / LINER
NUMBER PLATE LAMP – RH BL5 2-WAY / BLACK TRUNK LID / LINER
SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE BT40 16-WAY / BLACK TRUNK / ELECTRICAL CARRIERBT41 26-WAY / BLACKBT42 10-WAY / BLACKRH20 COAXIAL CONNECTOR
SIDE MARKER – LH REAR BT27 2-WAY / BLACK TRUNK / LH SIDE
SIDE MARKER – RH REAR BT26 2-WAY / BLACK TRUNK / RH SIDE
SWITCH PACK – CENTER CONSOLE FC55 20-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE
TAIL LAMP UNIT – LH BT31 7-WAY / BLACK TRUNK / LH SIDE
TAIL LAMP UNIT – RH BT30 7-WAY / BLACK TRUNK / RH SIDE
RELAYS
Relay Connector / Color LocationREAR FOG RELAY BUS / BROWN TRUNK FUSE BOX – R1
STOP LAMP RELAY BUS / BROWN TRUNK FUSE BOX – R5
TAIL LAMP RELAY BUS / BROWN TRUNK FUSE BOX – R3
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description LocationAC13 20-WAY / YELLOW / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / RIGHT HAND SIDE
BB1 4-WAY / WHITE / TRUNK HARNESS TO TRUNK LID HARNESS TRUNK / ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH
BL1 4-WAY / WHITE / TRUNK HARNESS TO TRUNK LID HARNESS TRUNK / BEHIND TRUNK LID LINER / RH SIDE
BT1 20-WAY / WHITE / REARWARD HARNESS TO TRUNK HARNESS TRUNK / ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH
BT2 20-WAY / WHITE / REARWARD HARNESS TO TRUNK HARNESS TRUNK / ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH
RH1 20-WAY / GREY / FASCIA HARNESS TO REARWARD HARNESS REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
RH2 20-WAY / WHITE / FASCIA HARNESS TO REARWARD HARNESS REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
SC2 10-WAY / YELLOW / FASCIA HARNESS TO COLUMN SWITCH GEAR HARNESS ADJACENT TO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR
GROUNDS
Ground LocationBT1 ADJACENT TO BATTERY
BT2 TRUNK, RIGHT REAR
BT3 TRUNK, LEFT REAR
FC2 RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST
FC3 TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE
FC4 LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST
RH1 RIGHT HAND REAR QUARTER
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
Body Processor Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicI FC14-06 HEADLAMP DIPPED BEAM SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
I FC14-12 REAR FOG LAMP SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED (MOMENTARY)
I FC14-15 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND (I) : GROUND
I FC14-16 SIDE LAMP SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
I FC14-39 AUTO LAMPS SIGNAL †
I FC14-41 ENGINE START REQUEST: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
O FC14-44 REAR FOG LAMP STATUS: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O FC14-50 LH REAR TURN SIGNAL ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ VOLTAGE (PULSED)
I FC14-61 RH TURN SIGNAL SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
O FC14-76 RH REAR TURN SIGNAL ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ VOLTAGE (PULSED)
B+ FC14-79 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LIGHTING) : B+
B+ FC14-80 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOGIC) : B+
S FC14-84 SCP –
S FC14-85 SCP +
I FC14-88 LH TURN SIGNAL SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
O FC14-95 TAIL LAMP RELAY ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
B+ FC14-104 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
Major Instrument Cluster
Pin Description and CharacteristicC FC25-11 CAN +
S FC25-13 SCP +
S FC25-14 SCP –
C FC25-23 CAN –
Security and Locking Control Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicO BT40-05 REVERSE LAMP ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, SLCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
B+ BT40-06 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
O BT40-07 REAR FOG LAMP RELAY ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, SLCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
S BT40-08 SCP +
SG BT40-13 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND
SG BT40-14 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND
S BT40-16 SCP –
O BT41-12 SIDE MARKER LAMP ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, SLCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
I BT41-13 SIDE MARKER LAMP ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, SLCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
O BT42-01 RH STOP LAMP ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, SLCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
O BT42-02 LH STOP LAMP ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, SLCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
O BT42-03 RH TAIL LAMP ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, SLCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
O BT42-04 LH TAIL LAMP ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, SLCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
O BT42-05 NUMBER PLATE LAMP ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, SLCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
I BT42-06 RH STOP LAMP ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, SLCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
I BT42-07 LH STOP LAMP ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, SLCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
I BT42-08 RH TAIL LAMP ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, SLCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
I BT42-09 LH TAIL LAMP ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, SLCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
I BT42-10 NUMBER PLATE LAMP ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, SLCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar XK Range 2003
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V ACP
CAN Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2002Sensor/Signal Ground
SCPInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
B+1 8
II E
Fig. 01.1 I
O
+
–
A
C D
S
PFig. 01.1
9 52 Fig. 01.2
53 87 Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.6
Fig. 02.11 5
I I6 18
II II19 60
E E61 93
1 17I
21.1
21.1 21.1
21.1
Y
GO
FC14-84
FC14-80
N15
FC14-79
NG52
S
FC14-85
SY
U
5II
WUFC14-15
1
46II
FC14-12
IW
BT31-7
BT31-4
O
Y
BBT31-1 BT31-6
BT31-3
RU
GW
BRUBL4-1 BL4-2
BRW
BT27-1 BT27-2
OFC14-44
U
FC14-50
O GWBT1-2
BT3S
B
FC55-18FC55-9
NR16
FC55-20
FC55-17
FC55-19FC55-16
B
FC55-1FC4BR(FC2BR)
FCS49
B
FC14-104
NW19
OBT12-2
OGBT10-5
RBT12-10
RWBT10-4
RUBT10-7
UYBT11-7
UBT11-8
OGBT11-9
F15 10A
#8 5A
#19 5A
#21 5A1
1
#6 5A
OBT11-4
BT40-16
S
BT40-8
S
SCP
Y
U
BT40-6
NR53
BT40-5
YBT40-13
BK
BT1AR
BT40-7
OG
BT41-13
BT31-2
U
BT30-5
BT30-6
OY
BBT30-7 BT30-2
BT30-1
RG
O
BRU
BL5-1 BL5-2
BRW
BT26-1 BT26-2
BT30-4
RW
R
O
UY
RW
RU
U
RU
OY
RG
FC14-76
O GOBT1-1
FC14-95
O RU
RH2-3
RH2-1
GW
GO
BB1-2
RUBL1-2
RU
BT2-9RH2-16
RU
BTS40
BTS9
BTS3
BLS2
BTS17
BT2AR
B
BTS23
BLS1
BL1-1
BB1-1
B
B
B
6II
OGWU AC24-1AC24-4 AC13-3
(CONV.)
(COUPE)
U
U U
U UBB1-3 BL1-3
RH1S
B
RHS2
B(CONV.)
(COUPE)
BL8-1 (CONV.)RH8-2 (COUPE)
BL8-2 (CONV.)RH8-1 (COUPE)
B
B
BT40-14
BK
BK
BTS21
RH1-19
OGBT1-9
OG OGBTS5
Y
GFC25-11
FC25-23
C
C
+
–S
S
–
+
FC25-14
U
FC25-13
Y
1
1
–
+
1 I
I
GO
–
+
BT11-5
BT3S
B
BTS23
BL1-1
BB1-1
B
B
BBLS1
FC14-41
BT1-17
FC14-88
IYG
FC14-61
IWGSC2-7
SC2-8
L
R
YG
WG
FC14-6
UY
FC14-16
RWSC2-9
BK
FC3BL
BKSCS1FCS48
BK
SC2-4
UY
SC2-3
RWSCS2
RW RWFCS9
RW10.2
I
IBK
SC2-1
YUYU11.3
21.1
21.1
Y17.417.3
U
BT42-4
BT42-8
BT42-6
BT42-7
BT41-12
BT42-5
BT42-3
BT42-2
BT42-1
RBT42-10
BT42-9
RW
Y19.1
BTS7
BTS8
I
I
O
O
O
O
O
I
I
I
O
I
O
O
04.2
B
B
B
21.1
21.1
P
B
(CONV)
RHS4
UU
3
1
5
2
R5
3
1
5
2
R3
3
1
5
2
R1
34II
WR
RF2-3
BK
FC3BR
RF5-6 RFS1
BKBKRF2-5
RM1-1
RM1-3
BK
RM1-8
YU
YU YURF1-11
IFC14-39
O
Exterior Lighting: Rear Exterior Lighting: Rear Fig. 09.3
All Vehicles
BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH
REFER TO APPENDIX:SCP / BPM / SLCM LIGHTING MESSAGES
REVERSE GEAR
MAJORINSTRUMENT CLUSTER
FRONT FOG STATE
REAR FOG STATE
FRONT FOG
REAR FOG
HAZARD
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
REAR VIEW MIRRORS:AUTO HEADLAMPS /
MIRROR TINT
DIMMER MODULE:SIDE LAMPS ON
TURNSIGNALS
DIP
SIDE
AUTO
DIP
SIDE
LIGHTING STALK
COLUMN SWITCHGEAR
NOTE: ‘Crank’ input activatesgeneral bulb failure output.
LOGIC
LIGHTING
LIGHTING
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
NOTE: BTS5 – Adaptive Damping only.
STOP LAMP RELAY
TAIL LAMP RELAY
REAR FOG RELAY
TRUNK FUSE BOX
BULB FAILURESENSING
SECURITY AND LOCKINGCONTROL MODULE
ECM: BRAKE ON / OFF
HIGH-MOUNTED STOP LAMP
LH SIDE MARKER(NAS ONLY)
FOG
REVERSE
TAIL
STOP
TURN
LH TAIL LAMP UNIT
LH NUMBER PLATE LAMP
RH NUMBER PLATE LAMP
TURN
STOP
TAIL
REVERSE
FOG
RH TAIL LAMP UNIT
RH SIDE MARKER(NAS ONLY)
NAVIGATION:REVERSE LAMPS ACTIVATED(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
PARKING AID:REVERSE LAMPS ACTIVATED(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
AUTO LAMPSSENSOR
INTERIORREAR VIEW MIRROR
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002
Fig. 09.4
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationHEADLAMP LEVELING ACTUATOR – LH LF34 3-WAY / BLACK HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY / REAR
HEADLAMP LEVELING ACTUATOR – RH LF24 3-WAY / BLACK HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY / REAR
HEADLAMP LEVELING SWITCH (CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK) FC55 20-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE
HID HEADLAMP UNIT – LH LF30 9-WAY / BLACK LH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
HID HEADLAMP UNIT – RH LF23 9-WAY / BLACK RH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
RIDE HEIGHT SENSOR – FRONT AXLE LF33 6-WAY / BLACK FRONT SUSPENSION
RIDE HEIGHT SENSOR – REAR AXLE XL1 6-WAY / BLACK REAR SUSPENSION
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description Location
BT3 20-WAY / YELLOW / REARWARD HARNESS TO TRUNK HARNESS TRUNK / ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH
LF59 12-WAY / GREY / FASCIA HARNESS TO LEFT FORWARD HARNESS LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM
LF60 20-WAY / WHITE / FASCIA HARNESS TO LEFT FORWARD HARNESS LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM
RH13 12-WAY / WHITE / FASCIA HARNESS TO REARWARD HARNESS REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
RL2 4-WAY / WHITE / TRUNK HARNESS TO LH REAR WHEEL LINK HARNESS ABOVE REAR AXLE / LEFT HAND SIDE
XL2 4-WAY / BLACK / LH REAR WHEEL LINK HARNESS TO RIDE HEIGHT SENSOR LINK HARNESS ABOVE REAR AXLE / LEFT HAND SIDE
GROUNDS
Ground LocationBT2 TRUNK, RIGHT REAR
FC3 TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE
LF1 RIGHT HAND HEADLAMP
LF2 ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FORWARD OF LEFT HAND HOOD LATCH
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar XK Range 2003
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V ACP
CAN Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2002Sensor/Signal Ground
SCPInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
B+1 8
II E
Fig. 01.1 I
O
+
–
A
C D
S
PFig. 01.1
9 52 Fig. 01.2
53 87 Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.6
Fig. 02.11 5
I I6 18
II II19 60
E E61 93
1 17I
WRLF34-3
LF34-2
WRLF24-3
LF24-2
53II
54II
55II
LF34-1
LF24-1
GW
GW
LFS6
GWLF60-15
GW
LFS9
LF2BS
BB
LFS8
LF1AL
BB
0
BKFCS47
FC3BR
BK
FC55-6
FC55-5
FC55-2
1
2
3
WR
390 Ω
YLF33-5
BT2AR
50II
LF33-4
LF33-2
LF33-1
XL1-4
XL1-1
W
U
B
W
B
XL2-4
LF30-2
LF30-1 LF30-5
LF23-2
LF23-1 LF23-5
B
WRXL1-5
B
XL1-2
B
Y
UWRWR
BTS10
RL2-1
RL2-2
XL2-3
XL2-2
51II
Y
U
O
O
P
P
I
RL2-4 BT3-19 RH13-12 LF59-3
XL2-1 RL2-3
B
B B
W W W W W
BBTS17
LFS9
LF2BS
B
I PWM
LFS1
B
I PWM
56II
57II
W
D
DWR
W
WR
O
O 21.2
21.2
P
P
HI1-4
HI1-7 HI1-2
HI1-8
HI1-6
HI1-9
HI1-10
HI1-11
HJ1-4
HJ1-7 HJ1-2
HJ1-8
HJ1-6
HJ1-9
HJ1-10
HJ1-11
HI1-12
HJ1-12
BLF30-3
LF1AL
BLF23-3
LFS8
B
Headlamp Leveling Headlamp Leveling Fig. 09.4
Headlamp Leveling Vehicles
LEVELING SWITCH
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
SERVOAMPLIFIER
LH HEADLAMPLEVELING ACTUATOR
SERVOAMPLIFIER
RH HEADLAMPLEVELING ACTUATOR
DRIVER-CONTROLLED HEADLAMP LEVELING
AUTOMATIC HEADLAMP LEVELING (HID HEADLAMPS)
FRONT AXLERIDE HEIGHT
SENSOR
REAR AXLERIDE HEIGHT
SENSOR
LH HID HEADLAMP UNIT
RH HID HEADLAMP UNIT
SERIAL COMMUNICATION
SERIAL COMMUNICATION
HEADLAMP LEVELINGCONTROL MODULE *
STEPPERMOTOR
ANDACTUATOR
HEADLAMP LEVELINGCONTROL MODULE *
STEPPERMOTOR
ANDACTUATOR
* NOTE: Refer to Fig. 09.2 for Headlamp LevelingControl Module exterior lighting details.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network V Voltage (DC)O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network PWM Pulse Width ModulatedB+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D Serial and Encoded Data
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002
Fig. 10.1
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationBODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC14 104-WAY / GREY PASSENGER SIDE FASCIA / AIRBAG BRACKET
DIODE (BT29) – TRUNK SWITCH BT29 DIODE TRUNK / ADJACENT TO BATTERY
DOOR AJAR SWITCH – DRIVER DD3 13-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR / DOOR CASING
DOOR AJAR SWITCH – PASSENGER DP3 13-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER DOOR / DOOR CASING
DOOR CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER DD10 22-WAY / BLUE DRIVER DOOR / DOOR CASINGDD11 22-WAY / BLACK
DOOR CONTROL MODULE – PASSENGER DP10 22-WAY / BLUE PASSENGER DOOR / DOOR CASINGDP11 22-WAY / BLACK
DOOR LOCK SWITCHES – DRIVER DD3 13-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR / DOOR CASING
FOOTWELL LAMP – DRIVER FC31 2-WAY / BLACK LH FOOTWELL
FOOTWELL LAMP – PASSENGER FC32 2-WAY / BLACK RH FOOTWELL
GLOVE BOX LAMP FC33 1-WAY / CLEAR GLOVE BOXFC34 1-WAY / CLEAR
IGNITION SWITCH (KEY-IN SWITCH) FC4 8-WAY / WHITE STEERING COLUMN
PUDDLE LAMP – DRIVER DOOR DD14 2-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR
PUDDLE LAMP – PASSENGER DOOR DP14 2-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER DOOR
REAR INTERIOR LAMP RH3 2-WAY / WHITE REAR CENTER OF HEAD LINING
ROOF CONSOLE RF10 6-WAY / GREY ROOF CONSOLE
TRUNK LAMP – LH BT56 2-WAY / WHITE TRUNK / LH SIDE
TRUNK LAMP – RH BT59 2-WAY / WHITE TRUNK / RH SIDE
TRUNK SWITCH BT46 2-WAY / BLACK TRUNK
VANITY LAMP – LH RF8 3-WAY / YELLOW SUN VISOR
VANITY LAMP – RH RF7 3-WAY / YELLOW SUN VISOR
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description Location
BT1 20-WAY / WHITE / REARWARD HARNESS TO TRUNK HARNESS TRUNK / ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH
DD1 23-WAY / BLACK / CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS TO DRIVER DOOR HARNESS DRIVER SIDE ‘A’ POST MOUNTING BRACKET/ ‘A’ POST TRIM
DP1 23-WAY / BLACK / CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS TO PASSENGER DOOR HARNESS PASSENGER SIDE ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM
RF1 24-WAY / BLACK / FASCIA HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM
RF5 8-WAY / WHITE / FASCIA HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM
RH2 20-WAY / WHITE / FASCIA HARNESS TO REARWARD HARNESS REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
GROUNDS
Ground LocationBT1 ADJACENT TO BATTERY
FC2 RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST
FC3 TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE
FC4 LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST
RH1 RIGHT HAND REAR QUARTER
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
Body Processor Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicI FC14-15 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND (I) : GROUND
O FC14-24 INTERIOR LIGHTING ACTIVATE (FADE 1) : TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ VOLTAGE
I FC14-32 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND (I) : GROUND
I FC14-41 ENGINE START REQUEST: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
I FC14-67 KEY-IN-IGNITION: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
O FC14-74 INTERIOR LIGHTING ACTIVATE (FADE 21) : TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ VOLTAGE
B+ FC14-80 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOGIC) : B+
S FC14-84 SCP –
S FC14-85 SCP +
O FC14-101 INTERIOR LIGHTING ENABLE: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ VOLTAGE
B+ FC14-104 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
Driver Door Control Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicB+ DD10-01 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
SG DD10-08 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND
S DD10-09 SCP –
O DD10-14 DRIVER DOOR PUDDLE LAMP ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, DDCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
S DD10-16 SCP +
PG DD10-17 POWER GROUND: GROUND
I DD11-04 DRIVER DOOR LOCK BARREL UNLOCK REQUEST: B+ (MOMENTARY) WHEN ACTIVATED
I DD11-12 DRIVER DOOR LOCK BARREL LOCK REQUEST: B+ (MOMENTARY) WHEN ACTIVATED
I DD11-20 DRIVER DOOR AJAR SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED (DOOR OPEN)
Passenger Door Control Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicB+ DP10-01 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
SG DP10-08 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND
S DP10-09 SCP –
O DP10-14 PASSENGER DOOR PUDDLE LAMP ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, PDCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
S DP10-16 SCP +
PD DP10-17 POWER GROUND: GROUND
I DP11-20 PASSENGER DOOR AJAR SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED (DOOR OPEN)
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar XK Range 2003
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V ACP
CAN Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2002Sensor/Signal Ground
SCPInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
B+1 8
II E
Fig. 01.1 I
O
+
–
A
C D
S
PFig. 01.1
9 52 Fig. 01.2
53 87 Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.6
Fig. 02.11 5
I I6 18
II II19 60
E E61 93
1 17I
Interior Lighting Interior Lighting Fig. 10.1
All Vehicles
FC14-24
O
FC14-84
FC14-80
N15
NW
S
FC14-85
SY
U
GOFC14-41
DD3-6DD3-7
1
DD10-14DD11-20
OI
DD10-1
N25
BK
FC4AR(FC2AR)
GW
B
GW
S
S Y
UDD10-9
DD10-16
DP10-14
O
DP10-1
N50
GW
S
S Y
UDP10-9
DP10-16
BK
BK
DD10-8
DD10-17
DDS7
BK
FC2AR(FC4AR)
BDP10-8
DP10-17
DD1-2
DD1-21
B
DP3-6DP3-7 DP11-20
IGWBK
DPS7DP1-2
DP1-21
BK
B
BK
BK
GW
GW B
B
DD14-2 DD14-1
DP14-2 DP14-1
NW BFC31-2 FC31-1
NW BFC32-2 FC32-1
NW BRH3-2 RH3-1
RW RWBT56-2 BT56-1
RW RWBT59-2 BT59-1
BFC33 FC34FC14-101
O RW
FC14-74
O RW
FCS1
RH2-5
RH2-6 BT1-5 BTS25 BTS26RW RW RW
FCS36RW
NW
BKRF8-3RF8-1
BKRF7-3RF7-1
RW
RW
RF5-5
RW RFS2
RW
BKRF10-1
RF10-4
RF10-5
RF1-12
RW
BT29BT29-1 BT29-2
RW RWBTS6
RWBT46-1BT46-2
BK
SCP
FCS46
B
FC2BR(FC4BR)
BTS21
BT1AR
BK
FCS46
B
FC2BR(FC4BR)
RFS1
BKRF5-6
DD1-1
BK
FC3BR
DDS1
B
FC4AL(FC2AL)
DP1-1DPS1
B
FC2AL(FC4AL)
B
B
RH1S
RHS2
B
–
+
–
+
–
+
FC14-104
NW19
DD11-4
I
DD11-12
I
NG
OY
37 DD3-10
DD3-12
DD3-11
NW
I
WUFC14-15
I
WRFC14-32
I15I
5II
FC4-4FC4-5
BKFCS48
FC3BL
BKFC14-67
IO
RW
FCS50
B
FC4BL(FC2BL)
21.1
21.1
21.1
21.1
21.1
21.1
B
B
P
P
B
B
P
REFER TO APPENDIX:SCP / BPM / DDCM / PDCM
INTERIOR LIGHTING MESSAGES
IGNITION SWITCH(KEY-IN SWITCH)
LOCK
UNLOCK
KEY BARREL
DRIVER DOOR LOCKSWITCHES
DRIVER DOORAJAR SWITCH
DRIVER DOORCONTROL MODULE
PASSENGER DOORAJAR SWITCH
PASSENGER DOORCONTROL MODULE
NOTE: ‘Crank’ input is used to switch offinterior lamps during engine cranking.
LOGIC
LIGHTING
FADE 1
ILLUMINATIONENABLE
FADE 2
BODY PROCESSORMODULE
DRIVER FOOTWELLLAMP
PASSENGER FOOTWELLLAMP
REAR INTERIOR LAMP(COUPE ONLY)
LH TRUNK LAMP
RH TRUNK LAMP
GLOVE BOX LAMP
TRUNK SWITCH
LH VANITY LAMP
RH VANITY LAMP
LH MAP LAMPSWITCH
RH MAP LAMPSWITCH
LH MAP LAMP
RH MAP LAMP
ROOF CONSOLE
DRIVER DOORPUDDLE LAMP
PASSENGER DOORPUDDLE LAMP
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network V Voltage (DC)O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network PWM Pulse Width ModulatedB+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D Serial and Encoded Data
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002
Fig. 10.2
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationADAPTIVE SPEED LIMIT SWITCH FC63 10-WAY / NATURAL REARWARD OF GEAR SELECTOR
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL PANEL FC43 12-WAY / BLUE CENTER CONSOLE
CIGAR LIGHTER FC42 2-WAY / METALLIC FORWARD OF GEAR SELECTORFC59 1-WAY / BLACK
CONVERTIBLE TOP SWITCH FC62 10-WAY / BLACK FORWARD OF GEAR SELECTOR
DIMMER CONTROL (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) SC11 6-WAY / WHITE STEERING COLUMN COWL
DIMMER MODULE FC23 12-WAY / BLACK FASCIA / ADJACENT TO RH SIDE FUSE BOX
FORWARD ALERT SWITCH FC102 10-WAY / BLACK DRIVER KNEE BOLSTER
J GATE ILLUMINATION MODULE FC88 10-WAY / WHITE FRONT OF GEAR SELECTOR ASSEMBLY
LIGHTING STALK (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) SC2 10-WAY / YELLOW ADJACENT TO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR
MAJOR INSTRUMENT CLUSTER FC25 26-WAY / BLACK FASCIAFC26 26-WAY / YELLOW
MINOR INSTRUMENT CLUSTER FC79 20-WAY / BLACK FASCIA
MODE SWITCH (TRANSMISSION) FC35 10-WAY / BLACK REARWARD OF GEAR SELECTOR
NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE IC22 16-WAY / BLACKIC23 24-WAY / BLACK
NAVIGATION DISPLAY MODULE FC97 12-WAY / BLACK BEHIND NAVIGATION DISPLAYFC98 16-WAY / BLACK
RADIO / CASSETTE HEAD UNIT IC8 8-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLEIC19 12-WAY / WHITEIC20 26-WAY / YELLOW
ROOF CONSOLE RF10 6-WAY / GREY ROOF CONSOLE
SWITCH PACK – CENTER CONSOLE FC55 20-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE
SWITCH PACK – DRIVER DOOR DD17 20-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR
SWITCH PACK – DRIVER DOOR MEMORY DD5 10-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR
SWITCH PACK – PASSENGER DOOR DP17 8-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER DOOR
TRIP COMPUTER SWITCH PACK FC27 10-WAY / BLACK FASCIA / DRIVER SIDE
TRUNK AND FUEL FILL RELEASE SWITCH FC41 10-WAY / NATURAL FASCIA / DRIVER SIDE
VALET SWITCH FC67 10-WAY / BLACK DRIVER KNEE BOLSTER
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description Location
AC15 20-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / RIGHT HAND SIDE
DD1 23-WAY / BLACK / CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS TO DRIVER DOOR HARNESS DRIVER SIDE ‘A’ POST MOUNTING BRACKET/ ‘A’ POST TRIM
DP1 23-WAY / BLACK / CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS TO PASSENGER DOOR HARNESS PASSENGER SIDE ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM
IC1 20-WAY / YELLOW / FASCIA HARNESS TO IN-CAR ENTERTAINMENT HARNESS BELOW CENTER CONSOLE GLOVE BOX
RF1 24-WAY / BLACK / FASCIA HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM
RF5 8-WAY / WHITE / FASCIA HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM
SC2 10-WAY / YELLOW / FASCIA HARNESS TO COLUMN SWITCH GEAR HARNESS ADJACENT TO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR
SC3 12-WAY / GREY / FASCIA HARNESS TO COLUMN SWITCH GEAR HARNESS RIGHT HAND SIDE OF STEERING COLUMN
GROUNDS
Ground Location
CE2 ABOVE RIGHT HAND SIDE OF TRANSMISSION TUNNEL
FC2 RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST
FC3 TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE
FC4 LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
Dimmer Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicO FC23-01 ILLUMINATION ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, DIMMER MODULE SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
O FC23-02 ILLUMINATION ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, DIMMER MODULE SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
I FC23-03 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND SUPPLY: GROUND (IGNITION I)
I FC23-04 SIDE LAMPS ON SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
I FC23-05 DIMMER SENSOR SIGNAL: 1.3 V = DIM; 4 V = BRIGHT
SG FC23-06 DIMMER SENSOR SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND
O FC23-07 ILLUMINATION ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, DIMMER MODULE SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
O FC23-08 ILLUMINATION ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, DIMMER MODULE SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
PG FC23-09 POWER GROUND: GROUND
B+ FC23-10 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
B+ FC23-11 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
SS FC23-12 DIMMER SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE: NOMINAL 5 V
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar XK Range 2003
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V ACP
CAN Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2002Sensor/Signal Ground
SCPInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
B+1 8
II E
Fig. 01.1 I
O
+
–
A
C D
S
PFig. 01.1
9 52 Fig. 01.2
53 87 Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.6
Fig. 02.11 5
I I6 18
II II19 60
E E61 93
1 17I
FC23-8
FC23-4
O
I
B
FC2BR(FC4BR)
R
RW
FC23-3
WR13I
FC23-6
RW
FCS4
FC79-8
NR49
Y
GG
UYUY
Y
RG
SC11-4
SC11-5
SC11-6
SC11-2
BK
FC3BL
BKSCS1FCS48
BK
SC2-4
UY
SC2-3
RWSCS2
RW RWFCS9
RW09.2
RW
RG
SC11-3
RW
SC3-8
SC3-11
SC3-10
SC3-9
G
UY
Y
RG
FC23-5
FC23-12
I
FC23-11
NR48FC23-10
FC23-9 FCS46
B
FC25-17
FC25-6
FC26-21
FC55-10
FC55-4
FCS72
IC20-20
IC20-21
FC43-9
FC23-2
ORUFC23-1
ORU
RU RG
FC23-7
O RUFCS73
RU
RU
IC1-6
RG
IC1-5
RG
RG
RGRG
FCS3
FC43-7
FC55-16
B
FC79-16
BK
FC25-16
B B
FC63-10
BFC63-5 FC63-1
RU
RU
FC35-10
FC35-1FC35-5
RG
BKFCS47
BK
FC3BR
RU BFC62-9 FC62-7
R
BFC27-3 FC27-4
BDD17-5DD17-4
R
R
BFC41-4 FC41-2
R
BFC59 FC42-1
R BFC88-5 FC88-10
R BFC67-9 FC67-5
RBDP17-3 DP17-4
R
FC4BL(FC2BL)
FC4BR(FC2BR)
FC2AL(FC4AL)
DP1-9
BDD5-9DD5-1
R
FC4BR(FC2BR)
FCS49B
B
AC15-7
R
ACS7DDS5 DD1-9
R R
R
FC4AL(FC2AL)
FC4BR(FC2BR)
FC3BL
FCS48
BK
FCS49
B
CE2AS
FCS49B
FCS50
B
BDDS1DD1-1
B
BDPS1DP1-1
B
BK
09.1
I
14.1
SC2-9 R
FC97-12
IC22-14
IC1-20
RURG RG
RG
IC19-6
RUBKRF10-1 RF10-6
FC3BR
BKRFS1RF5-6
BKRF1-21
RU
07.1
FC55-3
N 09.1
P
B
B
BFC102-9 FC102-5
RU
R
FC43-8
CE2BS
BK
FC97-11
FC97-2
093
Dimmer-Controlled Lighting Dimmer-Controlled Lighting Fig. 10.2
All Vehicles
MINORINSTRUMENT CLUSTER
MAJORINSTRUMENT CLUSTER
NAVIGATIONCONTROL MODULE
DIMMEROVERRIDE
NAVIGATIONDISPLAY RADIO
AIR CONDITIONINGCONTROL PANEL
A/CCM: GROUND
BPM: HAZARD STATE
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
DIMMEROVERRIDE
SIDE
DIMMER CONTROL
DIP
AUTO
DIP
SIDE
LIGHTING STALK
COLUMN SWITCHGEAR
BPM: SIDE LAMPS ON
DIMMER MODULE
ROOF CONSOLE
DRIVER DOORSWITCH PACK
DRIVER DOOR MEMORYSWITCH PACK
PASSENGER DOORSWITCH PACK
DIMMEROVERRIDE
TRANSMISSIONMODE SWITCH
CONVERTIBLE TOPSWITCH
CIGAR LIGHTER
DIMMEROVERRIDE
ADAPTIVESPEED LIMIT SWITCH
TRIP COMPUTERSWITCH PACK
TRUNK AND FUEL FILLRELEASE SWITCH
FORWARD ALERTSWITCH
J GATEILLUMINATION MODULE
VALET SWITCH
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network V Voltage (DC)O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network PWM Pulse Width ModulatedB+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D Serial and Encoded Data
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002
Fig. 11.1
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationAUTO TILT SWITCH (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) SC9 6-WAY / BLACK ADJACENT TO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC14 104-WAY / GREY PASSENGER SIDE FASCIA / AIRBAG BRACKET
COLUMN JOY STICK (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) SC9 6-WAY / BLACK ADJACENT TO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR
DOOR AJAR SWITCH – DRIVER DD3 13-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR / DOOR CASING
DOOR CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER DD10 22-WAY / BLUE DRIVER DOOR / DOOR CASINGDD11 22-WAY / BLACK
IGNITION SWITCH (KEY-IN SWITCH) FC4 8-WAY / WHITE STEERING COLUMN
NOT-IN-PARK SWITCH FC87 3-WAY / WHITE GEAR SELECTOR ASSEMBLY
STEERING COLUMN MOTORS FC60 6-WAY / WHITE STEERING COLUMNFC61 8-WAY / YELLOW
SWITCH PACK – DRIVER DOOR MEMORY DD5 10-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description LocationDD1 23-WAY / BLACK / CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS TO DRIVER DOOR HARNESS DRIVER SIDE ‘A’ POST MOUNTING BRACKET/ ‘A’ POST TRIM
SC2 10-WAY / YELLOW / FASCIA HARNESS TO COLUMN SWITCH GEAR HARNESS ADJACENT TO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR
SC3 12-WAY / GREY / FASCIA HARNESS TO COLUMN SWITCH GEAR HARNESS RIGHT HAND SIDE OF STEERING COLUMN
GROUNDS
Ground LocationFC2 RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST
FC3 TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE
FC4 LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
Body Processor Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicI FC14-11 AUTO TILT SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
I FC14-15 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND (I) : GROUND
PG FC14-25 COLUMN MOTORS GROUND: GROUND
I FC14-32 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND (I) : GROUND
SS FC14-40 COLUMN MOTORS POSITION SENSORS SIGNAL SUPPLY: 5 V (NOMINAL)
I FC14-41 ENGINE START REQUEST: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
O FC14-52 COLUMN REACH MOTOR DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ VOLTAGE
I FC14-58 NOT-IN-PARK SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
I FC14-66 COLUMN REACH MOTOR POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL: VARIABLE VOLTAGE / IN = HIGHER VOLTAGE; OUT = LOWER VOLTAGE
I FC14-67 KEY-IN-IGNITION: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
O FC14-78 COLUMN REACH MOTOR DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ VOLTAGE
B+ FC14-80 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOGIC) : B+
S FC14-84 SCP –
S FC14-85 SCP +
I FC14-87 COLUMN JOY STICK SWITCH SIGNAL: VARYING VOLTAGE WHEN ACTIVATED
SG FC14-90 COLUMN TILT MOTOR POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND
SG FC14-91 COLUMN REACH MOTOR POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND
I FC14-93 COLUMN TILT MOTOR POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL: VARIABLE VOLTAGE / UP = HIGHER VOLTAGE; DOWN = LOWER VOLTAGE
O FC14-99 COLUMN TILT MOTOR DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ VOLTAGE
O FC14-100 COLUMN TILT MOTOR DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ VOLTAGE
B+ FC14-102 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (MOTORS) : B+
Driver Door Control Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicB+ DD10-01 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
SG DD10-08 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND
S DD10-09 SCP –
S DD10-16 SCP +
PG DD10-17 POWER GROUND: GROUND
O DD11-02 SEAT MEMORY STATUS LED: GROUND (LED ON)
I DD11-06 MEMORY SET REQUEST: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
I DD11-20 DRIVER DOOR AJAR SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED (DOOR OPEN)
I DD11-21 MEMORY 1 RECALL REQUEST: B+ (MOMENTARY) WHEN ACTIVATED
I DD11-22 MEMORY 2 RECALL REQUEST: B+ (MOMENTARY) WHEN ACTIVATED
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar XK Range 2003
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V ACP
CAN Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2002Sensor/Signal Ground
SCPInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
B+1 8
II E
Fig. 01.1 I
O
+
–
A
C D
S
PFig. 01.1
9 52 Fig. 01.2
53 87 Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.6
Fig. 02.11 5
I I6 18
II II19 60
E E61 93
1 17I
Steering Column Movement Steering Column Movement Fig. 11.1
All Vehicles
FC14-40
FC14-87
I
FC14-84
FC14-80
N15
WU
Y
S
FC14-85
SY
U
FC14-32
WR15I
FC14-102
N42
FC4-4FC4-5
BKFCS48
FC3BL
BKFC14-67
IO
FC14-11
IYB
20 NR Y
270 Ω
100 Ω
470 Ω
820 Ω
SC3-5 SC3-6
SC2-9
BK BKSCS1
YBSC3-7
BKFCS48
FC3BL
BK
FC14-93
Y
FC14-99
O UY
FC14-100
O BR
FC14-66
RU
FC14-78
O U
FC14-52
O BW
BG
WU Y UY BR
FC60-5
FC60-3
FC60-1
FC60-6
BW
WU RU U BW
FC61-6
FC61-3
FC61-4
FC61-1
FC61-8
FC60-2
FCS17
I
I
–
+
DD11-21
IO
DD11-6
IWU
DD11-22
IUY
DD11-2
U
34DD5-7DD5-5
DD5-10
DD5-6
DD5-8
NW
DD10-1
N25
FC14-15
WUFC14-41
GO I
I
I
1
5II
BK
DD3-6DD3-7 DD11-20
I
BK
FC4AR(FC2AR)
B
GWBK
DD10-8
DD10-17
DDS7DD1-2
DD1-21
B
BK
DD10-9
S
DD10-16
SY
U –
+
FC14-58
IFC87-1
YBBKFCS47
FC3BR
FC87-3
BK
FC14-91
FC14-90
BFC14-25
FC2BR(FC4BR)
FCS46
B
SC9-1 SC9-3
SC9-7 SC9-5
NR
O
BG BW
SCP
P
B
21.1
21.1
P
P
21.1
21.1
B
B
REFER TO APPENDIX:SCP / BPM / DDCM MESSAGES
IGNITION SWITCH(KEY-IN SWITCH)
NOT-IN-PARKSWITCH
COLUMN JOY STICK
AUTO TILT SWITCH
COLUMN SWITCHGEAR
NOTE: Memory circuit –Driver Memory Seat vehicles only.
MEMORY 1
MEMORY SET
MEMORY 2
SET MEMORY STATUS
DRIVER DOOR MEMORYSWITCH PACK
DRIVER DOORAJAR SWITCH
LOGIC
COLUMNMOTORS
COLUMNMOTORSGROUND
BODY PROCESSORMODULE
DRIVER DOORCONTROL MODULE
STEERING COLUMN MOTORS
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network V Voltage (DC)O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network PWM Pulse Width ModulatedB+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D Serial and Encoded Data
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002
Fig. 11.2
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationBODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC14 104-WAY / GREY PASSENGER SIDE FASCIA / AIRBAG BRACKET
DOOR AJAR SWITCH – DRIVER DD3 13-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR / DOOR CASING
DOOR CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER DD10 22-WAY / BLUE DRIVER DOOR / DOOR CASINGDD11 22-WAY / BLACK
DOOR CONTROL MODULE – PASSENGER DP10 22-WAY / BLUE PASSENGER DOOR / DOOR CASINGDP11 22-WAY / BLACK
DOOR MIRROR MOTOR – DRIVER MD1 8-WAY / BLUE BEHIND MIRROR
DOOR MIRROR MOTOR – PASSENGER MP1 8-WAY / BLUE BEHIND MIRROR
MAJOR INSTRUMENT CLUSTER FC25 26-WAY / BLACK FASCIAFC26 26-WAY / YELLOW
MIRROR JOY STICK (DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK) DD17 20-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR
NOT-IN-PARK SWITCH FC87 3-WAY / WHITE GEAR SELECTOR ASSEMBLY
SWITCH PACK – DRIVER DOOR MEMORY DD5 10-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description Location
DD1 23-WAY / BLACK / CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS TO DRIVER DOOR HARNESS DRIVER SIDE ‘A’ POST MOUNTING BRACKET/ ‘A’ POST TRIM
DD8 12-WAY / BLACK / DRIVER DOOR MIRROR TO DRIVER DOOR HARNESS DRIVER DOOR / DOOR CASING
DP1 23-WAY / BLACK / CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS TO PASSENGER DOOR HARNESS PASSENGER SIDE ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM
DP8 12-WAY/ BLUE / PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR TO PASSENGER DOOR HARNESS PASSENGER DOOR / DOOR CASING
GROUNDS
Ground LocationFC2 RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST
FC3 TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE
FC4 LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
Body Processor Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicI FC14-15 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND (I) : GROUND
I FC14-32 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND (I) : GROUND
I FC14-41 ENGINE START REQUEST: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
I FC14-58 NOT-IN-PARK SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
B+ FC14-80 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOGIC) : B+
S FC14-84 SCP –
S FC14-85 SCP +
Driver Door Control Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicB+ DD10-01 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
SS DD10-02 DRIVER DOOR MIRROR POSITION SENSOR SUPPLY : B+
O DD10-03 DRIVER DOOR MIRROR HORIZONTAL MOVEMENT MOTOR ACTIVATE: B+ = RIGHT, GROUND = LEFT
O DD10-04 DRIVER DOOR MIRROR VERTICAL MOVEMENT MOTOR ACTIVATE: B+ = UP, GROUND = DOWN
SG DD10-08 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND
S DD10-09 SCP –
SS DD10-13 DRIVER WINDOW LIFT SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+
PG DD10-17 POWER GROUND: GROUND
O DD10-20 DRIVER DOOR MIRROR SENSOR COMMON SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+
I DD10-21 DRIVER DOOR MIRROR HORIZONTAL POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL: 1 V = LEFT; 8 V = RIGHT
I DD10-22 DRIVER DOOR MIRROR VERTICAL POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL: 1 V = DOWN; 8 V = UP
I DD11-01 MIRROR SELECT: B+ = UP / RIGHT; GROUND = DOWN / LEFT
O DD11-02 SEAT MEMORY STATUS LED: GROUND (LED ON)
I DD11-03 RH VERTICAL MOVEMENT REQUEST: B+ = DOWN; GROUND = UP
I DD11-06 MEMORY SET REQUEST: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
I DD11-09 RH HORIZONTAL MOVEMENT REQUEST: B+ = LEFT; GROUND = RIGHT
I DD11-10 LH HORIZONTAL MOVEMENT REQUEST: B+ = LEFT; GROUND = RIGHT
I DD11-17 LH VERTICAL MOVEMENT REQUEST: B+ = DOWN; GROUND = UP
I DD11-20 DRIVER DOOR AJAR SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED (DOOR OPEN)
I DD11-21 MEMORY 1 RECALL REQUEST: B+ (MOMENTARY) WHEN ACTIVATED
I DD11-22 MEMORY 2 RECALL REQUEST: B+ (MOMENTARY) WHEN ACTIVATED
Major Instrument Cluster
Pin Description and CharacteristicC FC25-11 CAN +
S FC25-13 SCP +
S FC25-14 SCP –
C FC25-23 CAN –
Passenger Door Control Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicB+ DP10-01 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
SS DP10-02 PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR POSITION SENSOR SUPPLY : B+
O DP10-03 PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR HORIZONTAL MOVEMENT MOTOR ACTIVATE: B+ = RIGHT, GROUND = LEFT
O DP10-04 PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR VERTICAL MOVEMENT MOTOR ACTIVATE: B+ = UP, GROUND = DOWN
SG DP10-08 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND
S DP10-09 SCP –
S DP10-16 SCP +
PG DP10-17 POWER GROUND: GROUND
O DP10-20 PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR SENSOR COMMON SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+
I DP10-21 PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR HORIZONTAL POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL: 1 V = LEFT; 8 V = RIGHT
I DP10-22 PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR VERTICAL POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL: 1 V = DOWN; 8 V = UP
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar XK Range 2003
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V ACP
CAN Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2002Sensor/Signal Ground
SCPInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
B+1 8
II E
Fig. 01.1 I
O
+
–
A
C D
S
PFig. 01.1
9 52 Fig. 01.2
53 87 Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.6
Fig. 02.11 5
I I6 18
II II19 60
E E61 93
1 17I
Mirror Movement Mirror Movement Fig. 11.2
All Vehicles
FC14-80
N15
S
S
–
+
FC14-32
WR15I
FC14-84
U
FC14-85
Y
DD10-20
DD10-1
N25
FC4AR(FC2AR)
WU
S
S Y
UDD10-9
DD10-16
DP10-20DP10-1
N50 WU
S
S Y
UDP10-9
DP10-16
BKDDS7
B
BK
DD10-22
OG
DD10-4
O UY
DD10-21
O
RU
DD10-3
U
DD10-2
O BW
DP10-22
OG
DP10-4
O UY
DP10-21
O
RU
DP10-3
U
DP10-2
O BW
DD11-21
IO
DD11-6
IWU
DD11-22
IUY
DD11-2
U
DD11-1
INR
DD11-17
IO
DD11-10
IWB
DD11-3
IYR
DD11-9
IY
34DD5-7DD5-5
DD5-10
DD5-6
DD5-8
NW
35
DD10-8
BK
DD10-17
B
NW
BK
DD17-2DD17-10
DD17-11
DD17-12
DD17-1
DD17-13
DD17-14DD17-20DDS7
FC4AR(FC2AR)
DD1-2
DD1-21BK
DD1-2
BK
BKWU OG UY RU U BW
DD8-2
BKWU OG UY RU U BW
DP8-2
DD8-6
DD8-8
DD8-3
DD8-5
DD8-10
DD8-4
DP8-6
DP8-8
DP8-3
DP8-5
DP8-10
DP8-4
I
I
FC2AR(FC4AR)
BKDPS7
B
BKDP10-8
BK
DP10-17
BDP1-2
DP1-21
I
I
WG11.3
–
+
–
+
FC25-11
FC25-23
C
C
+
–
S
S
FC25-14
U
FC25-13
Y
–
+
Y
G
FC14-58
IFC87-1
YBBKFCS47
FC3BR
FC87-3
BK
FC14-15
WUFC14-41
GO I
I
I
1
5II
DD3-6DD3-7 DD11-20
IGWBKDDS7
21.1
BK
FC4AR(FC2AR)
BKDD1-2
O
21.1
21.1
21.1
WGWU K N U G S
MD1-7
WGWU K N U G S
MP1-7
MD1-3
MD1-5
MD1-8
MD1-1
MD1-4
MD1-2
MP1-3
MP1-5
MP1-8
MP1-1
MP1-4
MP1-2
CAN
21.1
21.1
21.1
21.1
21.1
21.1
SCP
B
P
B
P
B
P
NOT-IN-PARKSWITCH
DRIVER DOOR AJARSWITCH
NOTE: Memory circuit –Driver Memory Seat vehicles only.
MEMORY 1
MEMORY SET
MEMORY 2
SET MEMORY STATUS
DRIVER DOOR MEMORYSWITCH PACK
DIRECTION
LH VERTICAL
LH HORIZONTAL
FOLD-BACK
RH VERTICAL
RH HORIZONTAL
MIRROR JOY STICK
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK
DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE:FOLD-BACK MIRRORS
BODY PROCESSORMODULE
DRIVER DOORCONTROL MODULE
PASSENGER DOORCONTROL MODULE
MAJORINSTRUMENT CLUSTER
REFER TO APPENDIX:SCP / BPM / DDCM / PDCM / MIRROR MOVEMENT MESSAGES
REVERSE GEAR;VEHICLE SPEED
DRIVER DOOR MIRROR MOTORS PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR MOTORS
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network V Voltage (DC)O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network PWM Pulse Width ModulatedB+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D Serial and Encoded Data
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002
Fig. 11.3
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationBODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC14 104-WAY / GREY PASSENGER SIDE FASCIA / AIRBAG BRACKET
DOOR CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER DD10 22-WAY / BLUE DRIVER DOOR / DOOR CASINGDD11 22-WAY / BLACK
DOOR MIRROR FOLD-BACK MOTOR – DRIVER MD3 6-WAY / BLUE BEHIND MIRROR
DOOR MIRROR FOLD-BACK MOTOR – PASSENGER MP3 6-WAY / BLUE BEHIND MIRROR
INTERIOR REAR VIEW MIRROR RF2 8-WAY / YELLOW WINDSHIELD / FORWARD OF ROOF CONSOLE
LIGHTING STALK (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) SC2 10-WAY / YELLOW ADJACENT TO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR
MAJOR INSTRUMENT CLUSTER FC25 26-WAY / BLACK FASCIAFC26 26-WAY / YELLOW
MIRROR JOY STICK (DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK) DD17 20-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR
SEAT CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER SD3 16-WAY / BLACK BELOW SEAT CUSHIONSD4 26-WAY / BLACKSD5 10-WAY / BLACK
SEAT CONTROL MODULE – PASSENGER SP3 16-WAY / BLACK BELOW SEAT CUSHIONSP5 10-WAY / BLACK
SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE BT40 16-WAY / BLACK TRUNK / ELECTRICAL CARRIERBT41 26-WAY / BLACKBT42 10-WAY / BLACKRH20 COAXIAL CONNECTOR
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description LocationAC13 20-WAY / YELLOW / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / RIGHT HAND SIDE
AC16 8-WAY / WHITE / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM
BT1 20-WAY / WHITE / REARWARD HARNESS TO TRUNK HARNESS TRUNK / ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH
DD1 23-WAY / BLACK / CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS TO DRIVER DOOR HARNESS DRIVER SIDE ‘A’ POST MOUNTING BRACKET/ ‘A’ POST TRIM
DD8 12-WAY / BLACK / DRIVER DOOR MIRROR TO DRIVER DOOR HARNESS DRIVER DOOR / DOOR CASING
DP1 23-WAY / BLACK / CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS TO PASSENGER DOOR HARNESS PASSENGER SIDE ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM
DP8 12-WAY/ BLUE / PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR TO PASSENGER DOOR HARNESS PASSENGER DOOR / DOOR CASING
RF1 24-WAY / BLACK / FASCIA HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM
RF2 8-WAY / YELLOW / ROOF HARNESS TO INTERIOR REAR VIEW MIRROR LINK HARNESS ROOF CONSOLE
RF5 8-WAY / WHITE / FASCIA HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM
RH2 20-WAY / WHITE / FASCIA HARNESS TO REARWARD HARNESS REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
SC2 10-WAY / YELLOW / FASCIA HARNESS TO COLUMN SWITCH GEAR HARNESS ADJACENT TO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR
SD1 14-WAY / YELLOW / FASCIA HARNESS TO DRIVER SEAT HARNESS BELOW DRIVER SEAT
SP1 14-WAY / YELLOW / FASCIA HARNESS TO PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS BELOW PASSENGER SEAT
GROUNDS
Ground LocationBT1 ADJACENT TO BATTERY
FC2 RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST
FC3 TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE
FC4 LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST
FC5 RIGHT HAND SEAT
FC6 LEFT HAND SEAT
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
Body Processor Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicI FC14-06 HEADLAMP DIPPED BEAM SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
I FC14-15 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND (I) : GROUND
I FC14-16 SIDE LAMP SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
SS FC14-21 AUTO LAMPS SWITCH SIGNAL SUPPLY
I FC14-39 AUTO LAMPS SIGNAL †
B+ FC14-79 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LIGHTING) : B+
B+ FC14-80 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOGIC) : B+
S FC14-84 SCP –
S FC14-85 SCP +
Driver Door Control Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicB+ DD10-01 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
SG DD10-08 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND
S DD10-09 SCP –
S DD10-16 SCP +
I DD11-15 DOOR MIRROR POWER FOLD BACK REQUEST: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
Driver Seat Control Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicO SD3-04 DOOR MIRROR FOLD BACK ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE DSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
PG SD5-02 POWER GROUND: GROUND
B+ SD5-05 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
S SD5-09 SCP +
S SD5-10 SCP –
Major Instrument Cluster
Pin Description and CharacteristicC FC25-11 CAN +
S FC25-13 SCP +
S FC25-14 SCP –
C FC25-23 CAN –
Passenger Seat Control Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicO SP3-04 DOOR MIRROR FOLD OUT ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE PSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
PG SP5-02 POWER GROUND: GROUND
B+ SP5-05 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
S SP5-09 SCP +
S SP5-10 SCP –
Security and Locking Control Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicO BT40-05 REVERSE LAMP ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, SLCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
B+ BT40-06 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
S BT40-08 SCP +
SG BT40-13 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND
SG BT40-14 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND
S BT40-16 SCP –
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar XK Range 2003
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V ACP
CAN Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2002Sensor/Signal Ground
SCPInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
B+1 8
II E
Fig. 01.1 I
O
+
–
A
C D
S
PFig. 01.1
9 52 Fig. 01.2
53 87 Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.6
Fig. 02.11 5
I I6 18
II II19 60
E E61 93
1 17I
DD8-12
DD10-1
N25
FC4AR(FC2AR)
S
S Y
UDD10-9
DD10-16
BKDDS7
BKDD10-8
BKDD1-2DD11-15
I
35 NW
BK
DD17-10
DD17-1
DD17-20
DDS7
FC4AR(FC2AR)
BK
DD1-2
BK
WG
SD5-5
NR9 S
S Y
USD5-10
SD5-9
SP5-5
NR29 S
S Y
USP5-10
SP5-9
FC6L(FC5L)
SD5-2
BSDS3
BSD1-1
BSD3-4
R
SP3-4
R
O
O
BT40-6
NR53
BT40-5
O YBK
BT1AR
BKBKBTS21
S
S Y
UBT40-16
BT40-8
BT40-13
BT40-14
DD8-1
DD8-7
DP8-7
DP8-1
DP8-12
DD1-20
DD1-6
DD1-14
DP1-14
DP1-6
DP1-20
PB
OR
OB
OB
OR
PB
34II
U
WR
RF1-14AC13-19
U
U
U
U
UU
RF2-4
RF2-2
RF2-3
Y
BK
BTS9
Y
Y
09.3
09.3
BT1-19 RH2-17 RF1-2
YY
FC3BR
FCS6
ACS9
R
YR
YR
R
YR
YR
FCS7
RF5-6 RFS1
BKBK
U
YFC25-14
FC25-13
C
C+
–S
S
FC25-11
Y
FC25-23
G
–
+
–
+
–
+
–
+
–
+
YRSP1-7
RSD1-7
Y
AC16-4
AC16-6
AC13-20
AC13-18
R
YR
YR
R
R
R
DDS3
DPS3
R
R
FC14-6
UY
FC14-16
RWSC2-9
BK
FC3BL
BKSCS1FCS48
BK
SC2-4
UY
SC2-3
RWSCS2
RW RWFCS9
I
IBK
SC2-1
YU YU
RF1-11 RF2-5
YUYU
S
S Y
UFC14-84
FC14-85
–
+
FC14-80
N15
FC14-79
NG52
5II
WUFC14-15
I
21.1
21.1
21.1
21.1
21.1
21.1
21.1
21.1
21.1
21.1
B
B
B
B
B
B
P
21.1
21.1
21.1
21.1
CAN
SCP
FC5S(FC6S)
SP5-2
BSPS3
BSP1-1
B
P
P
I
FC14-39
YU
FC14-21
MD3-5
MD3-2
MD3-1
MP3-1
MP3-2
MP3-6
RM1-1
URM1-4
RM1-2
RM1-3
Y
BK
RM1-8
YUI
B
I
O
O
Interior and Exterior Mirrors Tint; Fold-Back Mirrors Interior and Exterior Mirrors Tint; Fold -Back Mirrors Fig. 11.3
All Vehicles
FOLD-BACK
MIRROR JOY STICK
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK
SIDE
DIP
AUTO
DIP
SIDE
LIGHTING STALK
COLUMN SWITCHGEAR
DRIVER DOORCONTROL MODULE
DRIVER SEATCONTROL MODULE
PASSENGER SEATCONTROL MODULE
SECURITY AND LOCKINGCONTROL MODULE
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
MAJORINSTRUMENT CLUSTER
REFER TO APPENDIX:SCP / MIRROR MOVEMENT / LIGHTING MESSAGES.
VEHICLE SPEED;REVERSE GEAR
MIRROR TINT
FOLD-BACK
DRIVER DOOR MIRROR
FOLD-BACK
MIRROR TINT
PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR
COMPASS
INTERIORREAR VIEW MIRROR
REVERSE LAMPS
MIRRORTINT
AUTO LAMPS
REVERSEGEAR
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network V Voltage (DC)O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network PWM Pulse Width ModulatedB+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D Serial and Encoded Data
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002
Fig. 12.1
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationBODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC14 104-WAY / GREY PASSENGER SIDE FASCIA / AIRBAG BRACKET
DOOR CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER DD10 22-WAY / BLUE DRIVER DOOR / DOOR CASINGDD11 22-WAY / BLACK
HEAD RESTRAINT CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER SD22 16-WAY / BLACK BEHIND SEAT BACK FINISHER
HEAD RESTRAINT MOTOR – DRIVER SD23 6-WAY / YELLOW BEHIND SEAT BACK FINISHER
SEAT BACK LATCH SWITCH – DRIVER SD25 2-WAY / BLACK BEHIND SEAT BACK FINISHER
SEAT BACK TILT SWITCH –†DRIVER SD24 2-WAY / BLACK BEHIND SEAT BACK FINISHER
SEAT BELT COMFORT SOLENOID – DRIVER (LHD) RH35 3-WAY / BLACK BEHIND REAR QUARTER TRIM PANEL
SEAT BELT COMFORT SOLENOID – DRIVER (RHD) RH36 3-WAY / BLACK BEHIND REAR QUARTER TRIM PANEL
SEAT BELT SWITCH – DRIVER SD20 6-WAY / WHITE BELOW SEAT CUSHION
SEAT CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER SD3 16-WAY / BLACK BELOW SEAT CUSHIONSD4 26-WAY / BLACKSD5 10-WAY / BLACK
SEAT CUSHION HEATER – DRIVER SD19 3-WAY / YELLOW SEAT CUSHION
SEAT HEATER SWITCH (CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK) FC55 20-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE
SEAT LUMBAR PUMP – DRIVER SD14 3-WAY / YELLOW SEAT BACK
SEAT MOTORS – DRIVER SD7 6-WAY / WHITE BELOW SEAT CUSHIONSD8 6-WAY / WHITESD9 6-WAY / GREYSD10 6-WAY / YELLOW
SQUAB HEATER – DRIVER SD17 3-WAY / GREY SEAT SQUAB
SWITCH PACK – DRIVER DOOR MEMORY DD5 10-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR
SWITCH PACK – DRIVER SEAT SD11 16-WAY / BLACK DRIVER SEAT
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description Location
DD1 23-WAY / BLACK / CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS TO DRIVER DOOR HARNESS DRIVER SIDE ‘A’ POST MOUNTING BRACKET/ ‘A’ POST TRIM
RH9 20-WAY / BLUE / FASCIA HARNESS TO REARWARD HARNESS BELOW CENTER CONSOLE
SD1 14-WAY / YELLOW / FASCIA HARNESS TO DRIVER SEAT HARNESS BELOW DRIVER SEAT
GROUNDS
Ground LocationFC1 TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, RIGHT HAND SIDE
FC2 RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST
FC4 LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST
FC5 RIGHT HAND SEAT
FC6 LEFT HAND SEAT
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
Body Processor Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicO FC14-17 LHD RH / RHD LH SEAT HEATER STATUS LED: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
I FC14-35 LHD RH / RHD LH SEAT HEATER SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED (MOMENTARY)
O FC14-69 LHD LH / RHD RH SEAT HEATER STATUS LED: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
B+ FC14-80 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOGIC) : B+
S FC14-84 SCP –
S FC14-85 SCP +
I FC14-86 LHD LH / RHD RH SEAT HEATER SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED (MOMENTARY)
Driver Door Control Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicB+ DD10-01 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
SG DD10-08 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND
S DD10-09 SCP –
S DD10-16 SCP +
PG DD10-17 POWER GROUND: GROUND
O DD11-02 SEAT MEMORY STATUS LED: GROUND (LED ON)
I DD11-06 MEMORY SET REQUEST: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
I DD11-21 MEMORY 1 RECALL REQUEST: B+ (MOMENTARY) WHEN ACTIVATED
I DD11-22 MEMORY 2 RECALL REQUEST: B+ (MOMENTARY) WHEN ACTIVATED
Driver Head Restraint Control Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicB+ SD22-01 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
I SD22-03 HEAD RESTRAINT UP REQUEST: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
O SD22-04 HEAD RESTRAINT MOTOR DRIVE : TO ACTIVATE DHRCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
O SD22-05 HEAD RESTRAINT MOTOR DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE DHRCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
SG SD22-06 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND
PG SD22-07 POWER GROUND: GROUND
I SD22-08 DRIVER OR PASSENGER SEAT IDENTIFICATION: GROUND (DRIVER)
I SD22-09 HEAD RESTRAINT DOWN REQUEST: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
SG SD22-10 HEAD RESTRAINT POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND
I SD22-11 HEAD RESTRAINT POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL: 10 V = UP; 2 V = DOWN
SS SD22-12 HEAD RESTRAINT POSITION SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+
S SD22-13 SCP –
S SD22-14 SCP +
I SD22-15 SEAT BACK LATCHED SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
I SD22-16 SEAT BACK TILT SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
Driver Seat Control Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicO SD3-01 DRIVER SEAT SQUAB MOTOR DRIVE – FORWARD: TO ACTIVATE DSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
O SD3-02 DRIVER SEAT SQUAB MOTOR DRIVE – REAR: TO ACTIVATE DSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
O SD3-03 DRIVER SEAT HEATER ELEMENTS ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE DSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
O SD3-05 DRIVER SEAT REAR SEAT HEIGHT MOTOR DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE DSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
O SD3-06 DRIVER SEAT REAR SEAT HEIGHT MOTOR DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE DSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
O SD3-07 DRIVER SEAT FORE / AFT MOTOR DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE DSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
O SD3-08 DRIVER SEAT FORE / AFT MOTOR DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE DSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
I SD3-09 DRIVER SEAT FORE MOVEMENT REQUEST: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
I SD3-10 DRIVER SEAT AFT MOVEMENT REQUEST: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
I SD3-11 DRIVER SEAT LOWER REQUEST: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
I SD3-12 DRIVER SEAT RAISE REQUEST: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
I SD3-13 DRIVER SEAT REAR HEIGHT LOWER REQUEST: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
I SD3-14 DRIVER SEAT REAR HEIGHT RAISE REQUEST: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
I SD3-15 DRIVER SEAT SQUAB AFT RECLINE REQUEST: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
I SD3-16 DRIVER SEAT SQUAB FORE RECLINE REQUEST: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
SG SD4-01 DRIVER SEAT SQUAB SENSOR SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND
SS SD4-02 DRIVER SEAT FORE / AFT POSITION SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+
SS SD4-05 DRIVER SEAT SQUAB POSITION SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+
SG SD4-06 DRIVER SEAT FORE / AFT POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND
I SD4-08 DRIVER SEAT REAR SEAT HEIGHT POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL: 10 V = UP; 2 V = DOWN
I SD4-10 DRIVER SEAT RAISE / LOWER POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL: 10 V = UP; 2 V = DOWN
I SD4-11 DRIVER SEAT SQUAB POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL: 9 V = UP; 4 V = DOWN
I SD4-12 DRIVER SEAT FORE / AFT POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL: 10 V = FORWARD; 2 V = REAR
SS SD4-14 DRIVER SEAT RAISE / LOWER POSITION SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+
SS SD4-15 DRIVER SEAT REAR SEAT HEIGHT POSITION SENSOR VOLTAGE: B+
SG SD4-18 DRIVER SEAT RAISE / LOWER POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND
SG SD4-19 DRIVER SEAT REAR SEAT HEIGHT POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND
I SD5-01 DRIVER OR PASSENGER SEAT IDENTIFICATION: GROUND (DRIVER)
PG SD5-02 POWER GROUND: GROUND
O SD5-03 DRIVER SEAT RAISE / LOWER MOTOR DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE DSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
O SD5-04 DRIVER SEAT RAISE / LOWER MOTOR DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE DSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
B+ SD5-05 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
I SD5-08 DRIVER SEAT BELT FASTENED: B+ (FASTENED)
S SD5-09 SCP +
S SD5-10 SCP –
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar XK Range 2003
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V ACP
CAN Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2002Sensor/Signal Ground
SCPInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
B+1 8
II E
Fig. 01.1 I
O
+
–
A
C D
S
PFig. 01.1
9 52 Fig. 01.2
53 87 Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.6
Fig. 02.11 5
I I6 18
II II19 60
E E61 93
1 17I
SD5-8
SD5-5
NR9
FC6R(FC5R)G
SD11-4
FC14-80
N15 S
S
–
+
FC14-84
U
FC14-85
Y
DD10-1
N25
FC4AR(FC2AR)
S
S Y
UDD10-9
DD10-16
BKDDS7
B
BK
DD11-21
IO
DD11-6
IWU
DD11-22
IUY
DD11-2
U
34DD5-7DD5-5
DD5-10
DD5-6
DD5-8
NW
DD10-8
BK
DD10-17
BDD1-2
DD1-21
FC14-86 (LHD)FC14-35 (RHD)
OG (LHD) G (RHD)
FC14-69 (LHD)FC14-17 (RHD)
O (LHD) OY (RHD)
NR16
BFCS49
B
FC4BR(FC2BR)
O
I
BSD1-6
SD3-14
GR
SD3-13
GU
SD3-12
WG
SD3-11
W
SD3-16
NR
SD3-15
GW
SD3-9
UY
SD3-10
OY
SD11-5
SD11-12
SD11-14
SD11-7
SD11-8
SD11-6
SD11-13
SD20-2SD20-4
WG
N22SD11-9
YBBSD14-3
SD14-1
SD19-1 SD19-3 SD17-1 SD17-3
R B
O
O
SDS3SD14-2
SD1-1
B B
FC6L(FC5L)
SD10-5
SD9-5
SD8-2
SD10-6
SD9-6
SD8-6
SD10-2
SD9-2
SD8-5
SD10-1
SD9-1
SD8-3
SD10-3
SD9-3
SD8-1
Y G GR WR OG UY W GO NGYB YG WR WU WG W
(LH – LHD / RH – RHD)
FC55-7 (LHD)FC55-14 (RHD)
FC55-16
FC55-8 (LHD)FC55-15 (RHD)
FC55-9
–
+
–
+
O
SCP
SD5-10
SD4-19
SD5-9YBYUS
S
SD4-15 YG
SD4-8 Y
SD3-5 G
SD3-6 GR
SD4-18 WR
SD4-14 WU
SD4-10 WR
SD5-3 OG
SD5-4 UY
SD4-1 WG
SD4-5 W
SD4-11 W
SD3-1 GO
SD3-2 NG
SD4-6 WB
SD4-2 BG
SD4-12 BO
SD3-7 WU
SD3-8 WR
SD5-2 B
SD7-5
SD7-6
SD7-2
SD7-1
SD7-3
BO WU WRWB BG
SD23-5
SD23-6
SD23-2
SD23-1
SD23-3
W UY RUWG YU
SD11-15
SD11-16
SD11-11
SD11-3
SD20-3
SD20-1
SD20-5
SD22-1
N21
SD22-16
SD22-15
SD22-3
SD22-9
BWSD24-1SD24-2
BG
OG
NG
SD25-1SD25-2SDS7
G
G
SD1-11FCS45
GBKBK
FC1S
–
+
SD22-13
SD22-10
SD22-14WGYUS
S
SDS9
SDS10
SD22-12 YU
SD22-11 W
SD22-5 UY
SD22-4 RU
SD22-7 B
SD22-8 B
SD22-6 G
SD5-1 BOI
I
I
I
I I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SD3-3 O
SDS7 SD1-11 FCS45
G BK BK
FC1S
YB
O
BWSDS7SD1-11FCS45
GBKBK
FC1S
G
YU18.1
BWRH35-2 (LHD)RH36-2 (RHD)
RH35-1 (LHD)RH36-1 (RHD)
WG 31II
SD1-12 RH9-18 (LHD)RH9-19 (RHD)
BW
O
O
I
I
O
O
I
O
O
I
O
O
I
O
O
19II
O
G
SD11-1
BSDS3
B
BFC6L(FC5L)
SD1-1
*
**
180 Ω
10 Ω
10 Ω
B
P
21.1
21.1
21.1
21.1
21.1
21.1
B
P
YU
P
B
B
P
B
B
Driver Seat: Memory Driver Seat: Memory Fig. 12.1
Memory Seat Vehicles
SEAT HEATERSTATE
SEAT HEATER SWITCH
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
MEMORY 1
MEMORY SET
MEMORY 2
SET MEMORY STATUS
DRIVER DOOR MEMORYSWITCH PACK
SEAT BACK TILT SWITCH
SEAT BACK LATCH SWITCH
LUMBARCONTROL
DRIVER SEAT SWITCH PACK
RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE:SEAT BELT FASTENED
HALL EFFECTSWITCH
DRIVERSEAT BELT SWITCH
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE
DRIVER HEAD RESTRAINTCONTROL MODULE
* NOTE: Module Identification(SD22-8 connected to ground –Driver Seat).
DRIVER SEATCONTROL MODULE
** NOTE: Module Identification(SD5-1 connected to ground –Driver Seat).
REFER TO APPENDIX:SCP / SEAT MOVEMENT MESSAGES.
DRIVERHEAD RESTRAINT MOTOR DRIVER SEAT MOTORS
DRIVER SEAT BELTCOMFORT SOLENOID
DRIVER SEAT CUSHION HEATER
DRIVER SEAT LUMBAR PUMP
DRIVER SQUAB HEATER
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network V Voltage (DC)O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network PWM Pulse Width ModulatedB+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D Serial and Encoded Data
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002
Fig. 12.2
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationBODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC14 104-WAY / GREY PASSENGER SIDE FASCIA / AIRBAG BRACKET
HEAD RESTRAINT CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER SD22 16-WAY / BLACK BEHIND SEAT BACK FINISHER
HEAD RESTRAINT MOTOR – DRIVER SD23 6-WAY / YELLOW BEHIND SEAT BACK FINISHER
SEAT BACK LATCH SWITCH – DRIVER SD25 2-WAY / BLACK BEHIND SEAT BACK FINISHER
SEAT BACK TILT SWITCH –†DRIVER SD24 2-WAY / BLACK BEHIND SEAT BACK FINISHER
SEAT BELT COMFORT SOLENOID – DRIVER (LHD) RH35 3-WAY / BLACK BEHIND REAR QUARTER TRIM PANEL
SEAT BELT COMFORT SOLENOID – DRIVER (RHD) RH36 3-WAY / BLACK BEHIND REAR QUARTER TRIM PANEL
SEAT BELT SWITCH – DRIVER SD20 6-WAY / WHITE BELOW SEAT CUSHION
SEAT CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER SD3 16-WAY / BLACK BELOW SEAT CUSHIONSD4 26-WAY / BLACKSD5 10-WAY / BLACK
SEAT CUSHION HEATER – DRIVER SD19 3-WAY / YELLOW SEAT CUSHION
SEAT HEATER SWITCH (CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK) FC55 20-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE
SEAT LUMBAR PUMP – DRIVER SD14 3-WAY / YELLOW SEAT BACK
SEAT MOTORS – DRIVER SD7 6-WAY / WHITE BELOW SEAT CUSHIONSD8 6-WAY / WHITESD9 6-WAY / GREYSD10 6-WAY / YELLOW
SQUAB HEATER – DRIVER SD17 3-WAY / GREY SEAT SQUAB
SWITCH PACK – DRIVER SEAT SD11 16-WAY / BLACK DRIVER SEAT
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description LocationRH9 20-WAY / BLUE / FASCIA HARNESS TO REARWARD HARNESS BELOW CENTER CONSOLE
SD1 14-WAY / YELLOW / FASCIA HARNESS TO DRIVER SEAT HARNESS BELOW DRIVER SEAT
GROUNDS
Ground LocationFC1 TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, RIGHT HAND SIDE
FC2 RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST
FC4 LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST
FC5 RIGHT HAND SEAT
FC6 LEFT HAND SEAT
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
Body Processor Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicO FC14-17 LHD RH / RHD LH SEAT HEATER STATUS LED: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
I FC14-35 LHD RH / RHD LH SEAT HEATER SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED (MOMENTARY)
O FC14-69 LHD LH / RHD RH SEAT HEATER STATUS LED: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
B+ FC14-80 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOGIC) : B+
S FC14-84 SCP –
S FC14-85 SCP +
I FC14-86 LHD LH / RHD RH SEAT HEATER SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED (MOMENTARY)
Driver Head Restraint Control Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicB+ SD22-01 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
I SD22-03 HEAD RESTRAINT UP REQUEST: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
O SD22-04 HEAD RESTRAINT MOTOR DRIVE : TO ACTIVATE DHRCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
O SD22-05 HEAD RESTRAINT MOTOR DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE DHRCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
SG SD22-06 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND
PG SD22-07 POWER GROUND: GROUND
I SD22-08 DRIVER OR PASSENGER SEAT IDENTIFICATION: GROUND (DRIVER)
I SD22-09 HEAD RESTRAINT DOWN REQUEST: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
SG SD22-10 HEAD RESTRAINT POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND
I SD22-11 HEAD RESTRAINT POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL: 10 V = UP; 2 V = DOWN
SS SD22-12 HEAD RESTRAINT POSITION SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+
S SD22-13 SCP –
S SD22-14 SCP +
I SD22-15 SEAT BACK LATCHED SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
I SD22-16 SEAT BACK TILT SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
Driver Seat Control Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicO SD3-01 DRIVER SEAT SQUAB MOTOR DRIVE – FORWARD: TO ACTIVATE DSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
O SD3-02 DRIVER SEAT SQUAB MOTOR DRIVE – REAR: TO ACTIVATE DSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
O SD3-03 DRIVER SEAT HEATER ELEMENTS ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE DSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
O SD3-05 DRIVER SEAT REAR SEAT HEIGHT MOTOR DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE DSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
O SD3-06 DRIVER SEAT REAR SEAT HEIGHT MOTOR DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE DSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
O SD3-07 DRIVER SEAT FORE / AFT MOTOR DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE DSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
O SD3-08 DRIVER SEAT FORE / AFT MOTOR DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE DSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
I SD3-09 DRIVER SEAT FORE MOVEMENT REQUEST: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
I SD3-10 DRIVER SEAT AFT MOVEMENT REQUEST: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
I SD3-11 DRIVER SEAT LOWER REQUEST: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
I SD3-12 DRIVER SEAT RAISE REQUEST: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
I SD3-13 DRIVER SEAT REAR HEIGHT LOWER REQUEST: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
I SD3-14 DRIVER SEAT REAR HEIGHT RAISE REQUEST: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
I SD3-15 DRIVER SEAT SQUAB AFT RECLINE REQUEST: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
I SD3-16 DRIVER SEAT SQUAB FORE RECLINE REQUEST: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
I SD5-01 DRIVER OR PASSENGER SEAT IDENTIFICATION: GROUND (DRIVER)
PG SD5-02 POWER GROUND: GROUND
O SD5-03 DRIVER SEAT RAISE / LOWER MOTOR DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE DSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
O SD5-04 DRIVER SEAT RAISE / LOWER MOTOR DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE DSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
B+ SD5-05 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
I SD5-08 DRIVER SEAT BELT FASTENED: B+ (FASTENED)
S SD5-09 SCP +
S SD5-10 SCP –
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar XK Range 2003
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V ACP
CAN Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2002Sensor/Signal Ground
SCPInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
B+1 8
II E
Fig. 01.1 I
O
+
–
A
C D
S
PFig. 01.1
9 52 Fig. 01.2
53 87 Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.6
Fig. 02.11 5
I I6 18
II II19 60
E E61 93
1 17I
SD5-8
SD5-5
NR9
FC6R(FC5R)
G
FC14-80
N15 S
S
–
+
FC14-84
U
FC14-85
Y
FC14-86 (LHD)FC14-35 (RHD)
OG (LHD) G (RHD)
FC14-69 (LHD)FC14-17 (RHD)
O (LHD) OY (RHD)NR16
BFCS49
B
FC4BR(FC2BR)
O
I
BSD1-6
SD3-14
GR
SD3-13
GU
SD3-12
WG
SD3-11
W
SD3-16
NR
SD3-15
GW
SD3-9
UY
SD3-10
OY
YBBSD14-3
SD14-1
SD19-1 SD19-3 SD17-1 SD17-3
R B
O
O
SDS3
SD14-2
SD1-1
B
B
FC6L(FC5L)
SD10-1
SD8-1
SD10-3
SD9-3
SD8-3
G GR UY GONG
(LH – LHD / RH – RHD)
FC55-7 (LHD)FC55-14 (RHD)
FC55-16
FC55-8 (LHD)FC55-15 (RHD)
FC55-9
–
+
SD5-10
SD5-9
Y
U
SD3-5
G
SD3-6
GR
SD5-3
OG
SD5-4
UY
SD3-2
GOSD3-1
NG
SD3-7
WU
SD3-8
WR
SD5-2
B
SD7-1
SD7-3
WU WR
SD23-1
SD23-3
UY RU
SD22-1
N21
SD22-16
SD22-15
SD22-3
SD22-9
BWSD24-1SD24-2
BG
OG
NG
SD25-1SD25-2SDS7
G
G
SD1-11FCS45
GBKBK
FC1S
–
+
SD22-13
SD22-14
Y
U
SD22-5
UY
SD22-4
RU
SD22-7
B
SD22-8
B
SD22-6
G
*
**SD5-1
BOSD3-3
O
SDS7 SD1-11 FCS45
G BK BK
FC1S
YB
O
BW BWRH35-2 (LHD)RH36-2 (RHD)
RH35-1 (LHD)RH36-1 (RHD)
WG 31II
BW
S
S
I
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
I
S
S
I
I
I
I
G
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SD9-1
OG
SD1-12 RH9-18 (LHD)RH9-19 (RHD)
SD20-2SD20-4
WG
SD20-3
SD20-1
SD20-5
SDS7SD1-11FCS45
GBKBK
FC1S
G
YU18.1
19II
SD23-5
SD23-6
SD23-2
W
WG
YU
SD22-11
WSD22-12
YUSD22-10
WG
I
SD11-4
SD11-5
SD11-12
SD11-14
SD11-7
SD11-8
SD11-6
SD11-13
N22SD11-9
SD11-15
SD11-16
SD11-11
SD11-3SD11-1
BSDS3
B
BFC6L(FC5L)
SD1-1
180 Ω
10 Ω
10 Ω
B
P
21.1
21.1
21.1
21.1
21.1
21.1
SCP
B
P
P
BB
B
Driver Seat: Non Memory Driver Seat: Non Memory Fig. 12.2
Non Memory Seat Vehicles
SEAT HEATERSTATE
SEAT HEATER SWITCH
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
SEAT BACK TILT SWITCH
SEAT BACK LATCH SWITCH
LUMBARCONTROL
DRIVER SEAT SWITCH PACK
RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE:SEAT BELT FASTENED
HALL EFFECTSWITCH
DRIVERSEAT BELT SWITCH
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
DRIVER HEAD RESTRAINTCONTROL MODULE
* NOTE: Module Identification(SD22-8 connected to ground –Driver Seat).
DRIVER SEATCONTROL MODULE
** NOTE: Module Identification(SD5-1 connected to ground –Driver Seat).
REFER TO APPENDIX:SCP / SEAT MOVEMENT MESSAGES.
DRIVERHEAD RESTRAINT MOTOR DRIVER SEAT MOTORS
DRIVER SEAT BELTCOMFORT SOLENOID
DRIVER SEAT CUSHION HEATER
DRIVER SEAT LUMBAR PUMP
DRIVER SQUAB HEATER
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network V Voltage (DC)O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network PWM Pulse Width ModulatedB+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D Serial and Encoded Data
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002
Fig. 12.3
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationBODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC14 104-WAY / GREY PASSENGER SIDE FASCIA / AIRBAG BRACKET
HEAD RESTRAINT CONTROL MODULE – PASSENGER SP22 16-WAY / BLACK BEHIND SEAT BACK FINISHER
HEAD RESTRAINT MOTOR – PASSENGER SP23 6-WAY / YELLOW BEHIND SEAT BACK FINISHER
SEAT BACK LATCH SWITCH –†PASSENGER SP25 2-WAY / BLACK BEHIND SEAT BACK FINISHER
SEAT BACK TILT SWITCH – PASSENGER SP24 2-WAY / BLACK BEHIND SEAT BACK FINISHER
SEAT BELT COMFORT SOLENOID – PASSENGER (LHD) RH36 3-WAY / BLACK BEHIND REAR QUARTER TRIM PANEL
SEAT BELT COMFORT SOLENOID – PASSENGER (RHD) RH35 3-WAY / BLACK BEHIND REAR QUARTER TRIM PANEL
SEAT BELT SWITCH – PASSENGER SP20 6-WAY / WHITE BELOW SEAT CUSHION
SEAT CONTROL MODULE – PASSENGER SP3 16-WAY / BLACK BELOW SEAT CUSHIONSP5 10-WAY / BLACK
SEAT CUSHION HEATER – PASSENGER SP19 3-WAY / YELLOW SEAT CUSHION
SEAT HEATER SWITCH (CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK) FC55 20-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE
SEAT LUMBAR PUMP – PASSENGER SP14 3-WAY / GREY SEAT BACK
SEAT MOTORS – PASSENGER SP7 6-WAY / WHITE BELOW SEAT CUSHIONSP8 6-WAY / WHITESP9 6-WAY / GREYSP10 6-WAY / YELLOW
SQUAB HEATER – PASSENGER SP17 3-WAY / GREY SEAT SQUAB
SWITCH PACK – PASSENGER SEAT SP11 16-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER SEAT
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description LocationSP1 14-WAY / YELLOW / FASCIA HARNESS TO PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS BELOW PASSENGER SEAT
GROUNDS
Ground Location
FC1 TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, RIGHT HAND SIDE
FC2 RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST
FC4 LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST
FC5 RIGHT HAND SEAT
FC6 LEFT HAND SEAT
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
Body Processor Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicO FC14-17 LHD RH / RHD LH SEAT HEATER STATUS LED: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
I FC14-35 LHD RH / RHD LH SEAT HEATER SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED (MOMENTARY)
O FC14-69 LHD LH / RHD RH SEAT HEATER STATUS LED: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
B+ FC14-80 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOGIC) : B+
S FC14-84 SCP –
S FC14-85 SCP +
I FC14-86 LHD LH / RHD RH SEAT HEATER SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED (MOMENTARY)
Passenger Head Restraint Control Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicB+ SP22-01 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
I SP22-03 HEAD RESTRAINT UP REQUEST: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
O SP22-04 HEAD RESTRAINT MOTOR DRIVE : TO ACTIVATE PHRCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
O SP22-05 HEAD RESTRAINT MOTOR DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE PHRCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
SG SP22-06 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND
PG SP22-07 POWER GROUND: GROUND
I SP22-08 DRIVER OR PASSENGER SEAT IDENTIFICATION: OPEN CIRCUIT (PASSENGER)
I SP22-09 HEAD RESTRAINT DOWN REQUEST: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
SG SP22-10 HEAD RESTRAINT POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND
I SP22-11 HEAD RESTRAINT POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL: 10 V = UP; 2 V = DOWN
SS SP22-12 HEAD RESTRAINT POSITION SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+
S SP22-13 SCP –
S SP22-14 SCP +
I SP22-15 SEAT BACK LATCHED SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
I SP22-16 SEAT BACK TILT SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
Passenger Seat Control Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicO SP3-01 PASSENGER SEAT SQUAB MOTOR DRIVE – FORWARD: TO ACTIVATE PSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
O SP3-02 PASSENGER SEAT SQUAB MOTOR DRIVE – REAR: TO ACTIVATE PSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
O SP3-03 PASSENGER SEAT HEATER ELEMENTS ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE PSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
O SP3-05 PASSENGER SEAT REAR SEAT HEIGHT MOTOR DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE PSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
O SP3-06 PASSENGER SEAT REAR SEAT HEIGHT MOTOR DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE PSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
O SP3-07 PASSENGER SEAT FORE / AFT MOTOR DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE PSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
O SP3-08 PASSENGER SEAT FORE / AFT MOTOR DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE PSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
I SP3-09 PASSENGER SEAT FORE MOVEMENT REQUEST: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
I SP3-10 PASSENGER SEAT AFT MOVEMENT REQUEST: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
I SP3-11 PASSENGER SEAT LOWER REQUEST : B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
I SP3-12 PASSENGER SEAT RAISE REQUEST : B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
I SP3-13 PASSENGER SEAT REAR HEIGHT LOWER REQUEST : B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
I SP3-14 PASSENGER SEAT REAR HEIGHT RAISE REQUEST : B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
I SP3-15 PASSENGER SEAT SQUAB AFT RECLINE REQUEST : B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
I SP3-16 PASSENGER SEAT SQUAB FORE RECLINE REQUEST : B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
I SP5-01 PASSENGER OR PASSENGER SEAT IDENTIFICATION: OPEN CIRCUIT (PASSENGER)
PG SP5-02 POWER GROUND: GROUND
O SP5-03 PASSENGER SEAT RAISE / LOWER MOTOR DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE PSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
O SP5-04 PASSENGER SEAT RAISE / LOWER MOTOR DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE PSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
B+ SP5-05 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
S SP5-09 SCP +
S SP5-10 SCP –
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar XK Range 2003
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V ACP
CAN Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2002Sensor/Signal Ground
SCPInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
B+1 8
II E
Fig. 01.1 I
O
+
–
A
C D
S
PFig. 01.1
9 52 Fig. 01.2
53 87 Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.6
Fig. 02.11 5
I I6 18
II II19 60
E E61 93
1 17I
SP5-5
NR29
SP11-4
FC14-80
N15 S
S
–
+
FC14-84
U
FC14-85
Y
FC14-35 (LHD)FC14-86 (RHD)
G (LHD) OG (RHD)
FC14-17 (LHD)FC14-69 (RHD)
OY (LHD) O (RHD)NR16
BFCS49
B
FC4BR(FC2BR)
O
I
SP3-14
WG
SP3-13
W
SP3-12
WG
SP3-11
W
SP3-16
NR
SP3-15
GW
SP3-9
UY
SP3-10
OY
SP11-5
SP11-12
SP11-14
SP11-7
SP11-8
SP11-6
SP11-13
N44SP11-9
YBBSP14-3
SP14-1
SP19-1 SP19-3 SP17-1 SP17-3
R B
O
O
SPS3SP14-2
SP1-1
B
B
FC5S(FC6S)
SP10-1
SP8-1
SP10-3
SP9-3
SP8-3
G GR UY NG GO
(LH – RHD / RH – LHD)
FC55-14 (LHD)FC55-7 (RHD)
FC55-16
FC55-15 (LHD)FC55-8 (RHD)
FC55-9
–
+
SP5-10
SP5-9
Y
U
SP3-5
G
SP3-6
GR
SP5-3
OG
SP5-4
UY
SP3-2
NG
SP3-1
GO
SP3-7
WU
SP3-8
WR
SP5-2
B
SP7-1
SP7-3
WU WR
SP11-15
SP11-16
SP11-11
SP11-3
SP22-1
N43
SP22-16
SP22-15
SP22-3
SP22-9
BWSP24-1SP24-2
BG
OG
NG
SP25-1SP25-2SPS7
G
G
SP1-11FCS45
GBKBK
FC1S
–
+
SP22-13
SP22-14
Y
U
SP22-5
UY
SP22-4
RU
SP22-7
B
SP22-8
SP22-6
G
*
**SP5-1
SP3-3
O
SPS7 SP1-11 FCS45
G BK BK
FC1S
YB
O
BW BWRH36-2 (LHD)RH35-2 (RHD)
RH36-1 (LHD)RH35-1 (RHD)
WG 32II
SP1-12 RH9-19 (LHD)RH9-18 (RHD)
BW
S
S
I
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
I
S
S
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SP11-1
BSPS3
B
BFC5S(FC6S)
SP1-1
SP9-1
OG
SP20-2SP20-4
WG
SP20-3
SP20-1
SP20-5
SPS7SP1-11FCS45
GBKBK
FC1S
G
YG18.1
SP23-1
SP23-3
UY RU
SP23-5
SP23-6
SP23-2
W
WG
YU
SP22-11
WSP22-12
YUSP22-10
WG
I
20II
180 Ω
10 Ω
10 Ω
21.1
21.1
21.1
21.1
21.1
21.1
SCP
B
P
B
P
P
BB
B
Passenger Seat: 5-Way Movement Passenger Seat: 5-Way Movement Fig. 12.3
5-Way Movement Vehicles
SEAT HEATERSTATE
SEAT HEATER SWITCH
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
SEAT BACK TILT SWITCH
SEAT BACK LATCH SWITCH
LUMBARCONTROL
PASSENGER SEAT SWITCH PACK
RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE:SEAT BELT FASTENED
HALL EFFECTSWITCH
PASSENGERSEAT BELT SWITCH
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
PASSENGER HEAD RESTRAINTCONTROL MODULE
* NOTE: Module Identification(SD22-8 not connected to ground –Passenger Seat).
PASSENGER SEATCONTROL MODULE
** NOTE: Module Identification(SD5-1 not connected to ground –Passenger Seat).
REFER TO APPENDIX:SCP / SEAT MOVEMENT MESSAGES.
PASSENGERHEAD RESTRAINT MOTOR PASSENGER SEAT MOTORS
PASSENGER SEAT BELTCOMFORT SOLENOID
PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION HEATER
PASSENGER SEAT LUMBAR PUMP
PASSENGER SQUAB HEATER
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network V Voltage (DC)O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network PWM Pulse Width ModulatedB+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D Serial and Encoded Data
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002
Fig. 12.4
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationBODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC14 104-WAY / GREY PASSENGER SIDE FASCIA / AIRBAG BRACKET
HEAD RESTRAINT CONTROL MODULE – PASSENGER SP22 16-WAY / BLACK BEHIND SEAT BACK FINISHER
HEAD RESTRAINT MOTOR – PASSENGER SP23 6-WAY / YELLOW BEHIND SEAT BACK FINISHER
SEAT BACK LATCH SWITCH –†PASSENGER SP25 2-WAY / BLACK BEHIND SEAT BACK FINISHER
SEAT BACK TILT SWITCH – PASSENGER SP24 2-WAY / BLACK BEHIND SEAT BACK FINISHER
SEAT BELT COMFORT SOLENOID – PASSENGER (LHD) RH36 3-WAY / BLACK BEHIND REAR QUARTER TRIM PANEL
SEAT BELT COMFORT SOLENOID – PASSENGER (RHD) RH35 3-WAY / BLACK BEHIND REAR QUARTER TRIM PANEL
SEAT BELT SWITCH – PASSENGER SP20 6-WAY / WHITE BELOW SEAT CUSHION
SEAT CONTROL MODULE – PASSENGER SP3 16-WAY / BLACK BELOW SEAT CUSHIONSP5 10-WAY / BLACK
SEAT CUSHION HEATER – PASSENGER SP19 3-WAY / YELLOW SEAT CUSHION
SEAT HEATER SWITCH (CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK) FC55 20-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE
SEAT LUMBAR PUMP – PASSENGER SP14 3-WAY / GREY SEAT BACK
SEAT MOTORS – PASSENGER SP7 6-WAY / WHITE BELOW SEAT CUSHIONSP8 6-WAY / WHITESP9 6-WAY / GREYSP10 6-WAY / YELLOW
SQUAB HEATER – PASSENGER SP17 3-WAY / GREY SEAT SQUAB
SWITCH PACK – PASSENGER SEAT SP11 16-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER SEAT
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description LocationSP1 14-WAY / YELLOW / FASCIA HARNESS TO PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS BELOW PASSENGER SEAT
GROUNDS
Ground Location
FC1 TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, RIGHT HAND SIDE
FC2 RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST
FC4 LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST
FC5 RIGHT HAND SEAT
FC6 LEFT HAND SEAT
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
Body Processor Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicO FC14-17 LHD RH / RHD LH SEAT HEATER STATUS LED: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
I FC14-35 LHD RH / RHD LH SEAT HEATER SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED (MOMENTARY)
O FC14-69 LHD LH / RHD RH SEAT HEATER STATUS LED: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
B+ FC14-80 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOGIC) : B+
S FC14-84 SCP –
S FC14-85 SCP +
I FC14-86 LHD LH / RHD RH SEAT HEATER SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED (MOMENTARY)
Passenger Head Restraint Control Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicB+ SP22-01 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
I SP22-03 HEAD RESTRAINT UP REQUEST: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
O SP22-04 HEAD RESTRAINT MOTOR DRIVE : TO ACTIVATE PHRCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
O SP22-05 HEAD RESTRAINT MOTOR DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE PHRCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
SG SP22-06 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND
PG SP22-07 POWER GROUND: GROUND
I SP22-08 DRIVER OR PASSENGER SEAT IDENTIFICATION: OPEN CIRCUIT (PASSENGER)
I SP22-09 HEAD RESTRAINT DOWN REQUEST: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
SG SP22-10 HEAD RESTRAINT POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND
I SP22-11 HEAD RESTRAINT POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL: 10 V = UP; 2 V = DOWN
SS SP22-12 HEAD RESTRAINT POSITION SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+
S SP22-13 SCP –
S SP22-14 SCP +
I SP22-15 SEAT BACK LATCHED SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
I SP22-16 SEAT BACK TILT SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
Passenger Seat Control Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicO SP3-01 PASSENGER SEAT SQUAB MOTOR DRIVE – FORWARD: TO ACTIVATE PSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
O SP3-02 PASSENGER SEAT SQUAB MOTOR DRIVE – REAR: TO ACTIVATE PSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
O SP3-03 PASSENGER SEAT HEATER ELEMENTS ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE PSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
O SP3-07 PASSENGER SEAT FORE / AFT MOTOR DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE PSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
O SP3-08 PASSENGER SEAT FORE / AFT MOTOR DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE PSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
I SP3-09 PASSENGER SEAT FORE MOVEMENT REQUEST: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
I SP3-10 PASSENGER SEAT AFT MOVEMENT REQUEST: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
I SP3-15 PASSENGER SEAT SQUAB AFT RECLINE REQUEST : B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
I SP3-16 PASSENGER SEAT SQUAB FORE RECLINE REQUEST : B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
I SP5-01 PASSENGER OR PASSENGER SEAT IDENTIFICATION: OPEN CIRCUIT (PASSENGER)
PG SP5-02 POWER GROUND: GROUND
B+ SP5-05 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
S SP5-09 SCP +
S SP5-10 SCP –
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar XK Range 2003
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V ACP
CAN Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2002Sensor/Signal Ground
SCPInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
B+1 8
II E
Fig. 01.1 I
O
+
–
A
C D
S
PFig. 01.1
9 52 Fig. 01.2
53 87 Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.6
Fig. 02.11 5
I I6 18
II II19 60
E E61 93
1 17I
SP5-5
NR29
FC14-80
N15 S
S
–
+
FC14-84
U
FC14-85
Y
FC14-35 (LHD)FC14-86 (RHD)
G (LHD) OG (RHD)
FC14-17 (LHD)FC14-69 (RHD)
OY (LHD) O (RHD)NR16
BFCS49
B
FC4BR(FC2BR)
O
I
SP3-16
NR
SP3-15
GW
SP3-9
UY
SP3-10
OY
SP11-16
SP11-7
SP11-8
SP11-6
SP11-13
N44SP11-9
YBBSP14-3
SP14-1
SP19-1 SP19-3 SP17-1 SP17-3
R B
O
O
SPS3SP14-2
SP1-1
B
B
FC5S(FC6S)
SP8-1
SP8-3
NG GO
SCP
(LH – RHD / RH – LHD)
FC55-14 (LHD)FC55-7 (RHD)
FC55-16
FC55-15 (LHD)FC55-8 (RHD)
FC55-9
–
+
SP5-10
SP5-9
Y
U
SP3-2
NG
SP3-1
GO
SP3-7
WU
SP3-8
WR
SP5-2
B
SP7-1
SP7-3
WU WR
SP11-15
SP11-11
SP11-3
SP22-1
N43
SP22-16
SP22-15
SP22-3
SP22-9
BWSP24-1SP24-2
BG
OG
NG
SP25-1SP25-2SPS7
G
G
SP1-11FCS45
GBKBK
FC1S
–
+
SP22-13
SP22-14
Y
U
SP22-5
UY
SP22-4
RU
SP22-7
B
SP22-8
SP22-6
G
**SP5-1
SP3-3
O
SPS7 SP1-11 FCS45
G BK BK
FC1S
YB
O
BW BWRH36-2 (LHD)RH35-2 (RHD)
RH36-1 (LHD)RH35-1 (RHD)
WG 32II
SP1-12 RH9-19 (LHD)RH9-18 (RHD)
BW
S
S
I
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
I
S
S
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SP11-1
BSPS3
B
BFC5S(FC6S)
SP1-1
SP20-2SP20-4
WG
SP20-3
SP20-1
SP20-5
SPS7SP1-11FCS45
GBKBK
FC1S
G
YG18.1
SP23-1
SP23-3
UY RU
SP23-5
SP23-6
SP23-2
W
WG
YU
SP22-11
WSP22-12
YUSP22-10
WG
I
20II
*
180 Ω
10 Ω
10 Ω
21.1
21.1
21.1
21.1
21.1
21.1
B
P
B
P
B
P
B
B
Passenger Seat: 3-Way Movement Passenger Seat: 3-Way Movement Fig. 12.4
3-Way Movement Vehicles
SEAT HEATERSTATE
SEAT HEATER SWITCH
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
SEAT BACK TILT SWITCH
SEAT BACK LATCH SWITCH
LUMBARCONTROL
PASSENGER SEAT SWITCH PACK
RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE:SEAT BELT FASTENED
HALL EFFECTSWITCH
PASSENGERSEAT BELT SWITCH
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
PASSENGER HEAD RESTRAINTCONTROL MODULE
* NOTE: Module Identification(SD22-8 not connected to ground –Passenger Seat).
PASSENGER SEATCONTROL MODULE
** NOTE: Module Identification(SD5-1 not connected to ground –Passenger Seat).
REFER TO APPENDIX:SCP / SEAT MOVEMENT MESSAGES.
PASSENGERHEAD RESTRAINT MOTOR PASSENGER SEAT MOTORS
PASSENGER SEAT BELTCOMFORT SOLENOID
PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION HEATER
PASSENGER SEAT LUMBAR PUMP
PASSENGER SQUAB HEATER
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network V Voltage (DC)O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network PWM Pulse Width ModulatedB+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D Serial and Encoded Data
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002
Fig. 13.1
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationBODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC14 104-WAY / GREY PASSENGER SIDE FASCIA / AIRBAG BRACKET
DOOR AJAR SWITCH – DRIVER DD3 13-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR / DOOR CASING
DOOR AJAR SWITCH – PASSENGER DP3 13-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER DOOR / DOOR CASING
DOOR CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER DD10 22-WAY / BLUE DRIVER DOOR / DOOR CASINGDD11 22-WAY / BLACK
DOOR CONTROL MODULE – PASSENGER DP10 22-WAY / BLUE PASSENGER DOOR / DOOR CASINGDP11 22-WAY / BLACK
DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR – DRIVER DD3 13-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR / DOOR CASING
DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR – PASSENGER DP3 13-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER DOOR / DOOR CASING
DOOR LOCK SWITCHES – DRIVER DD3 13-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR / DOOR CASING
EXTERNAL TRUNK RELEASE SWITCH BL2 2-WAY / WHITE TRUNK LID / LINER
FUEL FILL FLAP SOLENOID IC24 2-WAY / NATURAL TRUNK / FUEL FILL
IGNITION SWITCH (KEY-IN SWITCH) FC4 8-WAY / WHITE STEERING COLUMN
KEY FOB ANTENNA – CONVERTIBLE HARD WIRED TOP OF BACKLIGHT
KEY FOB ANTENNA – COUPE RH7 COAXIAL CONNECTOR TOP OF BACKLIGHT
NOT-IN-PARK SWITCH FC87 3-WAY / WHITE GEAR SELECTOR ASSEMBLY
SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE BT40 16-WAY / BLACK TRUNK / ELECTRICAL CARRIERBT41 26-WAY / BLACKBT42 10-WAY / BLACKRH20 COAXIAL CONNECTOR
TRUNK AND FUEL FILL RELEASE SWITCHES FC41 10-WAY / NATURAL FASCIA / DRIVER SIDE
TRUNK RELEASE SOLENOID BT43 2-WAY / BROWN TRUNK / LH SIDE
TRUNK SWITCH BT46 2-WAY / BLACK TRUNK
VALET SWITCH FC67 10-WAY / BLACK DRIVER KNEE BOLSTER
RELAYS
Relay Connector / Color LocationDOOR LOCKING RELAY FC24 / BLACK RH FASCIA RELAYS
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description LocationAC13 20-WAY / YELLOW / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / RIGHT HAND SIDE
BB1 4-WAY / WHITE / TRUNK HARNESS TO TRUNK LID HARNESS TRUNK / ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH
BL1 4-WAY / WHITE / TRUNK HARNESS TO TRUNK LID HARNESS TRUNK / BEHIND TRUNK LID LINER / RH SIDE
BT2 20-WAY / WHITE / REARWARD HARNESS TO TRUNK HARNESS TRUNK / ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH
DD1 23-WAY / BLACK / CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS TO DRIVER DOOR HARNESS DRIVER SIDE ‘A’ POST MOUNTING BRACKET/ ‘A’ POST TRIM
DP1 23-WAY / BLACK / CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS TO PASSENGER DOOR HARNESS PASSENGER SIDE ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM
IC4 14-WAY / WHITE / IN-CAR ENTERTAINMENT HARNESS TO TRUNK HARNESS TRUNK / LEFT OF ANTENNA ASSEMBLY
RH2 20-WAY / WHITE / FASCIA HARNESS TO REARWARD HARNESS REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
GROUNDS
Ground LocationBT1 ADJACENT TO BATTERY
BT3 TRUNK, LEFT REAR
FC2 RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST
FC3 TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE
FC4 LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST
RH3 ROOF, ADJACENT TO REAR WINDOW
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
Body Processor Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicI FC14-05 TRUNK RELEASE SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED (MOMENTARY)
I FC14-15 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND (I) : GROUND
I FC14-31 FUEL FILLER FLAP RELEASE SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED (MOMENTARY)
I FC14-33 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND (II) : GROUND
I FC14-41 ENGINE START REQUEST: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
I FC14-55 VALET SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED (MOMENTARY)
I FC14-58 NOT-IN-PARK SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
I FC14-67 KEY-IN-IGNITION: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
O FC14-71 DOOR LOCKING RELAY ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
B+ FC14-80 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOGIC) : B+
S FC14-84 SCP –
S FC14-85 SCP +
Driver Door Control Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicB+ DD10-01 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
O DD10-05 DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR MOTOR UNLOCK: TO ACTIVATE, DDCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
O DD10-06 DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR MOTOR LOCK: TO ACTIVATE, DDCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
SG DD10-08 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND
S DD10-09 SCP –
S DD10-16 SCP +
PG DD10-17 POWER GROUND: GROUND
I DD11-04 DRIVER DOOR LOCK BARREL UNLOCK REQUEST: B+ (MOMENTARY) WHEN ACTIVATED
I DD11-05 EXTERIOR DOOR HANDLE WINDOW DROP REQUEST: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
I DD11-12 DRIVER DOOR LOCK BARREL LOCK REQUEST: B+ (MOMENTARY) WHEN ACTIVATED
I DD11-20 DRIVER DOOR AJAR SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED (DOOR OPEN)
Passenger Door Control Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicB+ DP10-01 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
O DP10-05 DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR MOTOR UNLOCK: TO ACTIVATE, PDCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
O DP10-06 DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR MOTOR LOCK: TO ACTIVATE, PDCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
SG DP10-08 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND
S DP10-09 SCP –
S DP10-16 SCP +
PD DP10-17 POWER GROUND: GROUND
I DP11-20 PASSENGER DOOR AJAR SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED (DOOR OPEN)
Security and Locking Control Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicO BT40-01 TRUNK RELEASE SOLENOID: TO ACTIVATE, SLCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
O BT40-02 FUEL FILLER FLAP SOLENOID: TO ACTIVATE, SLCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
S BT40-08 SCP +
SG BT40-13 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND
SG BT40-14 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND
B+ BT40-15 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
S BT40-16 SCP –
I BT41-05 TRUNK SWITCH: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
I BT41-06 EXTERNAL TRUNK RELEASE: GROUND (MOMENTARY) WHEN ACTIVATED
I BT41-07 PASSENGER DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR LOCK STATUS: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED (LOCKED)
I BT41-19 DRIVER DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR LOCK STATUS: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED (LOCKED)
I RH20-01 KEY FOB ANTENNA
RH20-02 KEY FOB ANTENNA SHIELD: GROUND
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar XK Range 2003
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V ACP
CAN Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2002Sensor/Signal Ground
SCPInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
B+1 8
II E
Fig. 01.1 I
O
+
–
A
C D
S
PFig. 01.1
9 52 Fig. 01.2
53 87 Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.6
Fig. 02.11 5
I I6 18
II II19 60
E E61 93
1 17I
BBK
FC14-71
FC14-5
O
I
FC14-80
N15
YR
5II
WUFC14-15
8II
RGFC14-33
YUFC67-4FC67-5
BFCS50
B
GOFC14-41
1
FC4-4FC4-5
BKFCS48
FC3BL
BKFC14-67
IO
S
S
FC14-84
U
FC14-85
Y
FC4BL(FC2BL)
YFC41-6FC41-3
BK
YRFC41-10
FC14-31
I
FC14-55
I
DD3-6DD3-7 DD10-6DD11-20
OI
DD10-1
N25
BK
FC4AR(FC2AR)
YB
B
GW
S
S Y
UDD10-9
DD10-16
DP10-6
O
DP10-1
N50
YB
S
S Y
UDP10-9
DP10-16
BK
DD10-8
DD10-17
DDS7
BK
FC2AR(FC4AR)
BDP10-8
DP10-17
DD1-2
DD1-21
B
DP3-6DP3-7 DP11-20
IGWBK
DPS7DP1-2
DP1-21
BK
B
BK
BK
DD11-4
I
DD11-12
I
NG
OY
37 DD3-10
DD3-12
DD3-11
NWDD10-5
O Y
DP10-5
O Y
BT40-16
S
BT40-8
SY
U
BT40-15
NW60
BT40-2
O
BT40-13
BK
BT1AR
BT40-1
O
BT41-19
YRI
BT40-14
BK
BK
BTS21
RWBTS6
BKBT46-2BT46-1
RWBTS21
BT1AR
BKBT41-5
I
BT41-7
YUI
YR
YG
BOBT43-2 BT43-1
BOIC24-2 IC24-1
NR
NR
FC2BR(FC4BR)
FCS46
RH20-2
RH20-1
I
BTS20
BT1AL
B
RH20-2
BRDRH20-1
WI
BKDD3-8DD3-9
DD3-3
DD3-2
DD3-1
Y
YG
YB
Y
FC4AR(FC2AR)
DDS7
DD1-2
BK
BK
ACS2
RH2-14 (LHD)RH2-2 (RHD)
RH2-2 (LHD)RH2-14 (RHD)
DD1-16AC13-6
DD1-19
YG
BKDP3-8DP3-9
DP3-3
DP3-2
DP3-1
Y
YG
YB
Y
FC2AR(FC4AR)
DPS7
DP1-2
BK
BK
DP1-16AC13-17
DP1-19
YG
30
31
BYG
AC15-1
YRYU
YR (LHD)YU (RHD) YR
YU
BRD
W
–
+
–
+
–
+
–
+
I
I
I
FC14-58
IFC87-1
YBBK
FCS47
FC3BR
FC87-3
BK
SCP
YU (LHD)YR (RHD)
FC24
8
7
10
6
9
B
RH3S
RH7-1
RH7-2
IC4-3
OIC4-4
B
BT2-7
BT2-16
BT3S
B
BTS23
BLS1BL1-1BB1-1
B B BBL2-2BL2-1
RU
B
BT41-6
IRUBL1-4 BB1-4
RU
21.1
21.1
21.1
21.1
21.1
21.1
21.1
21.1
B
P
P
B
B
P
B
Central Locking Central Locking Fig. 13.1
All Vehicles
NOTE: Ignition switched ground via Inertia Switchactivates emergency unlock.
IGNITION SWITCH(KEY-IN SWITCH)
NOT-IN-PARKSWITCH
TRUNK
FUEL FILL
TRUNK AND FUEL FILLRELEASE SWITCHES
VALET SWITCH
EXTERNALTRUNK RELEASE
SWITCH
LOCK
UNLOCK
KEY BARREL
DRIVER DOOR LOCKSWITCHES
DRIVER DOORAJAR SWITCH
DRIVER DOORCONTROL MODULE
PASSENGER DOORAJAR SWITCH
PASSENGER DOORCONTROL MODULE
REFER TO APPENDIX:SCP / CENTRAL LOCKING MESSAGES.
BODY PROCESSORMODULE
TRUNK SWITCH
SECURITY AND LOCKINGCONTROL MODULE
DOOR LOCKINGRELAY
KEY FOBANTENNA
(CONVERTIBLE)
KEY FOBANTENNA(COUPE)
TRUNK RELEASESOLENOID
FUEL FILL FLAPSOLENOID
LOCK STATUS
DRIVER DOOR LOCKACTUATOR
LOCK STATUS
PASSENGER DOOR LOCKACTUATOR
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network V Voltage (DC)O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network PWM Pulse Width ModulatedB+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D Serial and Encoded Data
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002
Fig. 13.2
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationBODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC14 104-WAY / GREY PASSENGER SIDE FASCIA / AIRBAG BRACKET
DOOR AJAR SWITCH – DRIVER DD3 13-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR / DOOR CASING
DOOR AJAR SWITCH – PASSENGER DP3 13-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER DOOR / DOOR CASING
DOOR CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER DD10 22-WAY / BLUE DRIVER DOOR / DOOR CASINGDD11 22-WAY / BLACK
DOOR CONTROL MODULE – PASSENGER DP10 22-WAY / BLUE PASSENGER DOOR / DOOR CASINGDP11 22-WAY / BLACK
DOOR LOCK SWITCHES – DRIVER DD3 13-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR / DOOR CASING
ENGINE COMPARTMENT SECURITY SWITCH EM34 2-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH HOOD LATCH
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE EM80 134-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
FUSE BOX – ENGINE COMPARTMENT LF5 10-WAY / NATURAL ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LEFT FRONTLF6 10-WAY / BLACKLF7 10-WAY / GREENLF8 10-WAY / BLUELF70 EYELET
GLASS BREAKAGE SENSOR (ROOF CONSOLE) RF10 6-WAY / GREY ROOF CONSOLE
HORNS LF12 2-WAY / BLACK BEHIND FRONT BUMPER
INCLINATION SENSOR IS1 5-WAY / ORANGE TRUNK / ADJACENT TO ANTENNA
KEY FOB ANTENNA – CONVERTIBLE HARD WIRED TOP OF BACKLIGHT
KEY FOB ANTENNA – COUPE RH7 COAXIAL CONNECTOR TOP OF BACKLIGHT
KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE FC22 20-WAY / GREEN ADJACENT TO DRIVER SIDE FUSE BOX
MAJOR INSTRUMENT CLUSTER FC25 26-WAY / BLACK FASCIAFC26 26-WAY / YELLOW
READER / EXCITER COIL (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) SC12 3-WAY / WHITE STEERING COLUMN / RH SIDE
SECURITY ACTIVE INDICATOR (J-GATE ILLUMINATION MODULE) FC88 10-WAY / WHITE FRONT OF GEAR SELECTOR MODULE
SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE BT40 16-WAY / BLACK TRUNK / ELECTRICAL CARRIERBT41 26-WAY / BLACKBT42 10-WAY / BLACKRH20 COAXIAL CONNECTOR
SECURITY SOUNDER – ACTIVE LF18 6-WAY / BLACK REARWARD OF RIGHT FRONT HEADLAMP
SECURITY SOUNDER – PASSIVE LF18 6-WAY / BLACK REARWARD OF RIGHT FRONT HEADLAMP
TRUNK SWITCH BT46 2-WAY / BLACK TRUNK
VALET SWITCH FC67 10-WAY / BLACK DRIVER KNEE BOLSTER
RELAYS
Relay Connector / Color LocationHORN RELAY BUS / BROWN ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX – R6
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description LocationBT47 3-WAY / WHITE / INCLINATION SENSOR TO TRUNK HARNESS TRUNK / ADJACENT TO ANTENNA
DD1 23-WAY / BLACK / CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS TO DRIVER DOOR HARNESS DRIVER SIDE ‘A’ POST MOUNTING BRACKET/ ‘A’ POST TRIM
DP1 23-WAY / BLACK / CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS TO PASSENGER DOOR HARNESS PASSENGER SIDE ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM
EM2 20-WAY / YELLOW / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO FASCIA HARNESS ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND BLOWER MOTOR
LF1 20-WAY / GREY / FASCIA HARNESS TO LEFT FORWARD HARNESS LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM
LF60 20-WAY / WHITE / FASCIA HARNESS TO LEFT FORWARD HARNESS LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM
RF1 24-WAY / BLACK / FASCIA HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM
RF5 8-WAY / WHITE / FASCIA HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM
SC1 12-WAY / WHITE / FASCIA HARNESS TO COLUMN SWITCH GEAR HARNESS RIGHT HAND SIDE OF STEERING COLUMN
GROUNDS
Ground Location
BT1 ADJACENT TO BATTERY
EM1 ENGINE COMPARTMENT, RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
EM2 ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE
FC2 RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST
FC3 TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE
FC4 LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST
LF2 ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FORWARD OF LEFT HAND HOOD LATCH
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
Body Processor Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicO FC14-13 ACTIVE SECURITY SOUNDER ACTIVATE: ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
O FC14-22 PASSIVE SECURITY SOUNDER ACTIVATE: AUDIO OUTPUT
O FC14-23 PASSIVE SECURITY SOUNDER ACTIVATE: AUDIO OUTPUT
O FC14-29 SECURITY ACTIVE INDICATOR ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ VOLTAGE (PULSED)
I FC14-32 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND (I) : GROUND
I FC14-41 ENGINE START REQUEST: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
I FC14-55 VALET SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED (MOMENTARY)
I FC14-56 ENGINE COMPARTMENT SECURITY SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED (HOOD OPEN)
O FC14-70 HORN RELAY ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
D FC14-73 SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE: ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
B+ FC14-80 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOGIC) : B+
S FC14-84 SCP –
S FC14-85 SCP +
D FC14-92 OK TO FUEL SIGNAL: ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
B+ FC14-104 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
Driver Door Control Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicB+ DD10-01 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
SG DD10-08 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND
S DD10-09 SCP –
S DD10-16 SCP +
PG DD10-17 POWER GROUND: GROUND
I DD11-04 DRIVER DOOR LOCK BARREL UNLOCK REQUEST: B+ (MOMENTARY) WHEN ACTIVATED
I DD11-12 DRIVER DOOR LOCK BARREL LOCK REQUEST: B+ (MOMENTARY) WHEN ACTIVATED
I DD11-20 DRIVER DOOR AJAR SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED (DOOR OPEN)
Key Transponder Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicI FC22-01 GLASS BREAKAGE SENSOR: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
B+ FC22-04 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
D FC22-06 SERIAL COMMUNICATION: ENCODED COMMUNICATION
D FC22-07 READER / EXCITER COIL : ENCODED COMMUNICATION
D FC22-08 READER / EXCITER COIL : ENCODED COMMUNICATION
D FC22-09 OK TO FUEL: ENCODED COMMUNICATION
SG FC22-12 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND
I FC22-13 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND (I): GROUND
I FC22-14 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND (II): GROUND
D FC22-17 SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE: ENCODED COMMUNICATION
Passenger Door Control Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicB+ DP10-01 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
SG DP10-08 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND
S DP10-09 SCP –
S DP10-16 SCP +
PD DP10-17 POWER GROUND: GROUND
I DP11-20 PASSENGER DOOR AJAR SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED (DOOR OPEN)
Security and Locking Control Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicS BT40-08 SCP +
SG BT40-13 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND
SG BT40-14 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND
B+ BT40-15 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
S BT40-16 SCP –
I BT41-05 TRUNK SWITCH: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
I BT41-08 INCLINATION SENSOR TRIGGER: GROUND (MOMENTARY) WHEN ACTIVATED
SG BT41-10 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND
O BT41-26 INCLINATION SENSOR SUPPLY: B+
I RH20-01 KEY FOB ANTENNA
RH20-02 KEY FOB ANTENNA SHIELD: GROUND
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar XK Range 2003
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V ACP
CAN Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2002Sensor/Signal Ground
SCPInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
B+1 8
II E
Fig. 01.1 I
O
+
–
A
C D
S
PFig. 01.1
9 52 Fig. 01.2
53 87 Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.6
Fig. 02.11 5
I I6 18
II II19 60
E E61 93
1 17I
BK
FC14-29
FC14-80
N15
Y
YUFC67-4FC67-5
BFCS50
B
NWFC14-104
EM34-2EM34-1
BKEMS38
EM1BR(EM2B)
BKFC14-56
IOY
S
S
FC14-84
U
FC14-85
Y
FC4BL(FC2BL)
FC14-55
I
DD3-6DD3-7 DD11-20
I
DD10-1
N25
BK
FC4AR(FC2AR)
B
GW
S
S Y
UDD10-9
DD10-16
DP10-1
N50S
S Y
UDP10-9
DP10-16
BK
DD10-8
DD10-17
DDS7
BK
FC2AR(FC4AR)
BDP10-8
DP10-17
DD1-2
DD1-21
B
DP3-6DP3-7 DP11-20
IGWBK
DPS7DP1-2
DP1-21
BK
B
BK
BK
DD11-4
I
DD11-12
I
NG
OY
37 DD3-10
DD3-12
DD3-11
NW
BT40-16
S
BT40-8
SY
U
BT40-15
NW60
BT40-13
BK
BT1AR
BT40-14
BK
BK
BTS21
RWBTS6
BKBT46-2BT46-1
RW
BTS21
BT1AR
BK
BT41-5
I
RH20-2
RH20-1
I
RH20-2
RH20-1
I
19
EM2-10
OY
GWBT47-1 BT41-8
I
YRBT47-2 BT41-26
O
GW
YRIS1-2BK
IS1-1
BT47-3
FC14-13
O
GO
FC14-70
O GW
S
S
–
+
FC25-14
U
FC25-13
Y
FC14-73
WRFC14-92
YBD
D
FC22-9
FC22-7
FC22-17
FC22-8
FC22-1
WR
YB D
D
FC22-12
FC22-6
SC1-4
SC1-3
O
OGSC12-2
SC12-1
B
B
D
D
O
OG
FC3BR
BKFCS47
BK
FC22-4
NR
FC22-14
WU
FC22-13
WR
18
3II
14I
21.2O
I YBNR
BK RF10-2
RF10-1RFS1BK
RF5-6
BK
FC3BR
RF10-3
O
D
LF18-6
LF18-3
WR
NW
LF18-4
LF18-5
GO
B
74
52II
B
LFS9
LF2BS
YBRF1-8
LF1-12
FC88-2 FC88-6
FC3BR
BKFCS47
BK
F13
4
LF7-5
LF6-6
F11 15A LF7-1
LF60-14
LF12-2
BLF12-1
GB
GW
FC14-22
O WB WB
WULF60-13
FC14-23
O WULF60-12 LF18-1
LF18-2
–
+
–
+
–
+
–
+
BRD
W
BRD
W
4
FC14-32
WR15I
GOFC14-41
1
I
I
BKIS1-5
BT41-10
BK
B
RH3S
RH7-1
RH7-2
I
I
D
B
21.1
21.1
21.1
21.1
21.1
21.1
21.1
21.1
B
P
P
P
B
B
B
21.1
21.1
B
B
O
SCP
17
R63
1
5
2
EM80-123
EM80-124
Y
GC
C–
+ G
YFC25-11
FC25-23
+
–
C
C
21.1
21.1
21.1
21.1
PATS
Security System Security System Fig. 13.2
All Vehicles
ENGINE COMPARTMENTSECURITY SWITCH
VALET SWITCH
LOCK
UNLOCK
KEY BARREL
DRIVER DOOR LOCKSWITCHES
DRIVER DOORAJAR SWITCH
PASSENGER DOORAJAR SWITCH
MAJORINSTRUMENT CLUSTER
BODY PROCESSORMODULE
LOGIC
DRIVER DOORCONTROL MODULE
PASSENGER DOORCONTROL MODULE
TRUNK SWITCH
INCLINATION SENSOR
SECURITY AND LOCKINGCONTROL MODULE
PASSIVE SECURITYSOUNDER
HORN RELAY
ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX
OK TO FUEL
SECURITYACKNOWLEDGE
KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE
KEY FOBANTENNA
(CONVERTIBLE)
KEY FOBANTENNA(COUPE)
SECURITY ACTIVEINDICATOR
(J GATE ILLUMINATION MODULE)
ACTIVE SECURITYSOUNDER
HORNS
SERIALCOMMUNICATION
READER / EXCITERCOIL
GLASS BREAKAGESENSOR
COLUMN SWITCHGEAR
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD
ROOF CONSOLENOTE: Check market specification for fitment of thefollowing security system components:
• Inclination Sensor• Glass Breakage Sensor• Active Security Sounder• Passive Security Sounder
ENGINECONTROL MODULE
NOTE: Refer to Fig. 03.1 for starting circuit.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network V Voltage (DC)O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network PWM Pulse Width ModulatedB+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D Serial and Encoded Data
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002
Fig. 14.1
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationBODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC14 104-WAY / GREY PASSENGER SIDE FASCIA / AIRBAG BRACKET
FUSE BOX – ENGINE COMPARTMENT LF5 10-WAY / NATURAL ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LEFT FRONTLF6 10-WAY / BLACKLF7 10-WAY / GREENLF8 10-WAY / BLUELF70 EYELET
LIGHTING STALK (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) SC2 10-WAY / YELLOW ADJACENT TO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR
POWERWASH PUMP LF25 2-WAY / BLACK LEFT FRONT FENDER / WHEEL ARCH LINER
RAIN SENSING MODULE RS1 12-WAY / BLACK ABOVE PASSENGER FOOTWELL
RAIN SENSOR (INTERIOR REAR VIEW MIRROR) RF2 8-WAY / YELLOW BELOW INTERIOR REAR VIEW MIRROR
WASH / WIPE STALK (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) SC1 12-WAY / WHITE STEERING COLUMN / RH SIDE
WINDSHIELD WASH PUMP AND FLUID LEVEL SENSOR LF27 3-WAY / BLACK LEFT FRONT FENDER / WHEEL ARCH LINER
WIPER MOTOR EM51 5-WAY / BLACK BASE OF WINDSHIELD / AIR INTAKE PLENUM
RELAYS
Relay Connector / Color LocationPOWERWASH RELAY BUS / BROWN ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX – R4
WIPER FAST / SLOW RELAY LF49 / BROWN LH ENCLOSURE RELAYS
WIPER RUN / STOP RELAY LF48 / BROWN LH ENCLOSURE RELAYS
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description Location
FC49 12-WAY /BLACK / FASCIA HARNESS TO RAIN SENSOR LINK HARNESS BELOW RH BLOWER
LF1 20-WAY / GREY / FASCIA HARNESS TO LEFT FORWARD HARNESS LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM
LF3 13-WAY / WHITE / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO LEFT FORWARD HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO BRAKE SERVO
LF60 20-WAY / WHITE / FASCIA HARNESS TO LEFT FORWARD HARNESS LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM
RF1 24-WAY / BLACK / FASCIA HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM
RF2 8-WAY / YELLOW / ROOF HARNESS TO INTERIOR REAR VIEW MIRROR LINK HARNESS ROOF CONSOLE
SC1 12-WAY / WHITE / FASCIA HARNESS TO COLUMN SWITCH GEAR HARNESS RIGHT HAND SIDE OF STEERING COLUMN
SC2 10-WAY / YELLOW / FASCIA HARNESS TO COLUMN SWITCH GEAR HARNESS ADJACENT TO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR
GROUNDS
Ground LocationFC3 TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE
LF1 RIGHT HAND HEADLAMP
LF3 ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
Body Processor Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicI FC14-09 INTERMITTENT WIPE SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED (MOMENTARY)
I FC14-15 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND (I) : GROUND
I FC14-16 SIDE LAMP SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
O FC14-18 POWERWASH RELAY ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O FC14-19 WIPER FAST / SLOW RELAY ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O FC14-26 WINDSHIELD WASH PUMP DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ VOLTAGE
I FC14-34 FAST WIPE SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED (MOMENTARY)
I FC14-37 WASH SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED (MOMENTARY)
I FC14-42 WASHER FLUID LEVEL SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
O FC14-43 WIPER RUN / STOP RELAY ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
I FC14-60 WIPER MOTOR PARK SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED (PARK)
B+ FC14-80 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOGIC) : B+
I FC14-94 SLOW WIPE SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED (MOMENTARY)
B+ FC14-104 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar XK Range 2003
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V ACP
CAN Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2002Sensor/Signal Ground
SCPInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
B+1 8
II E
Fig. 01.1 I
O
+
–
A
C D
S
PFig. 01.1
9 52 Fig. 01.2
53 87 Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.6
Fig. 02.11 5
I I6 18
II II19 60
E E61 93
1 17I
FC14-43
O
FC14-80
N15
BG
FC14-104
NW19
NG
F7 30A4
YB
YRLF6-1
LF6-10
FC14-9
IGU
FC14-37
IGR
FC14-15
WU5II
B WU
GU
GO
GO
GR
FC14-34
IGO
FC14-94
IG
FC14-26
O YGFC14-42
YFC14-18
O YB YBLF1-17
SC1-7
SC1-5
SC1-6
SC1-8SC1-9
LF25-1LF25-2B
LF1AR
LF27-1LF27-2B
LFS7
B
LF27-3LF1-15
LF1-16
YG
Y
EM51-4 (LHD)EM51-2 (RHD)
B
RW
EM51-2 (LHD)EM51-4 (RHD)
EM51-1 (LHD)EM51-5 (RHD)
EM51-3
11
12
13
N
WG
WG
NG
BG
NGB
WG
UR
R
U
B
LF3BS
LFS18
RW
LF3-3
LF3-4
EM2-17
R
ULF3-5
B
NLG
BW
BRB
LF3BS
LFS18
LF60-16
BG
FC14-19
O WGLF60-17
WG
FC14-60
RWI
4I
LF48
3
1
5
2
4
LF49
3
1
5
2
4
I
FC14-16
RWSC2-9
BK
FC3BL
BKSCS1FCS48
BKSCS2
RWFCS9
RW10.2
IBK
SC2-1
YUYU11.3
RW RW
SC2-4
UY
SC2-3
FCS51
FCS52
FCS53
FCS55
GU
GR
GO
G
FCS54
GU
GR
GO
G
RS1-4
RS1-3
RS1-9
RS1-5 FC49-2
FC49-10
FC49-4
FC49-3
RWFC49-8
RS1-1
WU
RS1-7
BG
RS1-2
NW
RS1-12
BK
WU
BG
NW
WU
BG
NW
FC49-6RF1-9
FC49-12RF1-15
FC49-5RF1-16RF2-7
RF2-8
RF2-6
WU
BG
NWRM2-3
RM2-2
RM2-1
GU
GR
GO
G
RW
FC49-7
BKBKFCS47
RS1-6
WR40II
FC3BR
RS1-11
B
B
B
P
51 ΚΩ
11 ΚΩ
5.1 ΚΩ
2.7 ΚΩ
1.3 ΚΩ
560 Ω
R43
1
5
2
Wash / Wipe System Wash / Wipe System Fig. 14.1
All Vehicles
RAIN SENSOR
INTERIORREAR VIEW MIRROR
RAIN SENSINGMODULE
WASH
FAST WIPE
SLOW WIPE
FLICK WIPE
INTERMITTENTWIPE
DELAY
WASH / WIPE STALK
SIDE
DIP
AUTO
DIP
SIDE
LIGHTING STALK
COLUMN SWITCHGEAR
REAR VIEW MIRRORS:AUTO HEADLAMPS / MIRROR TINT
DIMMER MODULE:SIDE LAMPS ON
LOGIC
MOTORS
BODY PROCESSORMODULE
POWERWASH RELAY
ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX
POWERWASHPUMP
FLUID LEVEL
WINDSHIELD WASH PUMPAND
FLUID LEVEL SENSOR
WIPER RUN / STOPRELAY
WIPER FAST / SLOWRELAY
FAST
SLOW
PARK SWITCH
WIPER MOTOR
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network V Voltage (DC)O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network PWM Pulse Width ModulatedB+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D Serial and Encoded Data
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002
Fig. 15.1
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationBODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC14 104-WAY / GREY PASSENGER SIDE FASCIA / AIRBAG BRACKET
DOOR CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER DD10 22-WAY / BLUE DRIVER DOOR / DOOR CASINGDD11 22-WAY / BLACK
DOOR CONTROL MODULE – PASSENGER DP10 22-WAY / BLUE PASSENGER DOOR / DOOR CASINGDP11 22-WAY / BLACK
DOOR LOCK SWITCHES – DRIVER DD3 13-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR / DOOR CASING
DOOR LOCK SWITCH – PASSENGER DP3 13-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER DOOR / DOOR CASING
MAJOR INSTRUMENT CLUSTER FC25 26-WAY / BLACK FASCIAFC26 26-WAY / YELLOW
SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE BT40 16-WAY / BLACK TRUNK / ELECTRICAL CARRIERBT41 26-WAY / BLACKBT42 10-WAY / BLACKRH20 COAXIAL CONNECTOR
WINDOW LIFT MOTOR – DRIVER DD16 6-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR
WINDOW LIFT MOTOR – PASSENGER DP16 6-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR
WINDOW LIFT SWITCHES – DRIVER (DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK) DD17 20-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR
WINDOW LIFT SWITCHES – PASSENGER (PASSENGER DOOR SWITCH PACK) DP17 8-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER DOOR
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description Location
AC15 20-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / RIGHT HAND SIDE
AC16 8-WAY / WHITE / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM
BT2 20-WAY / WHITE / REARWARD HARNESS TO TRUNK HARNESS TRUNK / ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH
DD1 23-WAY / BLACK / CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS TO DRIVER DOOR HARNESS DRIVER SIDE ‘A’ POST MOUNTING BRACKET/ ‘A’ POST TRIM
DP1 23-WAY / BLACK / CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS TO PASSENGER DOOR HARNESS PASSENGER SIDE ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM
RH2 20-WAY / WHITE / FASCIA HARNESS TO REARWARD HARNESS REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
GROUNDS
Ground LocationFC2 RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST
FC4 LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
Body Processor Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicS FC14-84 SCP –
S FC14-85 SCP +
Driver Door Control Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicB+ DD10-01 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
O DD10-07 WINDOW LIFT MOTOR DOWN ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, DDCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
SG DD10-08 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND
S DD10-09 SCP –
I DD10-10 DRIVER SWITCH PACK LH WINDOW DOWN REQUEST: B+ (MOMENTARY) WHEN ACTIVATED
I DD10-11 DRIVER WINDOW LIFT SENSOR SIGNAL: 2 V = UP; 12 V = DOWN
I DD10-12 DRIVER WINDOW LIFT SENSOR SIGNAL: 2 V = UP; 12 V = DOWN
SS DD10-13 DRIVER WINDOW LIFT SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+
O DD10-15 DRIVER WINDOW LIFT MOTOR UP ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, DDCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
S DD10-16 SCP +
PG DD10-17 POWER GROUND: GROUND
I DD10-18 DRIVER SWITCH PACK LH WINDOW UP REQUEST: B+ (MOMENTARY) WHEN ACTIVATED
I DD10-19 DRIVER SWITCH PACK RH WINDOW UP REQUEST: B+ (MOMENTARY) WHEN ACTIVATED
I DD11-04 DRIVER DOOR LOCK BARREL UNLOCK REQUEST: B+ (MOMENTARY) WHEN ACTIVATED
I DD11-05 EXTERIOR DOOR HANDLE WINDOW DROP REQUEST: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
I DD11-07 DRIVER SWITCH PACK RH WINDOW DOWN REQUEST: B+ (MOMENTARY) WHEN ACTIVATED
I DD11-12 DRIVER DOOR LOCK BARREL LOCK REQUEST: B+ (MOMENTARY) WHEN ACTIVATED
Major Instrument Cluster
Pin Description and CharacteristicS FC25-13 SCP +
S FC25-14 SCP –
Passenger Door Control Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicB+ DP10-01 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
O DP10-07 WINDOW LIFT MOTOR DOWN ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, PDCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
SG DP10-08 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND
S DP10-09 SCP –
I DP10-10 PASSENGER SWITCH PACK LH WINDOW DOWN REQUEST: B+ (MOMENTARY) WHEN ACTIVATED
I DP10-11 PASSENGER WINDOW LIFT SENSOR SIGNAL: 2 V = UP; 12 V = DOWN
I DP10-12 PASSENGER WINDOW LIFT SENSOR SIGNAL: 2 V = UP; 12 V = DOWN
SS DP10-13 PASSENGER WINDOW LIFT SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+
O DP10-15 PASSENGER WINDOW LIFT MOTOR UP ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, PDCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
S DP10-16 SCP +
PD DP10-17 POWER GROUND: GROUND
I DP10-18 PASSENGER SWITCH PACK LH WINDOW UP REQUEST: B+ (MOMENTARY) WHEN ACTIVATED
I DP11-05 EXTERIOR DOOR HANDLE WINDOW DROP REQUEST: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
Security and Locking Control Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicS BT40-08 SCP +
S BT40-16 SCP –
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar XK Range 2003
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V ACP
CAN Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2002Sensor/Signal Ground
SCPInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
B+1 8
II E
Fig. 01.1 I
O
+
–
A
C D
S
PFig. 01.1
9 52 Fig. 01.2
53 87 Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.6
Fig. 02.11 5
I I6 18
II II19 60
E E61 93
1 17I
DD16-4
DD16-2
BK
S
S
–
+
FC14-84
U
FC14-85
Y
DD10-13
DD10-1
N25
BK
FC4AR(FC2AR)
UY
B
S
S Y
UDD10-9
DD10-16
DP10-13
DP10-1
N50S
S Y
UDP10-9
DP10-16
DD10-8
DD10-17
DDS7
BK
FC2AR(FC4AR)
BDP10-8
DP10-17
DD1-2
DD1-21
B
DPS7DP1-2
DP1-21
BK
B
BK
BKDD11-4
I
DD11-12
I
NG
OY
37 DD3-10
DD3-12
DD3-11
NW
DD10-11
U
DP10-11
S
S
–
+
FC25-14
U
FC25-13
Y
I
I
RH
RH
LH
LH
DP10-18
DP10-10
DD11-7
IBR
DD10-19
IGB
DD10-10
IBG
DD10-18
IBO
DD17-10
NW
DD17-20
35
BKDDS7
FC4AR(FC2AR)
BKDD1-2
BK
DD17-16
DD17-17
DD17-6
DD17-7
BG
BO
DP17-1
NW
DP17-8
33
BKDPS7
FC2AR(FC4AR)
BKDP1-2
BK
DP17-2
DP17-7
DD10-15
O OY
DD10-12
RW
DD10-7
O O
DP10-15
O
DP10-12
DP10-7
O
DD16-5
DD16-6
DD16-1
DD16-3
I
I
BK
FC4AR(FC2AR)
BKDDS7 DD1-2
BK
DP16-4
DP16-2
UY
U
OY
RW
O
DP16-5
DP16-6
DP16-1
DP16-3
BK
FC2AR(FC4AR)
BKDPS7 DP1-2
BK
I
I
–
+
–
+
2601.1
01.2 NNRNR
NRNRNRNR
NRDD1-22AC16-1 (LHD)
AC15-20 (RHD)FCS81
RH2-8BT2-8
5101.1
01.2 NNWNW
NWNWNWNW
NWDP1-22AC15-20 (LHD)
AC16-1 (RHD)FCS82
RH2-13BT2-2
S
S
–
+
BT40-16
BT40-8
Y
U
21.1
21.1
21.1
21.1
21.1
21.121.1
21.1
21.1
21.1
B
P
B
P
SCP
DD11-5
IGU36DD3-5DD3-13
NW
DP11-5
IGU32DP3-5DP3-13
NW
Window Lifts Window Lifts Fig. 15.1
All Vehicles
TRANSIT ISOLATION DEVICE(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
DRIVER SIDEFUSE BOX
WINDOW LIFT SWITCHES
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK
LOCK
UNLOCK
KEY BARREL
DRIVER DOOR LOCKSWITCHES
TRANSIT ISOLATION DEVICE(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
PASSENGER SIDEFUSE BOX
WINDOW LIFT SWITCHES
PASSENGER DOOR SWITCH PACK
CONVERTIBLETOP
CONTROL
REMOTEWINDOWCONTROL
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
DRIVER DOORCONTROL MODULE
PASSENGER DOORCONTROL MODULE
REFER TO APPENDIX:SCP / WINDOW LIFT MESSAGES.
MAJORINSTRUMENT CLUSTER
REMOTEWINDOW
CLOSE
SECURITY AND LOCKINGCONTROL MODULE
MOVEMENT SENSOR
DRIVER WINDOW LIFT
MOVEMENT SENSOR
PASSENGER WINDOW LIFT
PASSENGER DOOR SWITCH
EXTERIOR HANDLE
EXTERIOR HANDLE
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network V Voltage (DC)O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network PWM Pulse Width ModulatedB+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D Serial and Encoded Data
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002
Fig. 15.2
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationBODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC14 104-WAY / GREY PASSENGER SIDE FASCIA / AIRBAG BRACKET
CONVERTIBLE TOP CLOSED SWITCH RF4 6-WAY / WHITE TOP OF WINDSHIELD
CONVERTIBLE TOP DOWN SWITCH RH29 3-WAY / WHITE RH OPERATING CYLINDER
CONVERTIBLE TOP LATCH CLOSED SWITCH RF4 6-WAY / WHITE TOP OF WINDSHIELD
CONVERTIBLE TOP PUMP BT15 2-WAY / NATURAL TRUNK / RH SIDE
CONVERTIBLE TOP RAISED SWITCH RH29 3-WAY / WHITE RH OPERATING CYLINDER
CONVERTIBLE TOP READY-TO-LATCH SWITCH RF4 6-WAY / WHITE TOP OF WINDSHIELD
CONVERTIBLE TOP SWITCH FC62 10-WAY / BLACK FORWARD OF GEAR SELECTOR
DOOR CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER DD10 22-WAY / BLUE DRIVER DOOR / DOOR CASINGDD11 22-WAY / BLACK
DOOR CONTROL MODULE – PASSENGER DP10 22-WAY / BLUE PASSENGER DOOR / DOOR CASINGDP11 22-WAY / BLACK
LATCH CONTROL VALVE PH2 2-WAY / BLUE TRUNK / CONVERTIBLE TOP PUMP
MAIN CONTROL VALVE PH3 2-WAY / ORANGE TRUNK / CONVERTIBLE TOP PUMP
MAJOR INSTRUMENT CLUSTER FC25 26-WAY / BLACK FASCIAFC26 26-WAY / YELLOW
QUARTER LIGHT LIFT – LH RH33 2-WAY / BLACK REAR QUARTER PANEL
QUARTER LIGHT LIFT – RH RH34 2-WAY / BLACK REAR QUARTER PANEL
SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE BT40 16-WAY / BLACK TRUNK / ELECTRICAL CARRIERBT41 26-WAY / BLACKBT42 10-WAY / BLACKRH20 COAXIAL CONNECTOR
RELAYS
Relay Connector / Color LocationQUARTER DOWN RELAY – LH BT74 / BLACK TRUNK RELAYS
QUARTER DOWN RELAY – RH BT76 / BLACK TRUNK RELAYS
QUARTER UP RELAY – LH BT74 / BLACK TRUNK RELAYS
QUARTER UP RELAY – RH BT76 / BLACK TRUNK RELAYS
TOP DOWN RELAY BT17 / BROWN TRUNK RELAYS
TOP UP RELAY BT16 / BROWN TRUNK RELAYS
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description LocationBT3 20-WAY / YELLOW / REARWARD HARNESS TO TRUNK HARNESS TRUNK / ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH
PH1 3-WAY / YELLOW / TRUNK HARNESS TO CONVERTIBLE TOP CONTROL VALVE LINK HARNESS TRUNK / ADJACENT TO POWER AMPLIFIER
RF1 24-WAY / BLACK / FASCIA HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM
RF5 8-WAY / WHITE / FASCIA HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM
RH5 3-WAY / WHITE / REARWARD HARNESS TO LH QUARTER LIGHT LINK HARNESS BEHIND LEFT HAND QUARTER TRIM PANEL
RH6 3-WAY / WHITE / REARWARD HARNESS TO RH QUARTER LIGHT LINK HARNESS BEHIND RIGHT HAND QUARTER TRIM PANEL
RH12 18-WAY / YELLOW / FASCIA HARNESS TO REARWARD HARNESS REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
GROUNDS
Ground LocationBT1 ADJACENT TO BATTERY
BT2 TRUNK, RIGHT REAR
FC3 TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE
RH1 RIGHT HAND REAR QUARTER
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
Body Processor Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicI FC14-10 CONVERTIBLE TOP RAISE SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED (MOMENTARY)
I FC14-15 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND (I) : GROUND
I FC14-32 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND (I) : GROUND
I FC14-33 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND (II) : GROUND
I FC14-36 CONVERTIBLE TOP READY-TO-LATCH SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
I FC14-62 CONVERTIBLE TOP LATCH CLOSED SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
I FC14-63 CONVERTIBLE TOP LOWER SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED (MOMENTARY)
O FC14-77 REAR QUARTER GLASS DOWN RELAYS ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
B+ FC14-80 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOGIC) : B+
S FC14-84 SCP –
S FC14-85 SCP +
I FC14-89 CONVERTIBLE TOP CLOSED SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
O FC14-98 REAR QUARTER GLASS UP RELAYS ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
Driver Door Control Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicS DD10-09 SCP –
S DD10-16 SCP +
Major Instrument Cluster
Pin Description and CharacteristicC FC25-11 CAN +
S FC25-13 SCP +
S FC25-14 SCP –
C FC25-23 CAN –
Passenger Door Control Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicS DP10-09 SCP –
S DP10-16 SCP +
Security and Locking Control Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicO BT40-03 TOP UP RELAY ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, SLCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
O BT40-04 LATCH CONTROL VALVE: TO ACTIVATE, SLCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
B+ BT40-06 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
S BT40-08 SCP +
O BT40-09 MAIN CONTROL VALVE: TO ACTIVATE, SLCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
O BT40-10 TOP DOWN RELAY ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, SLCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
SG BT40-13 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND
SG BT40-14 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND
S BT40-16 SCP –
I BT41-03 CONVERTIBLE TOP DOWN SWITCH: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar XK Range 2003
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V ACP
CAN Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2002Sensor/Signal Ground
SCPInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
B+1 8
II E
Fig. 01.1 I
O
+
–
A
C D
S
PFig. 01.1
9 52 Fig. 01.2
53 87 Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.6
Fig. 02.11 5
I I6 18
II II19 60
E E61 93
1 17I
Convertible Top Convertible Top Fig. 15.2
Convertible Vehicles
B
BT40-16
S
BT40-8
S Y
UBT40-6
NR53
BT40-13
BK
BT1AR
BT40-14
BKBKBTS21
BT40-10
BT40-3
O GB
O
RH12-16
FC14-80
N15
FC14-32
WR15I
5II
WUFC14-15
8II
RGFC14-33
FC14-98
S
S
–
+
FC14-84
U
FC14-85
Y
O GUFC14-77
–
+
BBT15-2
WBT15-1
U
UY
OU
UY
B
W
BPH3-2 PH3-1
BPH2-2 PH2-1
BT1AL
PHS1BT40-9O
GR
BT40-4O
GW
GWRH29-1 RH29-2
GW
RH1S
BBT41-3
GWBT3-1
I
NR
NR
BTS18
64
63
BTS20
B
B
B
B
BB
BT1AL BT2BL
GWBT3-7
GU
BT3-8
GB
GU
O
U
GW
BT3-4
GR
BT3-5
GB
GU
O
U
RH6-3
RH6-1
RH5-3
RH5-1
GW
GU
GW
GR
BT3-3
GB
RH12-17 BT3-6
GU GU
GB
BTS34
BTS33
NR
NR
B
B
B
BT1BR
71
72
NR
NR54
55
BTS37
NG
NGB
B
BT1BL
61
62
NR
NR56
57
BTS35
BT74
3
2
5
1
4
BT76
3
2
5
1
4
FC14-10
YR I
FC14-63
Y I
FC14-36
GW I
FC14-89
GR I
FC14-62
GU IGURF4-3
FC3BR
BK
GRRF4-2
GWRF4-5 RF4-4
OGRF1-13
RH29-3
RFS1
BKRF4-1 RF1-5
RF1-4
RF1-6
OG
OG
RF5-6
BK
FC62-10
FC62-1
FC62-6FC3BR
BKFCS47
BK
S
S Y
UDD10-9
DD10-16
S
S Y
UDP10-9
DP10-16
–
+
–
+ S
S
–
+
FC25-14
U
FC25-13
Y
I
I
BT16
3
1
5
2
4
BT17
3
1
5
2
4
RH33-2
RH33-1
RH34-2
RH34-1
I
OGRH12-15
B
Y
GFC25-11
FC25-23
C
C
+
–BT74
8
7
10
6
9
BT76
8
7
10
6
9
21.1
PH1-1
PH1-2
GR
GW
PH1-3
B BBTS20
B
21.1
21.1
21.1
21.1
21.1
21.1
21.1
21.1
21.1
21.1
21.1B
P
B
CAN
SCP
WINDOWLIFT
CONTROL
DRIVER DOORCONTROL MODULE
WINDOWLIFT
CONTROL
PASSENGER DOORCONTROL MODULE
CONVERTIBLE TOPSWITCH
TOP CLOSEDSWITCH
TOP LATCH CLOSEDSWITCH
TOP READY-TO-LATCHSWITCH
TOP RAISEDSWITCH
TOP DOWNSWITCH
BODY PROCESSORMODULE
SECURITY AND LOCKINGCONTROL MODULE
REFER TO APPENDIX:SCP / CONVERTIBLE TOP MESSAGES.
VEHICLE SPEED
MAJORINSTRUMENT CLUSTER
LATCH CONTROL VALVE
MAIN CONTROL VALVE
LH QUARTER UPRELAY
LH QUARTER DOWNRELAY
LH QUARTERLIGHT LIFT
RH QUARTER UPRELAY
RH QUARTER DOWNRELAY
RH QUARTERLIGHT LIFT
TOP UPRELAY
TOP DOWNRELAY
CONVERTIBLETOP PUMP
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network V Voltage (DC)O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network PWM Pulse Width ModulatedB+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D Serial and Encoded Data
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002
Fig. 16.1
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationANTENNA MOTOR BT19 6-WAY / WHITE TRUNK / RH SIDE
CD AUTO-CHANGER (STANDARD ICE) IC7 8-WAY / BLACK TRUNK / RH SIDE
MAJOR INSTRUMENT CLUSTER FC25 26-WAY / BLACK FASCIAFC26 26-WAY / YELLOW
RADIO / CASSETTE HEAD UNIT IC8 8-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLEIC19 12-WAY / WHITEIC20 26-WAY / YELLOW
RADIO ANTENNA IC12 6-WAY / BLACK TRUNK / RH SIDE
RADIO CONTROL SWITCHES (STEERING WHEEL) SW1 12-WAY / BLACK INSIDE STEERING COLUMN COWLSW4 6-WAY / BLACK
SPEAKER – DRIVER DOOR (MID-BASS) DD19 2-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR CASING
SPEAKER – DRIVER DOOR (TWEETER) DD18 2-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR
SPEAKER – LH SIDE FASCIA FC38 2-WAY / GREY FASCIA / LH SIDE
SPEAKER – LH SIDE REAR (CONVERTIBLE) RH26 2-WAY / BLACK INTERIOR REAR QUARTER PANEL
SPEAKER – LH SIDE REAR QUARTER (COUPE) RH30 2-WAY / BLACK INTERIOR REAR QUARTER PANEL
SPEAKER – PASSENGER DOOR (MID-BASS) DP19 2-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER DOOR CASING
SPEAKER – RH SIDE FASCIA FC39 2-WAY / GREY FASCIA / RH SIDE
SPEAKER – RH SIDE REAR (CONVERTIBLE) RH27 2-WAY / BLACK INTERIOR REAR QUARTER PANEL
SPEAKER – RH SIDE REAR QUARTER (COUPE) RH31 2-WAY / BLACK INTERIOR REAR QUARTER PANEL
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description LocationAC14 14-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / RIGHT HAND SIDE
BT1 20-WAY / WHITE / REARWARD HARNESS TO TRUNK HARNESS TRUNK / ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH
DD1 23-WAY / BLACK / CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS TO DRIVER DOOR HARNESS DRIVER SIDE ‘A’ POST MOUNTING BRACKET/ ‘A’ POST TRIM
DP1 23-WAY / BLACK / CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS TO PASSENGER DOOR HARNESS PASSENGER SIDE ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM
IC1 20-WAY / YELLOW / FASCIA HARNESS TO IN-CAR ENTERTAINMENT HARNESS BELOW CENTER CONSOLE GLOVE BOX
IC2 14-WAY / WHITE / FASCIA HARNESS TO IN-CAR ENTERTAINMENT HARNESS BELOW CENTER CONSOLE GLOVE BOX
RH1 20-WAY / GREY / FASCIA HARNESS TO REARWARD HARNESS REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
SC3 12-WAY / GREY / FASCIA HARNESS TO COLUMN SWITCH GEAR HARNESS RIGHT HAND SIDE OF STEERING COLUMN
SW1 12-WAY / BLACK / STEERING WHEEL CASSETTE INSIDE STEERING COLUMN COWL
GROUNDS
Ground Location
FC3 TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE
CE2 ABOVE RIGHT HAND SIDE OF TRANSMISSION TUNNEL
BT1 ADJACENT TO BATTERY
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
Major Instrument Cluster
Pin Description and CharacteristicC FC25-11 CAN +
C FC25-23 CAN –
O FC26-20 VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL – AUDIO
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar XK Range 2003
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V ACP
CAN Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2002Sensor/Signal Ground
SCPInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
B+1 8
II E
Fig. 01.1 I
O
+
–
A
C D
S
PFig. 01.1
9 52 Fig. 01.2
53 87 Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.6
Fig. 02.11 5
I I6 18
II II19 60
E E61 93
1 17I
IC20-18
GB
59
IC13
RH1-7 BT1-20 BT19-4
BT19-3
GB GB GB
NG
BT19-6
BBTS20
B
BT1AL
IC12
O
CE2AS
B
46 NRIC19-2
WIC19-7
7I
RUIC20-20
RGIC20-21
WBIC20-5
UIC20-4
UYIC20-17
OYIC20-1
RWIC20-2
10.2
10.2
Y
GFC25-11
FC25-23
C
C
FC26-20
OYO
21.1
IIC1-11
3.3 Κ Ω
BO BK
SW4-1 SW2-2
RW
BOFCS48
FC3BL
SC3-12
6.8 Κ Ω
20 Κ Ω
SW4-2
SW1-2
SW2-6 SW1-6
SC3-2 IC2-6
IRWRW
+
–
BO
UYIC20-19
GWIC20-7
IC7-1 IC8-1
IC7-2 IC8-2
IC7-3 IC8-3
IC7-4 IC8-4
IC7-5 IC8-5
IC7-6 IC8-6
IC7-7 IC8-7
IC7-8 IC8-8
B
Y
U
B
G
R
W
O
IC2-14
21.1
45 NRIC19-1
17.1
17.1
17.1
17.1
17.1
IC19-6
FC38-1
IC19-3
Y
IC19-8
YR
WG
BW
IC19-4
W
IC19-11
BG
IC19-5
WB
IC19-12
YU
BO
WU
IC19-10
UY
IC19-9
U
IC1-12
IC1-13
IC1-1
IC1-2
IC1-3
IC1-4
IC1-16
IC1-17
IC1-18
IC1-19
IC1-7
IC1-8
IC1-9
IC1-10
IC1-14
IC1-15
FCS67
FCS68
AC14-13
AC14-14
AC14-4
AC14-3
RH1-20
RH1-12
RH1-5
RH1-6
AC14-1
AC14-2
AC14-12
AC14-11
FCS27
FCS28
U
G
W
O
O
W
G
NDP1-17
DP1-23
DP1-11
DP1-12
RH1-3
RH1-4
RH1-2
RH1-1
DD1-12
DD1-11
DD1-23
DD1-17
FC38-2
DD18-1
DD18-2
DD19-1
DD19-2
RH26-1
RH26-2
RH27-1
RH27-2
FC39-1
FC39-2
DP18-1
DP18-2
DP19-1
DP19-2
NG
OG
Y
YR
WG
BW
W
BG
WB
YU
NG
OG
Y
YR
WG
BW
W
BG
WB
YU
NG
OG
BO
WU
UY
U
U
O
U
O
UY
U
U
O
BO
WU
NG OG
UO
RH30-1
RH30-2
RH31-1
RH31-2
COUPE
COUPE
CONV.
CONV.
ICS2
ICS1
YR
Y
Y
YR
ICS4
ICS3
UY
U
UY
U
U
UY
UY
GW
U
IC2-11
IC2-10
IC2-9
IC2-8
IC2-717.2
17.2
17.2
17.2
17.2
A
A
P
I
I
B
B
17.3
17.3
17.3
17.3
17.3
In-Car Entertainment: Standard In-Car Entertainment: Standard Fig. 16.1
Standard ICE Vehicles
VEHICLESPEED
MAJORINSTRUMENT CLUSTER
DIMMER-CONTROLLEDLIGHTING
DIMMER OVERRIDE
CELLULAR TELEPHONE(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
MODE
SEEK
VOLUME +
VOLUME –
RADIO CONTROLSWITCHES
STEERING WHEEL
CASSETTE
CASSETTE
CAUTION: The Steering Wheel contains two logic groundcircuits that must remain separate. Do not connect orcross-switch the BO and BK circuits.
TELEPHONEMUTE
TELEPHONEAUDIO +
TELEPHONEAUDIO -
AUDIONETWORK
CD AUTO-CHANGER
RADIO / CASSETTEHEAD UNIT
NOTE: Vehicles with Navigation –refer to Fig. 17.3 for CD circuit.
RADIOANTENNA
ANTENNAMOTOR
LH SIDEFASCIA SPEAKER
NOTE: The female pins of connectorDD1 are located on the vehicle LH sidefor both LHD and RHD vehicles. NOT USED
DRIVER DOORSPEAKER
(MID-BASS)
LH SIDEREAR QUARTER
SPEAKER(COUPE)
RH SIDEFASCIA SPEAKER
NOTE: The female pins of connectorDP1 are located on the vehicle LH sidefor both LHD and RHD vehicles.
LH SIDEREAR SPEAKER(CONVERTIBLE)
RH SIDEREAR SPEAKER(CONVERTIBLE)
NOT USED
PASSENGER DOORSPEAKER
(MID-BASS)
RH SIDEREAR QUARTER
SPEAKER(COUPE)
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network V Voltage (DC)O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network PWM Pulse Width ModulatedB+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D Serial and Encoded Data
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002
Fig. 16.2
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationANTENNA MOTOR BT19 6-WAY / WHITE TRUNK / RH SIDE
CD AUTO-CHANGER (PREMIUM ICE) PROPRIETARY LINK LEAD TRUNK / RH SIDE
MAJOR INSTRUMENT CLUSTER FC25 26-WAY / BLACK FASCIAFC26 26-WAY / YELLOW
POWER AMPLIFIER IC7 8-WAY / BLACK TRUNK / RH SIDEIC15 18-WAY / WHITEIC16 12-WAY / WHITE
RADIO / CASSETTE HEAD UNIT IC8 8-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLEIC19 12-WAY / WHITEIC20 26-WAY / YELLOW
RADIO ANTENNA IC12 6-WAY / BLACK TRUNK / RH SIDE
RADIO CONTROL SWITCHES (STEERING WHEEL) SW1 12-WAY / BLACK INSIDE STEERING COLUMN COWLSW4 6-WAY / BLACK
SPEAKER – DRIVER DOOR (MID-BASS) DD19 2-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR CASING
SPEAKER – DRIVER DOOR (TWEETER) DD18 2-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR
SPEAKER – LH SIDE FASCIA FC38 2-WAY / GREY FASCIA / LH SIDE
SPEAKER – LH SIDE REAR (CONVERTIBLE) RH26 2-WAY / BLACK INTERIOR REAR QUARTER PANEL
SPEAKER – LH SIDE REAR QUARTER (COUPE) RH30 2-WAY / BLACK INTERIOR REAR QUARTER PANEL
SPEAKER – PASSENGER DOOR (MID-BASS) DP19 2-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER DOOR CASING
SPEAKER – PASSENGER DOOR (TWEETER) DP18 2-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER DOOR
SPEAKER – REAR (COUPE) RH26 2-WAY / BLACK PARCEL SHELFRH27 2-WAY / BLACK
SPEAKER – RH SIDE FASCIA FC39 2-WAY / GREY FASCIA / RH SIDE
SPEAKER – RH SIDE REAR (CONVERTIBLE) RH27 2-WAY / BLACK INTERIOR REAR QUARTER PANEL
SPEAKER – RH SIDE REAR QUARTER (COUPE) RH31 2-WAY / BLACK INTERIOR REAR QUARTER PANEL
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description LocationAC14 14-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / RIGHT HAND SIDE
BT1 20-WAY / WHITE / REARWARD HARNESS TO TRUNK HARNESS TRUNK / ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH
DD1 23-WAY / BLACK / CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS TO DRIVER DOOR HARNESS DRIVER SIDE ‘A’ POST MOUNTING BRACKET/ ‘A’ POST TRIM
DP1 23-WAY / BLACK / CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS TO PASSENGER DOOR HARNESS PASSENGER SIDE ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM
IC1 20-WAY / YELLOW / FASCIA HARNESS TO IN-CAR ENTERTAINMENT HARNESS BELOW CENTER CONSOLE GLOVE BOX
IC2 14-WAY / WHITE / FASCIA HARNESS TO IN-CAR ENTERTAINMENT HARNESS BELOW CENTER CONSOLE GLOVE BOX
IC4 14-WAY / WHITE / IN-CAR ENTERTAINMENT HARNESS TO TRUNK HARNESS TRUNK / LEFT OF ANTENNA ASSEMBLY
RH1 20-WAY / GREY / FASCIA HARNESS TO REARWARD HARNESS REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
SC3 12-WAY / GREY / FASCIA HARNESS TO COLUMN SWITCH GEAR HARNESS RIGHT HAND SIDE OF STEERING COLUMN
SW1 12-WAY / BLACK / STEERING WHEEL CASSETTE INSIDE STEERING COLUMN COWL
GROUNDS
Ground LocationBT1 ADJACENT TO BATTERY
CE2 ABOVE RIGHT HAND SIDE OF TRANSMISSION TUNNEL
FC3 TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
Major Instrument Cluster
Pin Description and CharacteristicC FC25-11 CAN +
C FC25-23 CAN –
O FC26-20 VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL – AUDIO
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar XK Range 2003
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V ACP
CAN Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2002Sensor/Signal Ground
SCPInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
B+1 8
II E
Fig. 01.1 I
O
+
–
A
C D
S
PFig. 01.1
9 52 Fig. 01.2
53 87 Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.6
Fig. 02.11 5
I I6 18
II II19 60
E E61 93
1 17I
FC38-1
IC15-17
NG
IC15-7
OG
IC15-5
Y
IC15-15
YR
IC15-4
WG
IC15-12
BW
IC15-2
W
IC15-10
BG
IC15-11
WB
IC15-3
YU
IC15-13
BO
IC15-14
WU
IC15-6
UY
IC15-16
U
IC15-18
U
IC15-8
O
IC1-12
IC1-13
IC1-1
IC1-2
IC1-3
IC1-4
IC1-16
IC1-17
IC1-18
IC1-19
IC1-7
IC1-8
IC1-9
IC1-10
IC1-14
IC1-15
FCS67
FCS68
AC14-13
AC14-14
AC14-4
AC14-3
RH1-20
RH1-12
RH1-5
RH1-6
AC14-1
AC14-2
AC14-12
AC14-11
FCS27
FCS28
U
G
W
O
O
W
G
NDP1-17
DP1-23
DP1-11
DP1-12
RH1-3
RH1-4
RH1-2
RH1-1
DD1-12
DD1-11
DD1-23
DD1-17
FC38-2
DD18-1
DD18-2
DD19-1
DD19-2
RH26-1
RH26-2
RH27-1
RH27-2
RH26-1
RH26-2
RH27-1
RH27-2
FC39-1
FC39-2
DP18-1
DP18-2
DP19-1
DP19-2R B
R B
NG
OG
Y
YR
WG
BW
W
BG
WB
YU
NG
OG
Y
YR
WG
BW
W
BG
WB
YU
NG
OG
BO
WU
UY
U
U
O
U
O
UY
U
U
O
BO
WU
69
70
NG
NG
B
BT1CS
BIC4-6
IC4-5
B
BIC16-8
IC16-2
IC16-3
IC16-9
YIC16-7IC20-6
CE2AS
B
NG OG
UO
IC8-1 IC7-1
IC8-2 IC7-2
IC8-3 IC7-3
IC8-4 IC7-4
IC8-5 IC7-5
IC8-6 IC7-6
IC8-7 IC7-7
IC8-8 IC7-8
B
Y
U
B
G
R
W
O
RH30-1
RH30-2
RH31-1
RH31-2
46 NRIC19-2
WIC19-7
7I
RUIC20-20
RGIC20-21
OYIC20-1
RWIC20-2
10.2
10.2
Y
GFC25-11
FC25-23
C
C
FC26-20
OYO
21.1
IIC1-11
3.3 Κ Ω
BO BK
SW4-1 SW2-2
RW
BOFCS48
FC3BL
SC3-12
6.8 Κ Ω
20 Κ Ω
SW4-2
SW1-2
SW2-6 SW1-6
SC3-2 IC2-6
IRWRW
+
–
BO
21.1
45 NRIC19-1
IC19-6
O
BYUBGRWO
BKIC4-7
BKIC16-11(COUPE)IC16-12(CONV.)
BTS21
BK
BT1AR
WBIC20-5
UIC20-4
UYIC20-17
UYIC20-19
GWIC20-7
17.1
17.1
17.1
17.1
17.1
U
UY
UY
GW
U
IC2-11
IC2-10
IC2-9
IC2-8
IC2-717.2
17.2
17.2
17.2
17.2
A
A
B
B
B
I
I
P
B
B
P
P
IC20-18
GB
59
IC13
RH1-7 BT1-20 BT19-4
BT19-3
GB GB GB
NG
BT19-6
BBTS20
B
BT1AL
IC12
OIC2-14
17.3
17.3
17.3
17.3
17.3
In-Car Entertainment: Premium In-Car Entertainment: Premium Fig. 16.2
Premium ICE Vehicles
VEHICLESPEED
MAJORINSTRUMENT CLUSTER
DIMMER-CONTROLLEDLIGHTING
DIMMER OVERRIDE
CELLULAR TELEPHONE(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
MODE
SEEK
VOLUME +
VOLUME –
RADIO CONTROLSWITCHES
CASSETTE
CASSETTE
STEERING WHEEL
CAUTION: The Steering Wheel contains two logic groundcircuits that must remain separate. Do not connect orcross-switch the BO and BK circuits.
TELEPHONEMUTE
TELEPHONEAUDIO +
TELEPHONEAUDIO -
AUDIONETWORK
RADIO / CASSETTEHEAD UNIT
CD AUTO-CHANGER
NOTE: Vehicles with Navigation –refer to Fig. 17.3 for CD circuit.
NOTE: Power Amplifier to CD Auto-changer flying lead.No connector codes are assigned.
RADIOANTENNA
ANTENNAMOTOR
TELEPHONEMUTE
AUDIONETWORK
POWER AMPLIFIER
LH SIDEFASCIA SPEAKER
NOTE: The female pins of connector DD1are located on the vehicle LH side for bothLHD and RHD vehicles.
DRIVER DOORSPEAKER
(TWEETER)
DRIVER DOORSPEAKER
(MID-BASS)
LH SIDEREAR QUARTER
SPEAKER(COUPE)
LH SIDEREAR SPEAKER(CONVERTIBLE)
RH SIDEREAR SPEAKER(CONVERTIBLE)
REAR SPEAKER(COUPE)
RH SIDEFASCIA SPEAKER
NOTE: The female pins of connector DP1are located on the vehicle LH side for bothLHD and RHD vehicles.
PASSENGER DOORSPEAKER
(TWEETER)
PASSENGER DOORSPEAKER
(MID-BASS)
RH SIDEREAR QUARTER
SPEAKER(COUPE)
NON NAVVEHICLES
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002
Fig. 17.1
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationCELLULAR PHONE CONTROL MODULE RT9 32-WAY / BLUE BEHIND REAR SEAT
RT10 2-WAY / GREY
MICROPHONE RF9 2-WAY / BLUE ROOF CONSOLE
TELEPHONE HAND SET HARD WIRED CENTER CONSOLE GLOVE BOX
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description LocationRF1 24-WAY / BLACK / FASCIA HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM
RT1 18-WAY / YELLOW / FASCIA HARNESS TO TELEPHONE HARNESS BELOW CENTER CONSOLE
RT3 10-WAY / GREY / FASCIA HARNESS TO TELEPHONE HARNESS BELOW CENTER CONSOLE
RT8 2-WAY / GREY / TELEPHONE ANTENNA BEHIND REAR SEAT
RT11 10-WAY / BLACK / TELEPHONE HAND SET CENTER CONSOLE GLOVE BOX
GROUNDS
Ground Location
FC2 RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST
FC4 LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar XK Range 2003
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V ACP
CAN Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2002Sensor/Signal Ground
SCPInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
B+1 8
II E
Fig. 01.1 I
O
+
–
A
C D
S
PFig. 01.1
9 52 Fig. 01.2
53 87 Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.6
Fig. 02.11 5
I I6 18
II II19 60
E E61 93
1 17I
Telephone System: ROW Telephone System: ROW Fig. 17.1
ROW Vehicles
NRRT9-12
GRT9-146
I
NRRT9-13
RT9-4
RT9-31
RT9-32
U
U
UY
RT9-18
RT9-17
RT9-27
YRT9-3
YURT9-25
BRT9-22
NRT9-20
ORT9-1
YRT9-24
RRT9-28
B
RT1-1RF1-17
RT1-3RF1-19
WWW
GGG
RT3-9
RT3-8
RT3-10
RT3-7
RT3-6
RT3-5
RT3-4
RT3-3
RT3-2
RT3-1
RT10-1
RT7-2
RT10-2
BRD
GRT1-5
G
RT9-7
UY
RT9-8
GW
16.1 16.2
16.1 16.2
16.1 16.2
16.1 16.2
16.1 16.2
RT7-1
NRT8-1
RT8-2
BRD
N
RF9-1
RF9-2
YBRDRF1-18
BRD YYRT1-2
Y
U
U
UY
UY
GW
RT1-6
RT1-7
RT1-8
RT1-9
RT1-10
RT11-9
RT11-8
RT11-10
RT11-7
RT11-6
RT11-5
RT11-4
RT11-3
RT11-2
RT11-1
Y
U
W
G
N
O
Y
R
B
U
RT9-29
RTS4 G A
A
RT9-9
RT1-11
FC2CS(FC4CS)
B
B
RT9-11
Y
B
B
B
B
RTS2
(1)
(2)RT1-16
RW BW41II
NRRT1-4
NR38
P
TELEPHONEANTENNA
MICROPHONE
HAND SET
MULTI-CORE CABLEHARD WIREDTO HAND SET
NOTE:(1) Early production vehicles.(2) Later production vehicles.
UNUSED WIRES IN HARNESS
TELEPHONEMUTE
TELEPHONEAUDIO +
TELEPHONEAUDIO -
CELLULAR PHONECONTROL MODULE
TELEPHONE CIRCUIT
ICE (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002
Fig. 17.2
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationCELLULAR PHONE CONTROL MODULE RT2 12-WAY / BLACK BEHIND REAR SEAT
RT5 16-WAY / BLACK
MICROPHONE RF9 2-WAY / BLUE ROOF CONSOLE
TELEPHONE ANTENNA RT7 2-WAY / GREY TRUNK / ABOVE LH WHEEL ARCH
TELEPHONE HAND SET RECEIVER RT4 6-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description LocationRF1 24-WAY / BLACK / FASCIA HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM
RT1 18-WAY / YELLOW / FASCIA HARNESS TO TELEPHONE HARNESS BELOW CENTER CONSOLE
RT3 10-WAY / GREY / FASCIA HARNESS TO TELEPHONE HARNESS BELOW CENTER CONSOLE
RT6 2-WAY / GREY / TELEPHONE ANTENNA BELOW CENTER CONSOLE
RT8 2-WAY / GREY / TELEPHONE ANTENNA BEHIND REAR SEAT
RT11 10-WAY / BLACK / TELEPHONE HAND SET CENTER CONSOLE GLOVE BOX
GROUNDS
Ground Location
FC2 RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST
FC4 LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar XK Range 2003
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V ACP
CAN Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2002Sensor/Signal Ground
SCPInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
B+1 8
II E
Fig. 01.1 I
O
+
–
A
C D
S
PFig. 01.1
9 52 Fig. 01.2
53 87 Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.6
Fig. 02.11 5
I I6 18
II II19 60
E E61 93
1 17I
Telephone System: NAS (Early Production Vehicles) Telephone System: NAS (Early Production Vehicles) Fig. 17.2
NAS Early Production Vehicles
38
NRRT2-10
GRT2-2
6I
NRRT2-3
RT5-5
RT5-10
RT5-11
U
U
UY
RT2-12
RT2-11
RT2-1
YRT5-6
BRT2-6
URT5-14
WRT5-12
GRT2-8
NRT5-3
ORT5-4
Y
RT5-7
RRT5-13
BRT5-8
U
RT1-1RF1-17
RT1-3RF1-19
WWW
GGG
RT3-9
RT3-8
RT3-10
RT3-7
RT3-6
RT3-5
RT3-4
RT3-3
RT3-2
RT3-1
Y
U
W
G
N
O
Y
R
B
U
RT4-8
RT4-7
RT4-9
RT4-1
RT4-5
RT4-4
RT4-3
RT4-2
RT4-6
RT4-10
BRD
BRD
RT4-11
RT7-2
RT5-1
BRD
RT6-1
RT4-12RT6-2
BRD
W
BRD
NR
GRT1-5
RT1-4 RTS2
NR
G
RT5-16
UY
RT5-15
GW
16.1 16.2
16.1 16.2
16.1 16.2
16.1 16.2
16.1 16.2
RT7-1
NRT8-1
RT8-2
BRD
N
RF9-1
RF9-2
YBRDRF1-18
BRD Y BRDYRT1-2
Y
U
U
UY
UY
GW
RT1-6
RT1-7
RT1-8
RT1-9
RT1-10
RT11-9
RT11-8
RT11-10
RT11-7
RT11-6
RT11-5
RT11-4
RT11-3
RT11-2
RT11-1
Y
U
W
G
N
O
Y
R
B
U
A
A
RT2-4
RT2-9
RT1-11
RTS3
FC2CS(FC4CS)
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
P
P
TELEPHONEANTENNA
MICROPHONE
HAND SET RECEIVER
TELEPHONEMUTE
TELEPHONEAUDIO +
TELEPHONEAUDIO -
CELLULAR PHONECONTROL MODULE
TELEPHONE CIRCUIT
ICE (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002
Fig. 17.3
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationCELLULAR PHONE CONTROL MODULE RT9 32-WAY / BLUE BEHIND REAR SEAT
MICROPHONE (ROOF CONSOLE) RF9 2-WAY / BLUE ROOF CONSOLE
TELEPHONE ANTENNA RT7 2-WAY / GREY TRUNK / ABOVE LH WHEEL ARCH
TELEPHONE HAND SET RECEIVER RT4 6-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description Location
RF1 24-WAY / BLACK / FASCIA HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM
RT1 18-WAY / YELLOW / FASCIA HARNESS TO TELEPHONE HARNESS BELOW CENTER CONSOLE
RT3 10-WAY / GREY / FASCIA HARNESS TO TELEPHONE HARNESS BELOW CENTER CONSOLE
RT6 2-WAY / GREY / TELEPHONE ANTENNA BELOW CENTER CONSOLE
RT8 2-WAY / GREY / TELEPHONE ANTENNA BEHIND REAR SEAT
RT11 10-WAY / BLACK / TELEPHONE HAND SET CENTER CONSOLE GLOVE BOX
GROUNDS
Ground LocationFC2 RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST
FC4 LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar XK Range 2003
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V ACP
CAN Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2002Sensor/Signal Ground
SCPInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
B+1 8
II E
Fig. 01.1 I
O
+
–
A
C D
S
PFig. 01.1
9 52 Fig. 01.2
53 87 Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.6
Fig. 02.11 5
I I6 18
II II19 60
E E61 93
1 17I
Telephone System: NAS (Later Production Vehicles) Telephone System: NAS (Later Production Vehicles) Fig. 17.3
NAS Later Production Vehicles
RT11-1
URT9-27
NRRT9-20
RT9-24
B
FC2CS(FC4CS)
RT9-8
B
NRRT9-21
GRT9-19
6I
RT4-2
RT4-1
RT9-12
RT11-2
BRT9-7
RT11-3
RRT9-32
RT11-4
GRT9-11
RT11-7
GRT9-23
RT11-10
WRT9-28
RT11-8
URT9-30
RT9-16
RT9-15
RT1-1
RT1-3
W
G
W
GRT9-22RT1-2
BRD BRDRF9-1
RF9-2
Y Y
RT7-1
RT7-2
B
B
B
P
P
I
I
I
W
BRD RT6-1
RT6-2
RF1-17
RF1-19
RF1-18
Y Y
W
G
BRD
URT9-29
URT9-26
UYRT9-25
UYRT9-6
GWRT9-5
U
UY
UY
GW
U
RT1-10
RT1-9
RT1-8
RT1-7
RT1-6
A
A
BRTS3
BRT1-11
N
BRD
RT11-9
YRT9-31
RT11-6
WRT9-13
RT3-1
RT3-2
RT3-3
RT3-4
RT3-6
RT3-7
RT3-10
RT3-8
RT3-9
U
B
R
Y
G
W
U
Y
N
WRRT9-4
B41II
N
B
R
K
G
N
O
P
S
O WRT11-5RT3-5
BRD
RT4-4
RT4-10
RT4-14
RT4-6
RT4-7
RT4-15
RT4-5
RT4-9
RT4-8
RT4-3
RTS1
RT8-1
RT8-2
N
BRD
NR38 NRRT1-4 RTS2
G
RW
RT1-5
RT1-16
16.2 16.1
16.2 16.1
16.2 16.1
16.2 16.1
16.2 16.1
ICE (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
MICROPHONE
ROOF CONSOLE
TELEPHONEMUTE
TELEPHONEAUDIO +
TELEPHONEAUDIO -
CELLULAR PHONECONTROL MODULE
HAND SET RECEIVER
TELEPHONE CIRCUIT
TELEPHONEANTENNA
NOTE: This system to be introduced Mid-2003 MY.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002
Fig. 17.4
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationCD AUTO-CHANGER (PREMIUM ICE) PROPRIETARY LINK LEAD TRUNK / RH SIDE
CD AUTO-CHANGER (STANDARD ICE) PROPRIETARY LINK LEAD TRUNK / RH SIDE
MAJOR INSTRUMENT CLUSTER FC25 26-WAY / BLACK FASCIAFC26 26-WAY / YELLOW
NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE IC7 8-WAY / BLACK TRUNK / RH SIDEIC22 16-WAY / BLACKIC23 24-WAY / BLACK
NAVIGATION DISPLAY MODULE FC97 12-WAY / BLACK BEHIND NAVIGATION DISPLAYFC98 16-WAY / BLACK
NAVIGATION GPS ANTENNA IC5 2-WAY / GREY BELOW PARCEL SHELF
POWER AMPLIFIER IC16 12-WAY / WHITE TRUNK / RH SIDEPROPRIETARY LINK LEAD
RADIO / CASSETTE HEAD UNIT IC8 8-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLEIC19 12-WAY / WHITEIC20 26-WAY / YELLOW
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description LocationIC1 20-WAY / YELLOW / FASCIA HARNESS TO IN-CAR ENTERTAINMENT HARNESS BELOW CENTER CONSOLE GLOVE BOX
IC2 14-WAY / WHITE / FASCIA HARNESS TO IN-CAR ENTERTAINMENT HARNESS BELOW CENTER CONSOLE GLOVE BOX
IC3 14-WAY / GREY / FASCIA HARNESS TO IN-CAR ENTERTAINMENT HARNESS BELOW CENTER CONSOLE GLOVE BOX
IC4 14-WAY / WHITE / IN-CAR ENTERTAINMENT HARNESS TO TRUNK HARNESS TRUNK / LEFT OF ANTENNA ASSEMBLY
GROUNDS
Ground Location
BT2 TRUNK, RIGHT REAR
CE2 ABOVE RIGHT HAND SIDE OF TRANSMISSION TUNNEL
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar XK Range 2003
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V ACP
CAN Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2002Sensor/Signal Ground
SCPInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
B+1 8
II E
Fig. 01.1 I
O
+
–
A
C D
S
PFig. 01.1
9 52 Fig. 01.2
53 87 Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.6
Fig. 02.11 5
I I6 18
II II19 60
E E61 93
1 17I
CE2BS
IC22-8
NR
IC23-1 FC98-8
R RIC3-1
G G
U U
W W
Y Y
67
BRD
G
R
IC20-23
IC20-10
IC20-22
IC22-12
IC22-11
IC22-13
IC23-2 FC98-7IC3-2
IC23-3 FC98-5IC3-3
IC23-4 FC98-4IC3-4
IC23-5 FC98-2IC3-5
IC23-6 FC98-1IC3-6
IC23-7 FC98-15IC3-7
IC23-8 FC98-14IC3-8
FC97-6NR
FC97-4WU
FC97-2
BK
65
IC22-7
WU
BT2AR
IC22-1B
IC11-1
IC11-2
IC5-1
W
BRDIC5-2
FC97-12
RU 10.2
BRD BRD
BRD BRD
BRD BRD
FC97-11RG 10.2RG
FCS4
RG RGIC1-20IC22-14
BIC4-8
W W
BRD BRD
IC20-14 FC97-10IC3-9
IC20-16 FC97-8IC3-10
RU RUIC20-15 FC97-7IC3-13
O OIC20-8 FC97-9IC3-12
G
N
R
IC16-10
IC16-6
IC16-4
IC22-10
IC22-9
IC22-13
13I
YIC22-16 IC4-9
Y
BYUBGRWO
B
Y
U
B
G
R
W
O
09.3
BYUBGRWO
BBTS17
IC8-1 IC7-1
IC8-2 IC7-2
IC8-3 IC7-3
IC8-4 IC7-4
IC8-5 IC7-5
IC8-6 IC7-6
IC8-7 IC7-7
IC8-8 IC7-8
BYUBGRWO
OYIC20-1
Y
GFC25-11
FC25-23
C
C
FC26-20
OYO
21.1
IIC1-11
+
–21.1
IC20-9
OYO IIC22-15
G GIC23-10 FC98-11IC2-1
9I
B
B
I
I
I
P
I
B
B
P
I
Navigation System Navigation System Fig. 17.4
Navigation Vehicles
CD AUTO-CHANGER(PREMIUM ICE)
NOTE: Power Amplifier to CD Auto-changerflying lead. No connector codes are assigned.
POWER AMPLIFIER(PREMIUM ICE)
PREMIUM ICEAUDIO
PREMIUM ICEAUDIONETWORK
NOTE: Navigation Control Module to Power Amplifier flying lead.No connector codes are assigned.
VEHICLESPEED
MAJORINSTRUMENT CLUSTER
VEHICLESPEED
AUDIONETWORK
STANDARD ICEAUDIO
RADIO / CASSETTE HEAD UNIT
AUDIO -
AUDIO +
PREMIUM ICEAUDIONETWORK
STANDARD ICEAUDIO
NETWORK
AUDIO -
AUDIO +
NAVIGATIONCONTROL MODULE
NOTE: Navigation Control Module to CDAuto-changer flying lead. No connector codesare assigned.
CD AUTO-CHANGER(STANDARD ICE)
REVERSE LAMPS ACTIVATED(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
NAVIGATIONGPS ANTENNA
DIMMER CONTROL
DIMMER OVERRIDE
NAVIGATIONDISPLAY MODULE
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002
Fig. 17.5
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationMAJOR INSTRUMENT CLUSTER FC25 26-WAY / BLACK FASCIA
FC26 26-WAY / YELLOW
NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE IC22 16-WAY / BLACKIC23 24-WAY / BLACK
NAVIGATION DISPLAY MODULE FC97 12-WAY / BLACK BEHIND NAVIGATION DISPLAYFC98 16-WAY / BLACK
NAVIGATION GPS ANTENNA IC5 2-WAY / GREY BELOW PARCEL SHELF
PARKING BRAKE SWITCH FC19 1-WAY / BLACK BELOW PARKING BRAKE LEVER
POWER AMPLIFIER IC16 12-WAY / WHITE TRUNK / RH SIDE
RADIO / CASSETTE HEAD UNIT IC8 8-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLEIC19 12-WAY / WHITEIC20 26-WAY / YELLOW
TELEVISION ANTENNA – LH #3 TV3 1-WAY / BLACK REAR WINDOW
TELEVISION ANTENNA – LH #4 TV35 1-WAY / METALLIC REAR WINDOW
TELEVISION ANTENNA – RH #1 TV4 1-WAY / BLACK REAR WINDOW
TELEVISION ANTENNA – RH #2 TV34 1-WAY / METALLIC REAR WINDOW
TELEVISION ANTENNA AMPLIFIER TV15 3-WAY / BLUE ABOVE LH REAR INNER WHEEL ARCHTV18 2-WAY / GREY
TELEVISION MODULE TV5 2-WAY / BLACK ON TRUNK FUSE BOX HOUSINGTV6 2-WAY / BLACKTV7 2-WAY / BLACKTV8 8-WAY / BLACK
VEHICLE INFORMATION CONTROL BEACON MODULE IR2 2-WAY / GREY SPARE WHEEL WELLTV10 8-WAY / BLACK
VEHICLE INFORMATION CONTROL INFRARED SENSOR IR1 2-WAY / GREY INSTRUMENT PANEL
VEHICLE INFORMATION CONTROL MODULE TV12 4-WAY / BLACK SPARE WHEEL WELLTV14 8-WAY / BLACK
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description LocationIC1 20-WAY / YELLOW / FASCIA HARNESS TO IN-CAR ENTERTAINMENT HARNESS BELOW CENTER CONSOLE GLOVE BOX
IC2 14-WAY / WHITE / FASCIA HARNESS TO IN-CAR ENTERTAINMENT HARNESS BELOW CENTER CONSOLE GLOVE BOX
IC3 14-WAY / GREY / FASCIA HARNESS TO IN-CAR ENTERTAINMENT HARNESS BELOW CENTER CONSOLE GLOVE BOX
IC4 14-WAY / WHITE / IN-CAR ENTERTAINMENT HARNESS TO TRUNK HARNESS TRUNK / LEFT OF ANTENNA ASSEMBLY
GROUNDS
Ground LocationBT2 TRUNK, RIGHT REAR
FC3 TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE
TV36 BELOW PARCEL SHELF
TV38 ADJACENT TO BATTERY
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar XK Range 2003
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V ACP
CAN Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2002Sensor/Signal Ground
SCPInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
B+1 8
II E
Fig. 01.1 I
O
+
–
A
C D
S
PFig. 01.1
9 52 Fig. 01.2
53 87 Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.6
Fig. 02.11 5
I I6 18
II II19 60
E E61 93
1 17I
FC3BL
IC22-8
NR
IC23-1 FC98-8
R RIC3-1
G G
U U
W W
Y Y
67
G
G
R
IC22-12
IC22-11
IC22-13
IC20-23
IC20-10
IC20-22
IC23-2 FC98-7IC3-2
IC23-3 FC98-5IC3-3
IC23-4 FC98-4IC3-4
IC23-5 FC98-2IC3-5
IC23-6 FC98-1IC3-6
IC23-7 FC98-15IC3-7
IC23-8 FC98-14IC3-8
FC97-6NR
FC97-4WU
FC97-2BK
65
IC22-7
WU
BT2AR
IC22-1B
IC11-1
IC11-2
IC5-1
W
BRDIC5-2
FC97-12RU 10.2
BRD BRD
BRD BRD
BRD BRD
FC97-11RG 10.2RG
FCS4
RG RGIC1-20IC22-14
BIC4-8
W W
BRD BRD
IC20-14 FC97-10IC3-9
IC20-16 FC97-8IC3-10
RU RUIC20-15 FC97-7IC3-13
O OIC20-8 FC97-9IC3-12
BRD
N
R
IC16-10
IC16-6
IC16-4
IC22-10
IC22-9
IC22-13
13I
W
G
BRD
IC23-13
IC23-14
IC23-11
IC23-12
BRDTV14-7
TV14-4
TV14-6
TV14-5
17I TV14-2
WU
TV38
BTVS12
B
TV12-2
TV12-1
TV11-1
TV11-2
TV38
TV10-2B
TVS12
B
TV10-6
TV10-5
TV10-7
TV10-4W
BRD
G
BRD
14I TV10-1
WU
TV10-8NR68
IR2-1
IR2-2
W
BRD
IR1-1
IR1-2
TV4-1
TV34-1
TV3-1
TV35-1
TV17-1
TV17-1A
TV17-2
TV17-2A
TV19-2
TV19-2A
TV19-1
TV19-1ATVS4
G
BRD
G
BRD
TV36
W
BRD
W
BRD
TV18-3
TV18-3A
G
BRD TV14-2
TV18-1WU15
I
TV15-1WU16
I
TV5-1
TV6-1
TV15-2A
TV15-3
TV15-3A
TV15-2U
BRD
R
BRD
TV5-2
TV6-2
TV7-1TV18-2
TV18-2A
N
BRDTV7-2
TV8-3WU18
I
TV8-4NR66
TV38
TV8-2B
TVS12
B
TV8-1
OYFC19
OYFCS56IC2-5
OY
YIC22-16 IC4-9
Y
9I
09.3
BTS17
B
BK
G GIC23-10 FC98-11IC2-1
OYIC22-15 IC20-9
O OYIC20-1
Y
G
FC25-11
FC25-23
C
C
FC26-20
OY OIIC1-11
+
–
21.1
21.1
TV12-4
TV12-3
B
B
I
I
I
P
P
B
B
I
I
I
B
B
P
P
P
B
B
B
B
B
Navigation System with TV and VICS Navigation System with TV and VICS Fig. 17.5
Japan Navigation Vehicles
VEHICLE INFORMATIONCONTROL
INFRARED SENSOR
VEHICLE INFORMATIONCONTROL
BEACON MODULE
TELEVISIONANTENNA
RH #1
TELEVISIONANTENNA
RH #2
TELEVISIONANTENNA
LH #3
TELEVISIONANTENNA
LH #4
TELEVISION ANTENNAAMPLIFIER
NOTE: Any one of the connectedtelevision antennas serves as aVICS antenna.
VEHICLE INFORMATIONCONTROL MODULE
PREMIUM ICEAUDIO
POWER AMPLIFIER(PREMIUM ICE)
AUDIO -
AUDIO +
AUDIO -
AUDIO +
NAVIGATIONCONTROL MODULE
NOTE: Navigation Control Module toTelevision Module flying lead. No wire colorcodes or connector codes are assigned.
REVERSE LAMPS ACTIVATED(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
VEHICLESPEED
STANDARD ICEAUDIO
RADIO / CASSETTE HEAD UNIT
TELEVISION MODULE
NAVIGATIONGPS ANTENNA
MAJORINSTRUMENT CLUSTER
VEHICLESPEED
DIMMEROVERRIDE
DIMMERCONTROL
NAVIGATIONDISPLAY MODULE
PARKING BRAKESWITCH
NOTE: Refer to Fig. 17.4 for Navigation Vehicles CD Auto-changer circuits.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002
Fig. 18.1
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationDRIVER DUAL AIRBAG IGNITERS SW12 2-WAY / GREY CENTER OF STEERING WHEEL
SW13 2-WAY / BLACK
DRIVER SEAT POSITION SWITCH SD21 2-WAY / BLACK BELOW SEAT CUSHION
IMPACT SENSOR – FRONT LF50 2-WAY / BLACK FORWARD OF RADIATOR
RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE FC8 24-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLEFC9 40-WAY / BLACK
SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER IGNITER – DRIVER (LHD) PT2 2-WAY / YELLOW BEHIND LH REAR QUARTER TRIM PANEL
SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER IGNITER – DRIVER (RHD) PT3 2-WAY / YELLOW BEHIND LH REAR QUARTER TRIM PANEL
SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER IGNITER – PASSENGER (LHD) PT3 2-WAY / YELLOW BEHIND LH REAR QUARTER TRIM PANEL
SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER IGNITER – PASSENGER (RHD) PT2 2-WAY / YELLOW BEHIND LH REAR QUARTER TRIM PANEL
SEAT BELT SWITCH – DRIVER SD20 6-WAY / WHITE BELOW SEAT CUSHION
SEAT BELT SWITCH – PASSENGER SP20 6-WAY / WHITE BELOW SEAT CUSHION
SIDE AIRBAG IGNITER – DRIVER SD15 2-WAY / BROWN SEAT BACK
SIDE AIRBAG IGNITER – PASSENGER SD16 2-WAY / BROWN SEAT BACK
SIDE IMPACT SENSOR – DRIVER (LHD) RH15 2-WAY / BLACK BEHIND SEAT BELT RETRACTOR / REAR QUARTER TRIM PANEL
SIDE IMPACT SENSOR – DRIVER (RHD) RH16 2-WAY / BLACK BEHIND SEAT BELT RETRACTOR / REAR QUARTER TRIM PANEL
SIDE IMPACT SENSOR – PASSENGER (LHD) RH16 2-WAY / BLACK BEHIND SEAT BELT RETRACTOR / REAR QUARTER TRIM PANEL
SIDE IMPACT SENSOR – PASSENGER (RHD) RH15 2-WAY / BLACK BEHIND SEAT BELT RETRACTOR / REAR QUARTER TRIM PANEL
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description LocationLF2 4-WAY / GREY / FASCIA HARNESS TO LEFT FORWARD HARNESS LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM
PT1 4-WAY / WHITE / FASCIA HARNESS TO REARWARD HARNESS BELOW CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
RH9 20-WAY / BLUE / FASCIA HARNESS TO REARWARD HARNESS BELOW CENTER CONSOLE
SD1 14-WAY / YELLOW / FASCIA HARNESS TO DRIVER SEAT HARNESS BELOW DRIVER SEAT
SD13 3-WAY / BLACK / DRIVER SEAT SIDE AIRBAG IGNITER BELOW SEAT CUSHION
SP1 14-WAY / YELLOW / FASCIA HARNESS TO PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS BELOW PASSENGER SEAT
SP13 3-WAY / BLACK / PASSENGER SEAT SIDE AIRBAG IGNITER BELOW SEAT CUSHION
SW10 4-WAY / GREY / FASCIA HARNESS TO DRIVER AIRBAG HARNESS INSIDE STEERING COLUMN COWL
GROUNDS
Ground LocationFC1 TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, RIGHT HAND SIDE
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar XK Range 2003
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V ACP
CAN Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2002Sensor/Signal Ground
SCPInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
B+1 8
II E
Fig. 01.1 I
O
+
–
A
C D
S
PFig. 01.1
9 52 Fig. 01.2
53 87 Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.6
Fig. 02.11 5
I I6 18
II II19 60
E E61 93
1 17I
RH15-2
FC8-5WFC8-12
FC8-16
BK
FC1S
FC9-23
BW
23II
Y
SD15-1
SD15-2
Y
U
SD13-1
SD13-3
U
O
NW
NG
SC3-1
SC3-2
WR
RU
SC3-3
SC3-4
08.1
FC8-22
BW O
FC8-11
O21.2 D
FC9-25
FC8-15 O
RH15-1
FC9-27
W
FC9-28
G
RH16-2
RH16-1
FC9-29
WU
FC9-30
GU
LF50-2
OY
LF50-1
YUFC9-19
OY
FC9-20
YULF2-1
LF2-3
FC9-24
RWSD21-2
SD21-1
FC8-6
FC8-1
FC8-2
FC9-1
FC9-2
SP15-1
SP15-2
Y
U
SP13-1
SP13-2
UY
OY
FC9-21
FC9-22
FC9-27
WU
FC9-28
GURH16-2
RH16-1
FC9-29
W
FC9-30
GRH15-2
RH15-1
B
08.2
SD1-9
SD1-10
BW
RW
SD1-4
SW10-1
SW10-2
SU
S
S
S
SW10-3
SW10-4
PT1-4
PT1-3
RW
BW
FC9-31
FC9-32
PT3-2
PT3-1
RW
BW
PT1-2
PT1-1
RW
BW
FC9-33
FC9-34
PT2-2
PT2-1
RW
BW
SC4-1
SC4-2
SC4-3
SC4-4
SW13-1
SW13-2
SW12-1
SW12-2
YW
RO
SO
SW
RH9-6
RH9-5
RH9-8
RH9-7
RH9-8
RH9-7
RH9-6
RH9-5
W
G
WU
GU
WU
GU
W
G
BKFCS45
SP20-4
WGSP20-3
SP20-1SPS7SP1-11FCS45
GBKBK
FC1S
G
YG
SD20-4
WGSD20-3
SD20-1SDS7SD1-11FCS45
GBKBK
FC1S
G
YU
20II
19II
YU
SP1-4 FC9-26
PT1-4
PT1-3
RW
BW
FC9-33
FC9-34
PT3-2
PT3-1
RW
BW
PT1-2
PT1-1
RW
BW
FC9-31
FC9-32
PT2-2
PT2-1
RW
BW
SD20-2
G12.112.2
SP20-2
YG
Advanced Restraints System: Part 1 Advanced Restraints System: Part 1 Fig. 18.1
All Vehicles
FRONT IMPACTSENSOR
DRIVERSIDE IMPACT
SENSOR(LHD)
PASSENGERSIDE IMPACT
SENSOR(LHD)
DRIVERSIDE IMPACT
SENSOR(RHD)
PASSENGERSIDE IMPACT
SENSOR(RHD)
DRIVER SEATPOSITION SWITCH
HALL EFFECTSWITCH
DRIVER SEATCONTROL MODULE
HALL EFFECTSWITCH
DRIVERSEAT BELT SWITCH
HALL EFFECTSWITCH
PASSENGERSEAT BELT SWITCH
SERIAL COMMUNICATION
BPM: AIRBAG AUDIBLE WARNING(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER: AIRBAG WARNING(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
STAGETWO
STAGEONE
RESTRAINTSCONTROL MODULE(Continued Fig. 18.2)
CASSETTE
CASSETTE
CASSETTE
CASSETTE
DRIVERDUAL AIRBAGIGNITERS
DRIVERSIDE AIRBAGIGNITER
PASSENGERSIDE AIRBAGIGNITER
DRIVERSEAT BELTPRETENSIONERIGNITER(LHD)
PASSENGERSEAT BELTPRETENSIONERIGNITER(LHD)
DRIVERSEAT BELTPRETENSIONERIGNITER(RHD)
PASSENGERSEAT BELTPRETENSIONERIGNITER(RHD)
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002
Fig. 18.2
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationOCCUPANCY SENSING CONTROL MODULE FC10 26-WAY / YELLOW ‘A’ POST / RH SIDE OF FASCIA
PASSENGER AIRBAG DEACTIVATED INDICATOR LAMP FC15 3-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER SIDE FASCIA
PASSENGER DUAL AIRBAG IGNITERS FC75 2-WAY / BLACK SIDE OF AIRBAG ASSEMBLYFC76 2-WAY / BLACK
PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT PRESSURE SENSOR SP18 3-WAY / BLACK BELOW SEAT CUSHION
PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSING CONTROL MODULE SP21 10-WAY / BLACK BELOW SEAT CUSHION
RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE FC8 24-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLEFC9 40-WAY / BLACK
SPATIAL SENSOR – CENTER CONSOLE RZ2 4-WAY / WHITE BEHIND ROOF CONSOLE
SPATIAL SENSOR – PASSENGER ‘A’ POST (LHD) RF3 8-WAY / YELLOW UPPER RH ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM
SPATIAL SENSOR – PASSENGER ‘A’ POST (RHD) RZ3 4-WAY / BLACK UPPER LH ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM
SPATIAL SENSOR – PASSENGER ‘B’ POST (LHD) RH11 4-WAY / WHITE ‘B’ POST (COUPE); REAR QUARTER (CONV.) / TRIM
SPATIAL SENSOR – PASSENGER ‘B’ POST (RHD) RH10 4-WAY / WHITE ‘B’ POST (COUPE); REAR QUARTER (CONV.) / TRIM
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description LocationRF5 8-WAY / WHITE / FASCIA HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM
RH9 20-WAY / BLUE / FASCIA HARNESS TO REARWARD HARNESS BELOW CENTER CONSOLE
RZ1 8-WAY / YELLOW / FASCIA HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS LOWER LH ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM
SP1 14-WAY / YELLOW / FASCIA HARNESS TO PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS BELOW PASSENGER SEAT
GROUNDS
Ground LocationFC1 TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, RIGHT HAND SIDE
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar XK Range 2003
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V ACP
CAN Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2002Sensor/Signal Ground
SCPInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
B+1 8
II E
Fig. 01.1 I
O
+
–
A
C D
S
PFig. 01.1
9 52 Fig. 01.2
53 87 Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.6
Fig. 02.11 5
I I6 18
II II19 60
E E61 93
1 17I
Advanced Restraints System: Part 2 Advanced Restraints System: Part 2 Fig. 18.2
All Vehicles
SP18-A
SP18-C
SP18-B
FC10-25
G
WG
BOSP21-H
SP21-J
SP21-K
OFC9-17
UFC9-18
C
CFC10-24
C
C
WFC10-22
22II
+
–
FC1S
BK BKFC10-23 FCS45
B
RF3-1
RF3-2
FC10-6
U
FC10-5
WGRF5-2
RF5-1
SP21-E FC10-12
SP21-F FC10-11
O
U
U
W
FC8-14
FC76-2
BW
RW
FC76-1
FC75-2
BW
RW
FC75-1
FC8-13
FC8-4
FC8-3
WFC8-19OFC15-3FC15-1
24II
YB
SP21-D
G
FC1S
GSPS7SP1-11
BKBKFCS45
SP21-G
WG21II
B
O
USP1-9
SP1-10
C
C
C
C
+
–
RF3-3 FC10-19
ORF5-4
O
RF3-4 FC10-18
WRF5-3
W
RZ2-1
RZ2-2
FC10-2
G
FC10-1
WURZ1-2
RZ1-1
G
WU
RZ2-3 FC10-4
YRZ1-4
Y
RZ2-4 FC10-3
WRZ1-3
W
RH11-1
RH11-2
FC10-8
G
FC10-7
RRH9-12
RH9-11
G
U
RH11-3 FC10-21
YRH9-14
Y
RH11-4 FC10-20
NRH9-13
N
RZ3-1
RZ3-2
FC10-19
O
FC10-18
WRZ1-8
RZ1-7
O
W
RZ3-3 FC10-6
URZ1-6
U
RZ3-4 FC10-5
WGRZ1-5
WG
RH10-1
RH10-2
FC10-8
G
FC10-7
RRH9-2
RH9-1
G
R
RH10-3 FC10-21
YRH9-4
Y
RH10-4 FC10-20
NRH9-3
N
+
–
+
–
CENTER CONSOLESPATIAL SENSOR
PASSENGER“A” POST
SPATIAL SENSOR(LHD)
PASSENGER“A” POST
SPATIAL SENSOR(RHD)
PASSENGER“B” POST
SPATIAL SENSOR(LHD)
PASSENGER“B” POST
SPATIAL SENSOR(RHD)
PASSENGER SEATWEIGHT
PRESSURE SENSOR
LOCAL
PASSENGER SEATWEIGHT SENSING
CONTROL MODULE
LOCAL
LOCAL
OCCUPANCY SENSINGCONTROL MODULE
IMPACT SENSORS;PASSENGER SEAT BELT SWITCH:
REFER TO FIG. 18.1.
PASSENGER AIRBAGDEACTIVATED
INDICATOR LAMP
STAGETWO
LOCAL
STAGEONE
RESTRAINTSCONTROL MODULE
(Continued from Fig. 18.1)
NOTE: RCM power supply shown on Fig. 18.1.
PASSENGERDUAL AIRBAGIGNITERS
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002
Fig. 19.1
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationPARKING AID CONTROL MODULE BT4 16-WAY / WHITE TRUNK / SPARE WHEEL WELL
BT5 6-WAY / BLACK
PARKING AID SENSOR – CENTER LH RB3 3-WAY / BLACK BEHIND REAR BUMPER
PARKING AID SENSOR – CENTER RH RB4 3-WAY / BLACK BEHIND REAR BUMPER
PARKING AID SENSOR – LH RB2 3-WAY / BLACK BEHIND REAR BUMPER
PARKING AID SENSOR – RH RB5 3-WAY / BLACK BEHIND REAR BUMPER
PARKING AID SOUNDER RH4 2-WAY / WHITE BELOW CENTER CONSOLE GLOVE BOX
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description LocationBT1 20-WAY / WHITE / REARWARD HARNESS TO TRUNK HARNESS TRUNK / ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH
RB1 6-WAY / BLACK / TRUNK HARNESS TO PARKING AID SENSORS LINK HARNESS TRUNK / SPARE WHEEL WELL
GROUNDS
Ground Location
BT3 TRUNK, LEFT REAR
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar XK Range 2003
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V ACP
CAN Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2002Sensor/Signal Ground
SCPInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
B+1 8
II E
Fig. 01.1 I
O
+
–
A
C D
S
PFig. 01.1
9 52 Fig. 01.2
53 87 Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.6
Fig. 02.11 5
I I6 18
II II19 60
E E61 93
1 17I
Parking Aid System Parking Aid System Fig. 19.1
Parking Aid Vehicles
WGBT4-1
BT3S
BT4-16
B
BT4-2U
BT4-10R
RB4-1GU
RB4-2
GO
RB4-3GW
RH4-1
RH4-2
RB5-1GU
RB5-2
GW
RB5-3GW
RB3-1GU
RB3-2
BO
RB3-3GW
RB2-1GU
RB2-2
NG
RB2-3GW
I
I
I
I
BT5-4
BT5-6
BT5-2
BT5-1
BT5-3
BT5-5
YBT4-6
09.3 I
BTS23B
BT1-14
BT1-15–
+
B
P
OBT4-12
21.2 D
12I
GU
GWRBS2
RBS1
GO
W
BO
NG
GU
GW
RB1-5
RB1-4
RB1-6
RB1-1
RB1-3
RB1-2
U
R
SERIAL COMMUNICATION
REVERSE LAMPS ACTIVATED(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
PARKING AIDCONTROL MODULE
PARKING AIDSOUNDER
RHSENSOR
CENTER RHSENSOR
CENTER LHSENSOR
LHSENSOR
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network V Voltage (DC)O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network PWM Pulse Width ModulatedB+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D Serial and Encoded Data
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002
Fig. 20.1
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationACCESSORY CONNECTOR – FASCIA FC51 3-WAY / BLACK FASCIA / ADJACENT TO RH SIDE OF GLOVE BOX
ACCESSORY CONNECTOR – TRUNK BT25 3-WAY / BLACK TRUNK / ADJACENT TO BATTERY
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC14 104-WAY / GREY PASSENGER SIDE FASCIA / AIRBAG BRACKET
CIGAR LIGHTER FC42 2-WAY / METALLIC FORWARD OF GEAR SELECTORFC59 1-WAY / BLACK
FUSE BOX – ENGINE COMPARTMENT LF5 10-WAY / NATURAL ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LEFT FRONTLF6 10-WAY / BLACKLF7 10-WAY / GREENLF8 10-WAY / BLUELF70 EYELET
GARAGE DOOR OPENER (ROOF CONSOLE) RF10 6-WAY / GREY ROOF CONSOLE
HORN SWITCHES (STEERING WHEEL) HP1 1-WAY / METALLIC CENTER OF STEERING WHEELHP2 1-WAY / METALLICHP3 EYELET
HORNS LF12 2-WAY / BLACK BEHIND FRONT BUMPER
RELAYS
Relay Connector / Color LocationHORN RELAY BUS / BROWN ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX – R6
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description Location
LF60 20-WAY / WHITE / FASCIA HARNESS TO LEFT FORWARD HARNESS LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM
RF5 8-WAY / WHITE / FASCIA HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM
SC2 10-WAY / YELLOW / FASCIA HARNESS TO COLUMN SWITCH GEAR HARNESS ADJACENT TO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR
SC3 12-WAY / GREY / FASCIA HARNESS TO COLUMN SWITCH GEAR HARNESS RIGHT HAND SIDE OF STEERING COLUMN
SW1 12-WAY / BLACK / STEERING WHEEL CASSETTE INSIDE STEERING COLUMN COWL
GROUNDS
Ground LocationBT2 TRUNK, RIGHT REAR
FC2 RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST
FC3 TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE
FC4 LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
Body Processor Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicI FC14-04 HORN SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED (MOMENTARY)
O FC14-70 HORN RELAY ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
B+ FC14-80 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOGIC) : B+
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar XK Range 2003
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V ACP
CAN Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2002Sensor/Signal Ground
SCPInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
B+1 8
II E
Fig. 01.1 I
O
+
–
A
C D
S
PFig. 01.1
9 52 Fig. 01.2
53 87 Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.6
Fig. 02.11 5
I I6 18
II II19 60
E E61 93
1 17I
Ancillaries Ancillaries Fig. 20.1
All Vehicles
FC14-80
N15FC14-70
O GWLF60-14
FC14-4
BK BK
SW2-1
GU
B BKFCS48
FC3BL
SC2-9
SW1-1
SW2-5 SW1-5
SC3-1
IGUGU
FC42-1 FC42-2
B 8I
WUBFCS49
FC4BR(FC2BR)
B
WR
NG27
B
WR
NG28
BT25-1
BT25-3
BT25-2
FC51-1
FC51-3
FC51-2
BT2BR (CONV.)BT2BS (COUPE)
FC2BL(FC4BL)
NR
BK
RF10-2
RF10-1RFS1BK
RF5-6
BK
FC3BR
17RF11-1
RF11-2
GU
HP3
HP2
HP1
BKSCS1
FC2DS
3ARP1-2 RP1-1
B
NNWRP2
RP3
8
B
P
4
LF6-6GW
4
10I
11I
R63
1
5
2 BLFS9
LF2BSF13 LF7-5
F11 15A LF7-1
LF12-2
BLF12-1
GB
HORNSWITCHES
STEERING WHEEL
CASSETTE
CASSETTE
CAUTION!: The Steering Wheel contains two logic groundcircuits that must remain separate. Do not connect orcross-switch the BO and BK circuits.
HORNS
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
HORN RELAY
ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX
HORNSCIGAR LIGHTER
CIGAR LIGHTER
TRUNKACCESSORYCONNECTOR
FASCIAACCESSORYCONNECTOR
ACCESSORY CONNECTORS
GARAGE DOOROPENER
ROOF CONSOLE
GARAGE DOOR OPENER
ELECTRONICROAD PRICING
MODULE
ELECTRONIC ROAD PRICING
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002
Fig. 21.1
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationADAPTIVE SPEED CONTROL CONTROL MODULE LF61 12-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / FORWARD OF RADIATOR
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC14 104-WAY / GREY PASSENGER SIDE FASCIA / AIRBAG BRACKET
DATA LINK CONNECTOR FC53 16-WAY / BLACK BELOW DRIVER SIDE FUSE BOX
DOOR CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER DD10 22-WAY / BLUE DRIVER DOOR / DOOR CASINGDD11 22-WAY / BLACK
DOOR CONTROL MODULE – PASSENGER DP10 22-WAY / BLUE PASSENGER DOOR / DOOR CASINGDP11 22-WAY / BLACK
DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL CONTROL MODULE LF37 25-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LH FRONT
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE EM80 134-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
HEAD RESTRAINT CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER SD22 16-WAY / BLACK BEHIND SEAT BACK FINISHER
HEAD RESTRAINT CONTROL MODULE – PASSENGER SP22 16-WAY / BLACK BEHIND SEAT BACK FINISHER
J GATE ILLUMINATION MODULE FC88 10-WAY / WHITE FRONT OF GEAR SELECTOR ASSEMBLY
LINEAR SWITCH MODULE FC100 12-WAY / GREY LH SIDE OF GEAR SELECTOR / CENTER CONSOLE
MAJOR INSTRUMENT CLUSTER FC25 26-WAY / BLACK FASCIAFC26 26-WAY / YELLOW
SEAT CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER SD3 16-WAY / BLACK BELOW SEAT CUSHIONSD4 26-WAY / BLACKSD5 10-WAY / BLACK
SEAT CONTROL MODULE – PASSENGER SP3 16-WAY / BLACK BELOW SEAT CUSHIONSP5 10-WAY / BLACK
SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE BT40 16-WAY / BLACK TRUNK / ELECTRICAL CARRIERBT41 26-WAY / BLACKBT42 10-WAY / BLACKRH20 COAXIAL CONNECTOR
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE GB2 16-WAY / BLACK TRANSMISSION CONTROL VALVE ASSEMBLY
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description Location
AC14 14-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / RIGHT HAND SIDE
BT1 20-WAY / WHITE / REARWARD HARNESS TO TRUNK HARNESS TRUNK / ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH
DD1 23-WAY / BLACK / CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS TO DRIVER DOOR HARNESS DRIVER SIDE ‘A’ POST MOUNTING BRACKET/ ‘A’ POST TRIM
DP1 23-WAY / BLACK / CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS TO PASSENGER DOOR HARNESS PASSENGER SIDE ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM
EM1 20-WAY / WHITE / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO FASCIA HARNESS ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND BLOWER MOTOR
LF40 13-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO LEFT FORWARD HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT / FORWARD OF BRAKE FLUID RESERVOIR
SD1 14-WAY / YELLOW / FASCIA HARNESS TO DRIVER SEAT HARNESS BELOW DRIVER SEAT
SP1 14-WAY / YELLOW / FASCIA HARNESS TO PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS BELOW PASSENGER SEAT
GROUNDS
Ground Location
FC3 TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar XK Range 2003
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V ACP
CAN Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2002Sensor/Signal Ground
SCPInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
B+1 8
II E
Fig. 01.1 I
O
+
–
A
C D
S
PFig. 01.1
9 52 Fig. 01.2
53 87 Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.6
Fig. 02.11 5
I I6 18
II II19 60
E E61 93
1 17I
CAN (Network); SCP Network CAN (Network); SCP Network Fig. 21.1
All Vehicles
FC53-10
U
FC53-2
Y
FC53-4
BK
FC53-5
BK
24
43II
17I
4II
FC3BL
FCS48
SP5-10
S
SP5-9
SY
U –
+
S
S Y
UFC14-84
FC14-85
–
+
EM80-124
EM80-123
+
–
C
C
FC88-4
FC88-3
G
YFC88-9
FC88-8
+
–
+
–
C
C
C
C
FC25-11
FC25-23
FC25-10
FC25-24
+
–
+
–
C
C
C
C
NW
WU
WR
WU
G
Y
FC53-16
FC53-9
FC53-8
FC53-1
FC53-6
FC53-14
C
C
+
–
FC25-14
S
FC25-13
SY
U –
+
S
S Y
UBT40-16
BT40-8
–
+
S
S Y
UDP10-9
DP10-16
–
+
S
S Y
UDD10-9
DD10-16
–
+
SD5-10
S
SD5-9
SY
U –
+
SP1-3
SP1-8
SD1-3
SD1-8
Y
U
Y
U
BT1-10
BT1-11
DP1-8
DP1-3
DD1-8
DD1-3
AC14-8
AC14-9
FCS11
FCS12
ACS5
ACS6
Y
U
Y
U
Y
U
Y
U
Y
U
RH2-11
RH2-12
Y
U
S
S
–
+
BK
Y
U
Y
U
SD22-13S
SD22-14SY
U –
+
SDS9
SDS10
SP22-13
S
SP22-14
SY
U –
+
SPS9
SPS10
EMS34
EMS35
G
Y
GB2-6
GB2-2
+
–
C
C
G
YLF37-11
LF37-15
+
–
C
C
LF40-3
LF40-4
G
Y
G
Y
G
Y EMS32
EMS33
Y
G
LF61-11
LF61-5
C
C –
+
G
YLF61-10
LF61-4
C
C–
+
G
Y
FC100-3
FC100-2
FC100-8
FC100-7
+
–
+
–
C
C
C
C
EM1-6
EM1-7
G
Y
G
Y
G
YB
B
TRANSMISSION CONTROLMODULE
DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROLCONTROL MODULE
ADAPTIVE SPEED CONTROLCONTROL MODULE
LINEAR SWITCHMODULE
ENGINE CONTROLMODULE
J GATEILLUMINATION MODULE
MAJORINSTRUMENT CLUSTER
CONTROLLER AREA NETWORK (CAN)
BODY PROCESSORMODULE
SECURITY AND LOCKINGCONTROL MODULE
PASSENGER DOORCONTROL MODULE
DRIVER DOORCONTROL MODULE
PASSENGER HEAD RESTRAINTCONTROL MODULE
PASSENGER SEATCONTROL MODULE
DRIVER SEATCONTROL MODULE
DRIVER HEAD RESTRAINTCONTROL MODULE
STANDARD CORPORATE PROTOCOL NETWORK (SCP)
DATA LINKCONNECTOR
NOTE: Network circuits shown incorporate all vehicle options.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002
Fig. 21.2
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationADAPTIVE DAMPING CONTROL MODULE BT69 35-WAY / BLACK TRUNK / ADJACENT TO ELECTRICAL CARRIER
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE AC1 26-WAY / GREY A/C UNIT / RH SIDEAC2 16-WAY / GREYAC3 12-WAY / GREYAC4 22-WAY / GREY
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC14 104-WAY / GREY PASSENGER SIDE FASCIA / AIRBAG BRACKET
DATA LINK CONNECTOR FC53 16-WAY / BLACK BELOW DRIVER SIDE FUSE BOX
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE EM80 134-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
HID HEADLAMP UNIT – LH LF30 9-WAY / BLACK LH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
HID HEADLAMP UNIT – RH LF23 9-WAY / BLACK RH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE FC22 20-WAY / GREEN ADJACENT TO DRIVER SIDE FUSE BOX
PARKING AID CONTROL MODULE BT4 16-WAY / WHITE TRUNK / SPARE WHEEL WELLBT5 6-WAY / BLACK
RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE FC8 24-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLEFC9 40-WAY / BLACK
SECURITY SOUNDER – ACTIVE (ROW ONLY) LF18 6-WAY / BLACK REARWARD OF RIGHT FRONT HEADLAMP
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description LocationAC14 14-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / RIGHT HAND SIDE
BT2 20-WAY / WHITE / REARWARD HARNESS TO TRUNK HARNESS TRUNK / ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH
EM2 20-WAY / YELLOW / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO FASCIA HARNESS ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND BLOWER MOTOR
LF1 20-WAY / GREY / FASCIA HARNESS TO LEFT FORWARD HARNESS LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM
LF59 12-WAY / GREY / FASCIA HARNESS TO LEFT FORWARD HARNESS LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM
RH12 18-WAY / YELLOW / FASCIA HARNESS TO REARWARD HARNESS REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
GROUNDS
Ground LocationFC3 TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar XK Range 2003
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V ACP
CAN Serial and Encoded DataAllDecember 2002Sensor/Signal Ground
SCPInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
B+1 8
II E
Fig. 01.1 I
O
+
–
A
C D
S
PFig. 01.1
9 52 Fig. 01.2
53 87 Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.6
Fig. 02.11 5
I I6 18
II II19 60
E E61 93
1 17I
Serial Data Link Serial Data Link Fig. 21.2
O
FC53-15
W
FC53-7
O
FC53-4
BK
FC53-5
BK
24
43II
17I
4II
FC3BL
FCS48
NW
WU
WR
WU
FC53-16
FC53-9
FC53-8
FC53-1
O
WBT69-28
BT69-10
OEM80-105
FC22-6
O D
D
D
D
AC4-10
AC4-21
O
W D
D
BT2-19
BT2-20
RH12-4
RH12-5
EM2-18
AC14-5
AC14-6
O
W
O
W
O
O
W
D
D
FC8-11
D
FCS15
FCS16
BK
D YBFC14-13
GO
LF18-6
LF18-3
LF18-4
LF18-5
GOLF1-12
D DFC14-92FC22-9
OLF30-5
D
OLF23-5
D
OLFS10 LF59-1
O
OBT4-12
D
BTS45
B
B
O
RESTRAINTSCONTROL MODULE
PARKING AIDCONTROL MODULE
ADAPTIVE DAMPINGCONTROL MODULE
ENGINECONTROL MODULE
LH HID HEADLAMPASSEMBLY
RH HID HEADLAMPASSEMBLY
NOTE: FCS15 – Adaptive Damping vehicles only.
NOTE: BTS45 – Adaptive Damping vehicles only.KEY TRANSPONDER
MODULE
AIR CONDITIONINGCONTROL MODULE
BODY PROCESSORMODULE
NOTE: Serial Data Link:W wire – serial inputO wire – serial outputO wire only – Bidirectional Serial Communication
ACTIVE SECURITYSOUNDER
(ROW ONLY)
DATA LINKCONNECTOR
NOTE: Serial Data Link circuit shown incorporates all vehicle options.
All Vehicles
HEADLAMP LEVELINGCONTROL MODULE
HEADLAMP LEVELINGCONTROL MODULE
Jaguar XK Range 2003 Appendix
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 i
This Appendix contains a listing of SCP and CAN Network messages.
NOTE: Passive Anti-Theft System and Security System messages are not included in this appendix.
The following acronyms and abbreviations are used throughout this section:
A/C Air ConditioningASC Adaptive Speed Control
ASCCM Adaptive Speed Control Control ModuleBPM Body Processor ModuleCAN Controller Area NetworkCM Control Module
DDCM Driver Door Control ModuleDHRCM Driver Head Restraint Control Module
DSC Dynamic Stability ControlDSCCM Dynamic Stability Control Control Module
DSCM Driver Seat Control ModuleDTC Diagnostic Trouble CodeECM Engine Control Module
IC Instrument ClusterID Identification
JGM (ILL) J Gate Module (Illumination)LSM Linear Switch ModuleMIL Malfunction Indicator Lamp
PDCM Passenger Door Control ModulePHRCM Passenger Head Restraint Control Module
PID Parameter IdentificationPSCM Passenger Seat Control ModuleSLCM Security and Locking Control Module
SCP Standard Corporate Protocol NetworkTCM Transmission Control ModuleWDS Worldwide Diagnostic System
ii DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002
Jaguar XK Range 2003Appendix
SCP Message Matrix
Mes
sage
Nam
eSo
urc
e
Rec
eive
rs
SLC
MBPM
ICD
DC
MD
SCM
DH
RC
MPD
CM
PSC
MPH
RC
MW
DS
ASC
Driv
er In
terv
ene
Chi
me
Com
man
dIC
X
All
Phot
o C
ell D
ark
Stat
us -
No
(Fal
se)
BPM
X
All
Phot
o C
ell D
ark
Stat
us -
Yes
(Tru
e)BP
M
X
Hoo
d A
jar
BPM
XX
Hoo
d C
lose
dBP
MX
X
Trun
k A
jar
SLC
MX
X
Trun
k C
lose
dSL
CM
XX
BPM
Dat
a Tr
ansf
erW
DS
XX
XX
X
X
BPM
Dia
gnos
tic C
omm
and
WD
SX
BPM
Dia
gnos
tic R
outin
e Re
sults
BPM
X
BPM
DTC
s C
lear
edBP
M
X
BPM
DTC
s Re
port
BPM
X
BPM
Ent
erin
g Sl
eep
Mod
eBP
MX
XX
XX
XX
X
BPM
Fre
eze
Fram
e D
ata
BPM
X
BPM
Gen
eral
Res
pons
eBP
M
X
BPM
Mem
ory
Dat
aBP
M
X
BPM
Not
Pro
gram
med
BPM
X
BPM
PID
Dat
aBP
M
X
BPM
Sec
urity
Acc
ess
Resp
onse
BPM
X
BPM
Writ
e PI
D R
espo
nse
BPM
X
Brak
e Pe
dal P
ress
edIC
X
Cha
rgin
g O
KIC
X
X
Clo
se C
onve
rtib
le T
opBP
MX
Clo
se P
asse
nger
Win
dow
DD
CM
X
Con
vert
ible
Veh
icle
BPM
X
DD
CM
Dat
a Tr
ansf
erW
DS
XX
XX
X
X
DD
CM
Dia
gnos
tic R
outin
e Re
sults
DD
CM
X
DD
CM
DTC
s C
lear
edD
DC
M
X
DD
CM
DTC
s Re
port
DD
CM
X
DD
CM
Ent
erin
g Sl
eep
Mod
eD
DC
MX
XX
XX
XX
X
DD
CM
Fre
eze
Fram
e D
ata
DD
CM
X
Jaguar XK Range 2003 Appendix
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 iii
SCP Message MatrixD
DC
M G
ener
al R
espo
nse
DD
CM
X
DD
CM
Mem
ory
1 Re
calle
dD
DC
MX
DD
CM
Mem
ory
2 Re
calle
dD
DC
MX
DD
CM
Mem
ory
Dat
aD
DC
M
X
DD
CM
Not
Pro
gram
med
DD
CM
X
DD
CM
PID
Dat
aD
DC
M
X
DD
CM
Sec
urity
Acc
ess
Resp
onse
DD
CM
X
DD
CM
Writ
e PI
D R
espo
nse
DD
CM
X
DH
RCM
Ent
erin
g sl
eep
mod
eD
HRC
MX
XX
XX
X
XX
DH
RCM
Mem
ory
1 re
calle
dD
HRC
M
X
DH
RCM
Mem
ory
2 re
calle
dD
HRC
M
X
Dip
Bea
m O
ffBP
MX
Dip
Bea
m O
nBP
MX
Driv
er D
oor
Aja
rD
DC
MX
XX
XX
Driv
er D
oor
Clo
sed
DD
CM
XX
XX
X
Driv
er D
oor
Lock
edSL
CM
XX
X
Driv
er D
oor
Supe
r lo
cked
DD
CM
X
Driv
er D
oor
Unl
ocke
dSL
CM
XX
X
Driv
er D
oor
Uns
uper
lock
edD
DC
MX
Driv
er L
ock
Switc
h St
atus
DD
CM
XX
Driv
er M
irror
Dow
nD
DC
M
X
Driv
er M
irror
Up
DD
CM
X
Driv
er S
eat H
eate
r Sw
itch
Pres
sBP
MX
Driv
er S
eat H
eate
r Te
ll Ta
le O
ffD
SCM
X
Driv
er S
eat H
eate
r Te
ll Ta
le O
nD
SCM
X
Driv
er W
indo
w P
ositi
onD
DC
MX
DSC
M D
ata
Tran
sfer
WD
SX
XX
X
XX
DSC
M D
iagn
ostic
Rou
tine
Resu
ltsD
SCM
X
DSC
M D
TCs
Cle
ared
DSC
M
X
DSC
M D
TCs
Repo
rtD
SCM
X
DSC
M E
nter
ing
Slee
p M
ode
DSC
MX
XX
XX
XX
X
DSC
M F
reez
e Fr
ame
Dat
aD
SCM
X
Mes
sage
Nam
eSo
urc
e
Rec
eive
rs
SLC
MBPM
ICD
DC
MD
SCM
DH
RC
MPD
CM
PSC
MPH
RC
MW
DS
iv DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002
Jaguar XK Range 2003Appendix
SCP Message MatrixD
SCM
Gen
eral
Res
pons
eD
SCM
X
DSC
M M
emor
y 1
Reca
lled
DSC
MX
DSC
M M
emor
y 2
Reca
lled
DSC
MX
DSC
M M
emor
y D
ata
DSC
M
X
DSC
M N
ot P
rogr
amm
edD
SCM
X
DSC
M P
ID D
ata
DSC
M
X
DSC
M S
ecur
ity A
cces
s Re
spon
seD
SCM
X
DSC
M W
rite
PID
Res
pons
eD
SCM
X
Engi
ne R
unni
ngIC
XX
X
X
Fold
Fla
t Mirr
ors
DD
CM
X
X
Gla
ss B
reak
Det
ecte
dBP
MX
Haz
ards
Off
BPM
X
Haz
ards
On
BPM
X
Con
vert
ible
Top
Lat
ch S
tatu
sBP
M
Con
vert
ible
Top
Lat
ch W
arni
ng O
ffSL
CM
X
Con
vert
ible
Top
Lat
ch W
arni
ng O
nSL
CM
X
IC E
nter
ing
Slee
p M
ode
ICX
XX
XX
XX
X
Igni
tion
Stat
usBP
MX
XX
XX
XX
X
Iner
tia S
witc
h A
ctiv
eBP
MX
X
Iner
tia S
witc
h In
activ
eBP
MX
X
Inte
rior
Ligh
ts O
ffBP
MX
Inte
rior
Ligh
ts O
nBP
MX
J-Gat
e N
ot-In
-Par
k Sw
itch
Act
ive
BPM
XX
X
X
J-Gat
e N
ot-In
-Par
k Sw
itch
Inac
tive
BPM
XX
X
X
Key
In Ig
nitio
nBP
MX
X
X
Key
Not
In Ig
nitio
nBP
MX
X
X
Key
Val
id w
ith IV
IN D
ata
BPM
XX
Left
Turn
Sig
nal L
amp
Off
BPM
X
Left
Turn
Sig
nal L
amp
On
BPM
X
Left
Han
d D
rive
Vehi
cle
BPM
X
X
Lock
Fro
nt D
oors
DD
CM
X
Mes
sage
Nam
eSo
urc
e
Rec
eive
rs
SLC
MBPM
ICD
DC
MD
SCM
DH
RC
MPD
CM
PSC
MPH
RC
MW
DS
Jaguar XK Range 2003 Appendix
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 v
SCP Message MatrixLo
ck F
ront
Doo
rsPD
CM
X
Low
Was
her
Flui
d W
arni
ng O
ffBP
MX
Low
Was
her
Flui
d W
arni
ng O
nBP
MX
Mai
n Be
am F
lash
Off
BPM
X
Mai
n Be
am F
lash
On
BPM
X
Mai
n Be
am O
ffBP
MX
Mai
n Be
am O
nBP
MX
Net
wor
k Aw
ake
(BPM
)BP
MX
XX
XX
XX
X
Net
wor
k Aw
ake
(DD
CM
)D
DC
MX
XX
XX
XX
X
Net
wor
k Aw
ake
(DH
RCM
)D
HRC
MX
XX
XX
X
XX
Net
wor
k Aw
ake
(DSC
M)
DSC
MX
XX
XX
XX
X
Net
wor
k Aw
ake
(IC)
ICX
XX
XX
XX
X
Net
wor
k Aw
ake
(PD
CM
)PD
CM
XX
XX
XX
XX
Net
wor
k Aw
ake
(PH
RCM
)PH
RCM
XX
XX
XX
XX
Net
wor
k Aw
ake
(PSC
M)
PSC
MX
XX
XX
XX
X
Net
wor
k Aw
ake
(SLC
M)
SLC
MX
XX
XX
XX
X
Non
Con
vert
ible
Veh
icle
BPM
X
Ope
n Tr
unk
BPM
X
Ope
n Fu
el F
iller
Fla
pBP
MX
Ope
n C
onve
rtib
le T
opBP
MX
Ope
n Pa
ssen
ger
Win
dow
DD
CM
X
Pass
enge
r D
oor
Aja
rPD
CM
XX
X
XX
Pass
enge
r D
oor
Clo
sed
PDC
MX
XX
X
X
Pass
enge
r D
oor
Lock
edSL
CM
XX
X
Pass
enge
r D
oor
Supe
r lo
cked
PDC
MX
Pass
enge
r D
oor
Unl
ocke
dSL
CM
X
X
Pass
enge
r D
oor
Uns
uper
lock
edPD
CM
X
Pass
enge
r Lo
ck S
witc
h St
atus
PDC
MX
X
Pass
enge
r M
irror
Dow
nD
DC
M
X
Pass
enge
r M
irror
Lef
tD
DC
M
X
Pass
enge
r M
irror
Rig
htD
DC
M
X
Mes
sage
Nam
eSo
urc
e
Rec
eive
rs
SLC
MBPM
ICD
DC
MD
SCM
DH
RC
MPD
CM
PSC
MPH
RC
MW
DS
vi DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002
Jaguar XK Range 2003Appendix
SCP Message MatrixPa
ssen
ger
Mirr
or U
pD
DC
M
X
Pass
enge
r Se
at H
eate
r Sw
itch
Pres
sBP
M
X
Pass
enge
r Se
at H
eate
r Te
ll Ta
le O
ffPS
CM
X
Pass
enge
r Se
at H
eate
r Te
ll Ta
le O
nPS
CM
X
Pass
enge
r W
indo
w P
ositi
onPD
CM
X
PDC
M D
ata
Tran
sfer
WD
SX
XX
X
XX
PDC
M D
iagn
ostic
Rou
tine
Resu
ltsPD
CM
X
PDC
M D
TCs
Cle
ared
PDC
M
X
PDC
M D
TCs
Repo
rtPD
CM
X
PDC
M E
nter
ing
Slee
p M
ode
PDC
MX
XX
XX
XX
X
PDC
M F
reez
e Fr
ame
Dat
aPD
CM
X
PDC
M G
ener
al R
espo
nse
PDC
M
X
PDC
M M
emor
y 1
Reca
lled
PDC
MX
PDC
M M
emor
y 2
Reca
lled
PDC
MX
PDC
M M
emor
y D
ata
PDC
M
X
PDC
M N
ot P
rogr
amm
edPD
CM
X
PDC
M P
ID D
ata
PDC
M
X
PDC
M S
ecur
ity A
cces
s Re
spon
sePD
CM
X
PDC
M W
rite
PID
Res
pons
ePD
CM
X
PHRC
M E
nter
ing
Slee
p m
ode
PHRC
MX
XX
XX
XX
X
Posi
tion
Driv
er W
indo
wSL
CM
X
Posi
tion
Pass
enge
r W
indo
wSL
CM
X
Posi
tion
Rear
Qua
rter
sSL
CM
X
PSC
M D
ata
Tran
sfer
WD
SX
XX
X
XX
PSC
M D
iagn
ostic
Rou
tine
Resu
ltsPS
CM
X
PSC
M D
TCs
Cle
ared
PSC
M
X
PSC
M D
TCs
Repo
rtPS
CM
X
PSC
M E
nter
ing
Slee
p M
ode
PSC
MX
XX
XX
XX
X
PSC
M F
reez
e Fr
ame
Dat
aPS
CM
X
PSC
M G
ener
al R
espo
nse
PSC
M
X
PSC
M M
emor
y D
ata
PSC
M
X
Mes
sage
Nam
eSo
urc
e
Rec
eive
rs
SLC
MBPM
ICD
DC
MD
SCM
DH
RC
MPD
CM
PSC
MPH
RC
MW
DS
Jaguar XK Range 2003 Appendix
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 vii
SCP Message MatrixPS
CM
Not
Pro
gram
med
PSC
MX
PSC
M P
ID D
ata
PSC
M
X
PSC
M S
ecur
ity A
cces
s Re
spon
sePS
CM
X
PSC
M W
rite
PID
Res
pons
ePS
CM
X
Rear
Bul
b Fa
ilure
SLC
MX
Rear
Bul
bs O
KSL
CM
X
Rear
Fog
Lam
ps O
ffBP
MX
Rear
Fog
Lam
ps O
nBP
MX
Rear
Fog
Lam
ps O
ffSL
CM
X
Rear
Fog
Lam
ps O
nSL
CM
X
Reca
ll M
emor
y 1
DD
CM
XX
XX
Reca
ll M
emor
y 2
DD
CM
XX
XX
Reco
ding
Key
Rin
g M
essa
geSL
CM
X
Reco
ding
Key
Rin
g M
essa
ge O
ffSL
CM
X
Rem
ote
Trun
k Re
leas
eSL
CM
X
Rem
ote
Hea
dlam
p C
onve
nien
ce O
ffSL
CM
X
Rem
ote
Hea
dlam
p C
onve
nien
ce O
nSL
CM
X
Rem
ote
Lock
SLC
MX
Rem
ote
Pani
cSL
CM
X
X
Rem
ote
Supe
r lo
ckSL
CM
X
X
Rem
ote
Unl
ock
SLC
MX
X
X
Requ
est A
ll Ph
oto
Cel
l Dar
k St
atus
IC
X
Requ
est A
3Wip
er M
ode
Stat
us
Requ
est H
ood
Aja
r St
atus
SLC
MX
Requ
est H
ood
Aja
r St
atus
ICX
Requ
est T
runk
Aja
r St
atus
BPM
X
Requ
est T
runk
Aja
r St
atus
ICX
Requ
est B
PM C
lear
DTC
sW
DS
XX
XX
X
X
Requ
est B
PM D
ata
Link
Sec
urity
Acc
ess
WD
SX
XX
X
XX
Requ
est B
PM D
ata
Tran
sfer
Exi
tW
DS
XX
XX
X
X
Requ
est B
PM D
iagn
ostic
Rou
tine
Entr
yW
DS
XX
XX
X
X
Mes
sage
Nam
eSo
urc
e
Rec
eive
rs
SLC
MBPM
ICD
DC
MD
SCM
DH
RC
MPD
CM
PSC
MPH
RC
MW
DS
viii DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002
Jaguar XK Range 2003Appendix
SCP Message MatrixRe
ques
t BPM
Dia
gnos
tic R
outin
e Ex
itW
DS
XX
XX
X
X
Requ
est B
PM D
iagn
ostic
Rou
tine
Resu
ltsW
DS
XX
XX
X
X
Requ
est B
PM D
TCs
WD
SX
XX
X
XX
Requ
est B
PM E
nter
Dia
gnos
tic M
ode
WD
SX
XX
X
XX
Requ
est B
PM F
reez
e Fr
ame
Dat
aW
DS
XX
XX
X
X
Requ
est B
PM In
put I
nteg
rity
Test
Sta
te E
ntry
WD
SX
XX
X
XX
Requ
est B
PM M
emor
y D
ata
WD
SX
XX
X
XX
Requ
est B
PM P
IDW
DS
XX
XX
X
X
Requ
est B
PM R
etur
n to
Nor
mal
Ope
ratio
nW
DS
XX
XX
X
X
Requ
est B
PM W
rite
PID
WD
SX
XX
X
XX
Requ
est D
ata
Dow
nloa
d to
BPM
WD
SX
XX
X
XX
Requ
est D
ata
Dow
nloa
d to
DD
CM
WD
SX
XX
X
XX
Requ
est D
ata
Dow
nloa
d to
DSC
MW
DS
XX
XX
X
X
Requ
est D
ata
Dow
nloa
d to
PD
CM
WD
SX
XX
X
XX
Requ
est D
ata
Dow
nloa
d to
PSC
MW
DS
XX
XX
X
X
Requ
est D
ata
Dow
nloa
d to
SLC
MW
DS
XX
XX
X
X
Requ
est D
DC
M C
lear
DTC
sW
DS
XX
XX
X
X
Requ
est D
DC
M D
ata
Link
Sec
urity
Acc
ess
WD
SX
XX
X
XX
Requ
est D
DC
M D
ata
Tran
sfer
Exi
tW
DS
XX
XX
X
X
Requ
est D
DC
M D
iagn
ostic
Rou
tine
Entr
yW
DS
XX
XX
X
X
Requ
est D
DC
M D
iagn
ostic
Rou
tine
Exit
WD
SX
XX
X
XX
Requ
est D
DC
M D
iagn
ostic
Rou
tine
Resu
ltsW
DS
XX
XX
X
X
Requ
est D
DC
M D
TCs
WD
SX
XX
X
XX
Requ
est D
DC
M E
nter
Dia
gnos
tic M
ode
WD
SX
XX
X
XX
Requ
est D
DC
M F
reez
e Fr
ame
Dat
aW
DS
XX
XX
X
X
Requ
est D
DC
M In
put I
nteg
rity
Test
Sta
te E
ntry
WD
SX
XX
X
XX
Requ
est D
DC
M M
emor
y D
ata
WD
SX
XX
X
XX
Requ
est D
DC
M P
IDW
DS
XX
XX
X
X
Requ
est D
DC
M R
etur
n to
Nor
mal
Ope
ratio
nW
DS
XX
XX
X
X
Requ
est D
DC
M W
rite
PID
WD
SX
XX
X
XX
Requ
est D
ip B
eam
Sta
tus
ICX
Mes
sage
Nam
eSo
urc
e
Rec
eive
rs
SLC
MBPM
ICD
DC
MD
SCM
DH
RC
MPD
CM
PSC
MPH
RC
MW
DS
Jaguar XK Range 2003 Appendix
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 ix
SCP Message MatrixRe
ques
t Driv
er D
oor
Aja
r St
atus
SLC
MX
Requ
est D
river
Doo
r A
jar
Stat
usBP
MX
Requ
est D
river
Doo
r A
jar
Stat
usIC
X
Requ
est D
river
Doo
r A
jar
Stat
usD
HRC
M
X
Requ
est D
river
Doo
r A
jar
Stat
usD
SCM
X
Requ
est D
river
Doo
r Lo
ck S
tatu
sD
DC
MX
Requ
est D
river
Key
Bar
rel S
tatu
sSL
CM
X
Requ
est D
river
Key
Bar
rel S
tatu
sBP
MX
Requ
est D
river
Key
Bar
rel S
tatu
sPD
CM
X
Requ
est D
river
Sea
t Hea
ter
Tell
Tale
Sta
tus
BPM
X
Requ
est D
river
Win
dow
Pos
ition
SLC
MX
Requ
est D
river
Doo
r Sw
itch
pack
Pas
seng
er W
indo
w S
witc
h St
atus
PDC
MX
Requ
est D
SCM
Cle
ar D
TCs
WD
SX
XX
X
XX
Requ
est D
SCM
Dat
a Li
nk S
ecur
ity A
cces
sW
DS
XX
XX
X
X
Requ
est D
SCM
Dat
a Tr
ansf
er E
xit
WD
SX
XX
X
XX
Requ
est D
SCM
Dia
gnos
tic R
outin
e En
try
WD
SX
XX
X
XX
Requ
est D
SCM
Dia
gnos
tic R
outin
e Ex
itW
DS
XX
XX
X
X
Requ
est D
SCM
Dia
gnos
tic R
outin
e Re
sults
WD
SX
XX
X
XX
Requ
est D
SCM
DTC
sW
DS
XX
XX
X
X
Requ
est D
SCM
Ent
er D
iagn
ostic
Mod
eW
DS
XX
XX
X
X
Requ
est D
SCM
Fre
eze
Fram
e D
ata
WD
SX
XX
X
XX
Requ
est D
SCM
Inpu
t Int
egrit
y Te
st S
tate
Ent
ryW
DS
XX
XX
X
X
Requ
est D
SCM
Mem
ory
Dat
aW
DS
XX
XX
X
X
Requ
est D
SCM
PID
WD
SX
XX
X
XX
Requ
est D
SCM
Ret
urn
to N
orm
al O
pera
tion
WD
SX
XX
X
XX
Requ
est D
SCM
Writ
e PI
DW
DS
XX
XX
X
X
Requ
est H
azar
d St
atus
ICX
Requ
est C
onve
rtib
le T
op L
atch
Sw
itche
s St
atus
SLC
MX
Requ
est I
gniti
on S
tatu
sSL
CM
X
Requ
est I
gniti
on S
tatu
sIC
X
Requ
est I
gniti
on S
tatu
sD
DC
MX
Mes
sage
Nam
eSo
urc
e
Rec
eive
rs
SLC
MBPM
ICD
DC
MD
SCM
DH
RC
MPD
CM
PSC
MPH
RC
MW
DS
x DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002
Jaguar XK Range 2003Appendix
SCP Message MatrixRe
ques
t Ign
ition
Sta
tus
DH
RCM
X
Requ
est I
gniti
on S
tatu
sD
SCM
X
Requ
est I
gniti
on S
tatu
sPD
CM
X
Requ
est I
gniti
on S
tatu
sPH
RCM
X
Requ
est I
gniti
on S
tatu
sPS
CM
X
Requ
est I
nert
ia S
witc
h St
atus
DD
CM
X
Requ
est I
nert
ia S
witc
h St
atus
PDC
MX
Requ
est I
nter
ior
Ligh
ting
Stat
usIC
X
Requ
est J
-Gat
e St
atus
DSC
MX
Requ
est J
-Gat
e St
atus
PSC
MX
Requ
est K
ey In
Sta
tus
SLC
MX
Requ
est K
ey In
Sta
tus
DD
CM
X
Requ
est K
ey In
Sta
tus
PDC
MX
Requ
est L
eft T
urn
Sign
al S
tatu
sIC
X
Requ
est M
ain
Beam
Sta
tus
ICX
Requ
est P
asse
nger
Doo
r A
jar
Stat
usSL
CM
X
Requ
est P
asse
nger
Doo
r A
jar
Stat
usBP
M
X
Requ
est P
asse
nger
Doo
r A
jar
Stat
usIC
X
Requ
est P
asse
nger
Doo
r A
jar
Stat
usPH
RCM
X
Requ
est P
asse
nger
Doo
r Lo
ck S
tatu
sPD
CM
X
Requ
est P
asse
nger
Key
Bar
rel S
tatu
sSL
CM
X
Requ
est P
asse
nger
Key
Bar
rel S
tatu
sBP
M
X
Requ
est P
asse
nger
Key
Bar
rel S
tatu
sD
DC
M
X
Requ
est P
asse
nger
Sea
t Hea
ter
Tell
Tale
Sta
tus
BPM
X
Requ
est P
asse
nger
Win
dow
Pos
ition
SLC
M
X
Requ
est P
DC
M C
lear
DTC
sW
DS
XX
XX
X
X
Requ
est P
DC
M D
ata
Link
Sec
urity
Acc
ess
WD
SX
XX
X
XX
Requ
est P
DC
M D
ata
Tran
sfer
Exi
tW
DS
XX
XX
X
X
Requ
est P
DC
M D
iagn
ostic
Rou
tine
Entr
yW
DS
XX
XX
X
X
Requ
est P
DC
M D
iagn
ostic
Rou
tine
Exit
WD
SX
XX
X
XX
Requ
est P
DC
M D
iagn
ostic
Rou
tine
Resu
ltsW
DS
XX
XX
X
X
Mes
sage
Nam
eSo
urc
e
Rec
eive
rs
SLC
MBPM
ICD
DC
MD
SCM
DH
RC
MPD
CM
PSC
MPH
RC
MW
DS
Jaguar XK Range 2003 Appendix
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 xi
SCP Message MatrixRe
ques
t PD
CM
DTC
sW
DS
XX
XX
X
X
Requ
est P
DC
M E
nter
Dia
gnos
tic M
ode
WD
SX
XX
X
XX
Requ
est P
DC
M F
reez
e Fr
ame
Dat
aW
DS
XX
XX
X
X
Requ
est P
DC
M In
put I
nteg
rity
Test
Sta
te E
ntry
WD
SX
XX
X
XX
Requ
est P
DC
M M
emor
y D
ata
WD
SX
XX
X
XX
Requ
est P
DC
M P
IDW
DS
XX
XX
X
X
Requ
est P
DC
M R
etur
n to
Nor
mal
Ope
ratio
nW
DS
XX
XX
X
X
Requ
est P
DC
M W
rite
PID
WD
SX
XX
X
XX
Requ
est P
SCM
Cle
ar D
TCs
WD
SX
XX
X
XX
Requ
est P
SCM
Dat
a Li
nk S
ecur
ity A
cces
sW
DS
XX
XX
X
X
Requ
est P
SCM
Dat
a Tr
ansf
er E
xit
WD
SX
XX
X
XX
Requ
est P
SCM
Dia
gnos
tic R
outin
e En
try
WD
SX
XX
X
XX
Requ
est P
SCM
Dia
gnos
tic R
outin
e Ex
itW
DS
XX
XX
X
X
Requ
est P
SCM
Dia
gnos
tic R
outin
e Re
sults
WD
SX
XX
X
XX
Requ
est P
SCM
DTC
sW
DS
XX
XX
X
X
Requ
est P
SCM
Ent
er D
iagn
ostic
Mod
eW
DS
XX
XX
X
X
Requ
est P
SCM
Fre
eze
Fram
e D
ata
WD
SX
XX
X
XX
Requ
est P
SCM
Inpu
t Int
egrit
y Te
st S
tate
Ent
ryW
DS
XX
XX
X
X
Requ
est P
SCM
Mem
ory
Dat
aW
DS
XX
XX
X
X
Requ
est P
SCM
PID
WD
SX
XX
X
XX
Requ
est P
SCM
Ret
urn
to N
orm
al O
pera
tion
WD
SX
XX
X
XX
Requ
est P
SCM
Writ
e PI
DW
DS
XX
XX
X
X
Requ
est R
ear
Bulb
Fai
l Sta
tus
ICX
Requ
est R
ear
Fog
Com
man
dSL
CM
X
Requ
est R
ear
Fog
Lam
ps S
tatu
sBP
MX
Requ
est R
emot
e H
eadl
amp
Con
veni
ence
Sta
tus
BPM
X
Requ
est R
ight
Tur
n Si
gnal
Sta
tus
ICX
Requ
est S
eatb
elt C
him
e St
atus
BPM
X
Requ
est S
ecur
ity A
rm S
tatu
sBP
MX
Requ
est S
ecur
ity A
rm S
tatu
sD
DC
MX
Requ
est S
ecur
ity A
rm S
tatu
sPD
CM
X
Mes
sage
Nam
eSo
urc
e
Rec
eive
rs
SLC
MBPM
ICD
DC
MD
SCM
DH
RC
MPD
CM
PSC
MPH
RC
MW
DS
xii DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002
Jaguar XK Range 2003Appendix
SCP Message MatrixRe
ques
t Sid
e Li
ghts
Sta
tus
ICX
Requ
est S
LCM
Cle
ar D
TCs
WD
SX
XX
X
XX
Requ
est S
LCM
Dat
a Li
nk S
ecur
ity A
cces
sW
DS
XX
XX
X
X
Requ
est S
LCM
Dat
a Tr
ansf
er E
xit
WD
SX
XX
X
XX
Requ
est S
LCM
Dia
gnos
tic R
outin
e En
try
WD
SX
XX
X
XX
Requ
est S
LCM
Dia
gnos
tic R
outin
e Ex
itW
DS
XX
XX
X
X
Requ
est S
LCM
Dia
gnos
tic R
outin
e Re
sults
WD
SX
XX
X
XX
Requ
est S
LCM
DTC
sW
DS
XX
XX
X
X
Requ
est S
LCM
Ent
er D
iagn
ostic
Mod
eW
DS
XX
XX
X
X
Requ
est S
LCM
Fre
eze
Fram
e D
ata
WD
SX
XX
X
XX
Requ
est S
LCM
Inpu
t Int
egrit
y Te
st S
tate
Ent
ryW
DS
XX
XX
X
X
Requ
est S
LCM
Mem
ory
Dat
aW
DS
XX
XX
X
X
Requ
est S
LCM
PID
WD
SX
XX
X
XX
Requ
est S
LCM
Ret
urn
to N
orm
al O
pera
tion
WD
SX
XX
X
XX
Requ
est S
LCM
Writ
e PI
DW
DS
XX
XX
X
X
Requ
est S
uper
lock
Sta
tus
BPM
X
X
Requ
est V
ehic
le D
rive
Side
DD
CM
X
Requ
est V
ehic
le L
ock
Stat
usSL
CM
X
Requ
est V
ehic
le L
ock
Stat
usBP
MX
Requ
est W
ashe
r Fl
uid
Stat
usIC
X
Requ
est W
inds
cree
n W
iper
Mot
or S
tatu
sIC
X
Reve
rse
Gea
r Se
lect
edIC
XX
X
XX
Righ
t Tur
n Si
gnal
Lam
p O
ffBP
MX
Righ
t Tur
n Si
gnal
Lam
p O
nBP
MX
Righ
t Han
d D
rive
Vehi
cle
BPM
X
X
Save
Mem
ory
1D
DC
MX
XX
X
Save
Mem
ory
2D
DC
MX
XX
X
Seat
belt
Chi
me
Off
DSC
MX
Seat
belt
Chi
me
On
DSC
MX
Seat
belt
Tell
Tale
Off
DSC
MX
Seat
belt
Tell
Tale
On
DSC
MX
Mes
sage
Nam
eSo
urc
e
Rec
eive
rs
SLC
MBPM
ICD
DC
MD
SCM
DH
RC
MPD
CM
PSC
MPH
RC
MW
DS
Jaguar XK Range 2003 Appendix
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 xiii
SCP Message MatrixSe
curit
y A
rmed
SLC
MX
X
X
Secu
rity
Aud
ible
Indi
catio
nSL
CM
X
Secu
rity
Aud
ible
Indi
catio
nIC
X
Secu
rity
Dis
arm
edSL
CM
XX
X
Side
Lig
hts
Off
BPM
X
Side
Lig
hts
On
BPM
X
SLC
M D
ata
Tran
sfer
WD
SX
XX
X
XX
SLC
M D
iagn
ostic
Rou
tine
Resu
ltsSL
CM
X
SLC
M D
TCs
Cle
ared
SLC
M
X
SLC
M D
TCs
Repo
rtSL
CM
X
SLC
M E
nter
ing
Slee
p M
ode
SLC
MX
XX
XX
XX
X
SLC
M F
reez
e Fr
ame
Dat
aSL
CM
X
SLC
M G
ener
al R
espo
nse
SLC
M
X
SLC
M M
emor
y D
ata
SLC
M
X
SLC
M N
ot P
rogr
amm
edSL
CM
X
SLC
M P
ID D
ata
SLC
M
X
SLC
M S
ecur
ity A
cces
s Re
spon
seSL
CM
X
SLC
M W
rite
PID
Res
pons
eSL
CM
X
Stop
Driv
er M
irror
DD
CM
X
Stop
Fue
l Fill
er F
lap
Ope
nBP
MX
Stop
Glo
bal W
indo
w C
lose
SLC
MX
X
X
Stop
Con
vert
ible
Top
Clo
seBP
MX
Stop
Con
vert
ible
Top
Ope
nBP
MX
Stop
Pas
seng
er M
irror
DD
CM
X
Stop
Pas
seng
er W
indo
w C
lose
DD
CM
X
Stop
Pas
seng
er W
indo
w O
pen
DD
CM
X
Supe
r lo
ck D
river
Doo
rPD
CM
Supe
r lo
ck P
asse
nger
Doo
rD
DC
M
Test
er P
rese
nt to
BPM
WD
SX
XX
X
XX
Test
er P
rese
nt to
DD
CM
WD
SX
XX
X
XX
Test
er P
rese
nt to
DSC
MW
DS
XX
XX
X
X
Mes
sage
Nam
eSo
urc
e
Rec
eive
rs
SLC
MBPM
ICD
DC
MD
SCM
DH
RC
MPD
CM
PSC
MPH
RC
MW
DS
xiv DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002
Jaguar XK Range 2003Appendix
SCP Message MatrixTe
ster
Pre
sent
to P
DC
MW
DS
XX
XX
X
X
Test
er P
rese
nt to
PSC
MW
DS
XX
XX
X
X
Test
er P
rese
nt to
SLC
MW
DS
XX
XX
X
X
Unf
old
Mirr
ors
DD
CM
X
X
Unl
ock
Driv
er D
oor
PDC
MX
Unl
ock
Pass
enge
r D
oor
DD
CM
X
Vale
t Mod
e M
essa
geBP
MX
Vale
t Mod
e M
essa
ge O
ffBP
MX
Vale
t Mod
e O
ffBP
MX
Vale
t Mod
e O
nBP
MX
Vehi
cle
Secu
rity
Ack
now
ledg
eIC
X
Vehi
cle
Lock
edD
DC
MX
X
Vehi
cle
Spee
dIC
XX
XX
X
Vehi
cle
Unl
ocke
dD
DC
MX
X
Wak
e-up
(BPM
)BP
M
Wak
e-up
(DD
CM
)D
DC
M
Wak
e-up
(DH
RCM
)D
HRC
M
Wak
e-up
(DSC
M)
DSC
M
Wak
e-up
(IC
)IC
Wak
e-up
(PD
CM
)PD
CM
Wak
e-up
(PH
RCM
)PH
RCM
Wak
e-up
(PSC
M)
PSC
M
Wak
e-up
(SLC
M)
SLC
M
Win
dscr
een
Wip
er M
otor
Sta
tus
BPM
X
Mes
sage
Nam
eSo
urc
e
Rec
eive
rs
SLC
MBPM
ICD
DC
MD
SCM
DH
RC
MPD
CM
PSC
MPH
RC
MW
DS
Jaguar XK Range 2003 Appendix
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 xv
CAN Message MatrixM
essa
ge N
ame
Sourc
e
Rec
eive
rs
DSC
CM
ECM
TCM
ICA
SCC
MJG
M (IL
L)LS
MW
DS
CA
N F
LASH
PRO
GRA
M W
DS
ECM
W
DS
X
CA
N F
LASH
PRO
GRA
M W
DS
TCM
W
DS
X
CA
N F
LASH
PRO
GRA
M E
CM
WD
S EC
M
X
CA
N F
LASH
PRO
GRA
M T
CM
WD
S TC
M
X
CA
N E
NG
INE
TORQ
UE
REQ
UES
T D
SCC
M
X
CA
N T
EMPO
RARY
TO
RQU
E RE
QU
EST
DSC
CM
X
CA
N E
NG
INE
DRA
G T
ORQ
UE
REQ
UES
T D
SCC
M
X
CA
N B
RAK
E LI
NE
PRES
SURE
D
SCC
M
X
CA
N Y
AW R
ATE
SIG
NA
L D
SCC
M
X
CA
N L
ATER
AL
AC
CEL
ERAT
ION
SIG
NA
L D
SCC
M
X
CA
N S
TEER
ING
WH
EEL
AN
GLE
D
SCC
M
X
X
CA
N S
TEER
ING
WH
EEL
SPEE
DD
SCC
M
X
CA
N IN
DIC
ATED
EN
GIN
E TO
RQU
E EC
MX
X
CA
N E
NG
INE
FRIC
TIO
N T
ORQ
UE
ECM
X
X
CA
N A
CTU
AL
ENG
INE
TORQ
UE
ECM
X
X
CA
N D
RIV
ER D
EMA
ND
TO
RQU
E EC
MX
X
CA
N T
ORQ
UE
RED
UC
TIO
N R
EQU
EST
TCM
X
CA
N T
RAN
SMIS
SIO
N T
ORQ
UE
LIM
IT
TCM
X
CA
N T
ORQ
UE
CO
NV
ERTE
R SL
IP
TCM
XX
CA
N T
RAN
SMIS
SIO
N IN
PUT
SPEE
D
TCM
X
CA
N T
RAN
SMIS
SIO
N O
UTP
UT
SPEE
D
TCM
X
CA
N D
SC C
ON
FIG
URA
TIO
N
DSC
CM
X
X
CA
N V
EHIC
LE R
EFER
ENC
E SP
EED
D
SCC
M
X
CA
N D
SC F
AU
LT C
OD
ES
DSC
CM
X
CA
N O
DO
MET
ER R
OLL
ING
CO
UN
T D
SCC
M
X
CA
N D
SC M
ALF
UN
CTI
ON
D
SCC
M
X
X
CA
N O
BD II
DSC
CLE
AR
AC
KN
OW
LED
GE
DSC
CM
X
CA
N D
SC F
AU
LT C
OD
E M
IL S
TATU
S D
SCC
M
X
CA
N D
SC S
TATU
S D
SCC
M
CA
N T
RAC
TIO
N S
HIF
T M
AP
DSC
CM
X
CA
N D
SC E
NG
INE
TORQ
UE
CO
NTR
OL
DSC
CM
X
X
xvi DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002
Jaguar XK Range 2003Appendix
CAN Message MatrixC
AN
DSC
BRA
KE
CO
NTR
OL
DSC
CM
X
X
CA
N Y
AW C
ON
TRO
L D
SCC
M
X
X
CA
N D
SC S
WIT
CH
STA
TUS
DSC
CM
X
XX
X
CA
N T
RAN
S IN
PUT
IND
ICAT
ED T
ORQ
UE
ECM
X
X
CA
N E
NG
INE
AC
CEL
ERAT
ION
EC
MX
CA
N T
HRO
TTLE
PO
SITI
ON
EC
M
X
CA
N P
EDA
L PO
SITI
ON
EC
MX
X
X
CA
N E
NG
INE
SPEE
D
ECM
X
XX
CA
N A
LTER
NAT
OR
STAT
US
ECM
X
CA
N C
RUIS
E ST
ATU
S EC
M
X
X
CA
N K
ICK
DO
WN
EC
M
X
CA
N O
BD II
CLE
AR
FAU
LT C
OD
ES
ECM
X
X
CA
N B
RAK
E PE
DA
L PR
ESSE
D
ECM
X
XX
X
CA
N E
NG
INE
CRA
NK
IN P
ROG
RESS
EC
MX
X
XX
CA
N T
RAC
TIO
N A
CK
NO
WLE
DG
E EC
MX
CA
N F
UEL
CA
P W
ARN
ING
EC
M
X
CA
N A
SC D
ISPL
AY C
OM
MA
ND
S A
SCC
M
X
CA
N H
EAD
WAY
SET
TIN
G
ASC
CM
X
CA
N F
OLL
OW
WA
RNIN
G L
IGH
T A
SCC
M
X
CA
N E
XTRA
CH
IME
ASC
CM
X
CA
N D
ISPL
AY S
ET S
PEED
A
SCC
M
X
CA
N F
OLL
OW
SPE
ED
ASC
CM
X
CA
N B
RAK
E D
EMA
ND
PRE
SSU
RE
ASC
CM
X
CA
N A
SC S
TATU
S A
SCC
MX
X
X
CA
N A
SC C
ON
FIG
URA
TIO
N F
LAG
A
SCC
M
X
CA
N A
CTI
VE
BRA
KE
BOO
STER
EN
ABL
E A
SCC
MX
CA
N A
SC S
PARE
CA
N S
ET S
PEED
EC
M
X
X
CA
N T
ARG
ET S
PEED
EC
M
X
CA
N E
CM
ASC
FA
IL
ECM
X
CA
N H
EAD
WAY
INC
REM
ENT
ECM
X
Mes
sage
Nam
eSo
urc
e
Rec
eive
rs
DSC
CM
ECM
TCM
ICA
SCC
MJG
M (IL
L)LS
MW
DS
Jaguar XK Range 2003 Appendix
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 xvii
CAN Message MatrixC
AN
CA
NC
EL R
EQU
EST
ECM
X
CA
N B
RAK
E A
CTU
AL
PRES
SURE
D
SCC
M
X
X
CA
N B
RAK
E PR
ESSU
RE D
EMA
ND
AC
KN
OW
LED
GE
DSC
CM
X
CA
N A
CTI
VE
BRA
KE
BOO
STER
STA
TUS
DSC
CM
X
CA
N P
ARK
BRA
KE
STAT
US
IC
XX
CA
N D
IPPE
D B
EAM
STA
TUS
IC
X
CA
N O
IL P
RESS
URE
LO
W
IC
CA
N A
/C E
LEC
TRIC
AL
LOA
D S
TATU
S IC
X
CA
N F
UEL
LEV
EL D
AM
PED
IC
X
CA
N F
UEL
LEV
EL R
AW 1
IC
X
CA
N R
IGH
T TU
RN S
IGN
AL
STAT
US
IC
X
CA
N L
EFT
TURN
SIG
NA
L ST
ATU
SIC
X
CA
N W
IPER
STA
TUS
IC
X
CA
N N
ATU
RAL
LIG
HT
IC
X
CA
N T
RIP
UN
ITS
IC
X
X
CA
N IC
ASC
EN
ABL
E IC
X
X
CA
N A
/C C
LUTC
H R
EQU
EST
IC
X
CA
N B
AC
KLI
GH
T ST
ATU
S IC
X
CA
N B
AC
KLI
GH
T IN
TEN
SITY
IC
X
CA
N J-
GAT
E PO
SITI
ON
SEL
ECTE
D
LSM
X
CA
N IN
TERM
EDIA
TE P
OSI
TIO
N F
AU
LT
LSM
X
CA
N J-
GAT
E FA
ULT
LS
M
X
X
CA
N P
ERFO
RMA
NC
E M
OD
E SW
ITC
H
LSM
X
CA
N G
EAR
POSI
TIO
N A
CTU
AL
TCM
XX
CA
N G
EAR
POSI
TIO
N S
ELEC
TED
TC
M
X
X
X
CA
N T
RAN
SMIS
SIO
N S
HIF
T M
AP
TCM
X
CA
N T
RAN
SMIS
SIO
N O
IL T
EMPE
RATU
RE
TCM
X
X
CA
N T
RAN
SMIS
SIO
N M
ALF
UN
CTI
ON
TC
M
X
X
CA
N T
CM
CO
NFI
GU
RATI
ON
FLA
G
TCM
X
CA
N T
ORQ
UE
CO
NV
ERTE
R ST
ATU
S TC
M
X
CA
N G
EAR
SELE
CTI
ON
FA
ULT
TC
M
X
X
Mes
sage
Nam
eSo
urc
e
Rec
eive
rs
DSC
CM
ECM
TCM
ICA
SCC
MJG
M (IL
L)LS
MW
DS
xviii DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002
Jaguar XK Range 2003Appendix
CAN Message MatrixC
AN
IDLE
NEU
TRA
L C
ON
TRO
L TC
M
X
CA
N P
ERFO
RMA
NC
E M
OD
E IN
DIC
ATIO
N
TCM
X
CA
N T
CM
FA
ULT
CO
DE
MIL
STA
TUS
TCM
X
CA
N O
BD II
TC
M C
LEA
R A
CK
NO
WLE
DG
E TC
M
X
CA
N T
RAN
SMIS
SIO
N F
AU
LT C
OD
ES
TCM
X
CA
N G
EAR
POSI
TIO
N T
ARG
ET
TCM
XX
CA
N J-
GAT
E SE
LEC
TIO
N F
AU
LT
TCM
X
X
CA
N T
ORQ
UE
CO
NV
ERTE
R M
ULT
IPLI
CAT
ION
TC
MX
CA
N A
/C P
RESS
URE
TRA
NSD
UC
ER
ECM
X
CA
N A
/C L
OA
D IN
HIB
IT
ECM
X
CA
N F
UEL
USE
D
ECM
X
CA
N E
NG
INE
OBD
II M
IL
ECM
X
CA
N T
HRO
TTLE
MA
LFU
NC
TIO
N R
ED
ECM
X
CA
N T
HRO
TTLE
MA
LFU
NC
TIO
N A
MBE
REC
M
X
CA
N E
CM
FA
ULT
CO
DE
MIL
STA
TUS
ECM
X
CA
N E
CM
CO
NFI
GU
RATI
ON
FLA
G
ECM
X
CA
N E
NG
INE
FAU
LT C
OD
ES
ECM
CA
N E
NG
INE
CO
OLA
NT
TEM
PERA
TURE
EC
M
X
X
CA
N E
NG
INE
OIL
TEM
PERA
TURE
EC
M
X
CA
N B
ARO
MET
RIC
PRE
SSU
RE
ECM
X
CA
N L
H F
RON
T W
HEE
L SP
EED
D
SCC
M
XX
X
CA
N R
H F
RON
T W
HEE
L SP
EED
D
SCC
M
XX
X
CA
N L
H R
EAR
WH
EEL
SPEE
D
DSC
CM
X
XX
X
CA
N R
H R
EAR
WH
EEL
SPEE
D
DSC
CM
X
XX
X
CA
N O
DO
MET
ER R
EAD
ING
IC
X
X
CA
N E
MS
SET
SPEE
D
ECM
X
CA
N A
DA
PTIV
E SP
EED
LIM
IT D
ISPL
AY C
OM
MA
ND
S EC
M
X
CA
N A
DA
PTIV
E SP
EED
LIM
IT S
TATU
S EC
M
X
CA
N S
PEED
CO
NTR
OL
DIS
PLAY
CO
MM
AN
DS
ECM
X
CA
N P
OW
ERTR
AIN
CO
NFI
GU
RATI
ON
EC
MX
X
CA
N D
IAG
NO
STIC
DAT
A IN
EC
M
WD
S
X
Mes
sage
Nam
eSo
urc
e
Rec
eive
rs
DSC
CM
ECM
TCM
ICA
SCC
MJG
M (IL
L)LS
MW
DS
Jaguar XK Range 2003 Appendix
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 xix
CAN Message MatrixC
AN
DIA
GN
OST
IC D
ATA
IN T
CM
W
DS
X
CA
N D
IAG
NO
STIC
DAT
A IN
IC
WD
S
X
CA
N D
IAG
NO
STIC
DAT
A IN
DSC
W
DS
X
CA
N D
IAG
NO
STIC
DAT
A O
UT
ECM
EC
M
X
CA
N D
IAG
NO
STIC
DAT
A O
UT
TCM
TC
M
X
CA
N D
IAG
NO
STIC
DAT
A O
UT
IC
IC
X
CA
N D
IAG
NO
STIC
DAT
A O
UT
DSC
D
SCC
M
X
Mes
sage
Nam
eSo
urc
e
Rec
eive
rs
DSC
CM
ECM
TCM
ICA
SCC
MJG
M (IL
L)LS
MW
DS